diff --git a/account_client.go b/account_client.go
index 6182a005b..65d337624 100755
--- a/account_client.go
+++ b/account_client.go
@@ -62,10 +62,11 @@ type AccountClient struct {
 	// and some information about how the key configuration can be used. There
 	// are two possible uses for key configurations:
 	//
-	// * Managed services: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a
-	// workspace's notebook and secret data in the control plane, as well as
-	// Databricks SQL queries and query history. * Storage: A key configuration
-	// can be used to encrypt a workspace's DBFS and EBS data in the data plane.
+	//   - Managed services: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a
+	//     workspace's notebook and secret data in the control plane, as well as
+	//     Databricks SQL queries and query history.
+	//   - Storage: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a workspace's
+	//     DBFS and EBS data in the data plane.
 	//
 	// In both of these cases, the key configuration's ID is used when creating
 	// a new workspace. This Preview feature is available if your account is on
@@ -94,34 +95,45 @@ type AccountClient struct {
 	// into your Databricks account.
 	//
 	// Token federation is configured in your Databricks account using an
-	// account federation policy. An account federation policy specifies: *
-	// which IdP, or issuer, your Databricks account should accept tokens from *
-	// how to determine which Databricks user, or subject, a token is issued for
-	//
-	// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following: * The
-	// required token __issuer__, as specified in the “iss” claim of your
-	// tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies your IdP. * The
-	// allowed token __audiences__, as specified in the “aud” claim of your
-	// tokens. This identifier is intended to represent the recipient of the
-	// token. As long as the audience in the token matches at least one audience
-	// in the policy, the token is considered a match. If unspecified, the
-	// default value is your Databricks account id. * The __subject claim__,
-	// which indicates which token claim contains the Databricks username of the
-	// user the token was issued for. If unspecified, the default value is
-	// “sub”. * Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature
-	// of your tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified (recommended), Databricks
-	// automatically fetches the public keys from your issuer’s well known
-	// endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on your issuer’s well
-	// known endpoint for discovering public keys.
-	//
-	// An example federation policy is: ``` issuer:
-	// "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc" audiences: ["databricks"] subject_claim:
-	// "sub" ```
+	// account federation policy. An account federation policy specifies:
+	//
+	//   - which IdP, or issuer, your Databricks account should accept tokens
+	//     from
+	//   - how to determine which Databricks user, or subject, a token is issued
+	//     for
+	//
+	// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following:
+	//
+	//   - The required token **issuer**, as specified in the “iss” claim of
+	//     your tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies your IdP.
+	//   - The allowed token **audiences**, as specified in the “aud” claim
+	//     of your tokens. This identifier is intended to represent the
+	//     recipient of the token. As long as the audience in the token matches
+	//     at least one audience in the policy, the token is considered a match.
+	//     If unspecified, the default value is your Databricks account id.
+	//   - The **subject claim**, which indicates which token claim contains the
+	//     Databricks username of the user the token was issued for. If
+	//     unspecified, the default value is “sub”.
+	//   - Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature of your
+	//     tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified (recommended), Databricks
+	//     automatically fetches the public keys from your issuer’s well known
+	//     endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on your issuer’s
+	//     well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
+	//
+	// An example federation policy is:
+	//
+	// 	issuer: "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc"
+	// 	audiences: ["databricks"]
+	// 	subject_claim: "sub"
 	//
 	// An example JWT token body that matches this policy and could be used to
-	// authenticate to Databricks as user `username@mycompany.com` is: ``` {
-	// "iss": "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc", "aud": "databricks", "sub":
-	// "username@mycompany.com" } ```
+	// authenticate to Databricks as user `username@mycompany.com` is:
+	//
+	// 	{
+	// 	"iss": "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc",
+	// 	"aud": "databricks",
+	// 	"sub": "username@mycompany.com"
+	// 	}
 	//
 	// You may also need to configure your IdP to generate tokens for your users
 	// to exchange with Databricks, if your users do not already have the
@@ -155,10 +167,12 @@ type AccountClient struct {
 	// the account, all access is allowed for this account. There is support for
 	// allow lists (inclusion) and block lists (exclusion).
 	//
-	// When a connection is attempted: 1. **First, all block lists are
-	// checked.** If the connection IP address matches any block list, the
-	// connection is rejected. 2. **If the connection was not rejected by block
-	// lists**, the IP address is compared with the allow lists.
+	// When a connection is attempted:
+	//
+	//  1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If the connection IP address
+	//     matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
+	//  2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address
+	//     is compared with the allow lists.
 	//
 	// If there is at least one allow list for the account, the connection is
 	// allowed only if the IP address matches an allow list. If there are no
@@ -172,8 +186,8 @@ type AccountClient struct {
 	IpAccessLists settings.AccountIpAccessListsInterface
 
 	// These APIs manage log delivery configurations for this account. The two
-	// supported log types for this API are _billable usage logs_ (AWS only) and
-	// _audit logs_ (AWS and GCP). This feature is in Public Preview. This
+	// supported log types for this API are *billable usage logs* (AWS only) and
+	// *audit logs* (AWS and GCP). This feature is in Public Preview. This
 	// feature works with all account ID types.
 	//
 	// Log delivery works with all account types. However, if your account is on
@@ -184,55 +198,58 @@ type AccountClient struct {
 	//
 	// The high-level flow of billable usage delivery (AWS only):
 	//
-	// 1. **Create storage**: In AWS, [create a new AWS S3 bucket] with a
-	// specific bucket policy. Using Databricks APIs, call the Account API to
-	// create a [storage configuration object](:method:Storage/Create) that uses
-	// the bucket name.
-	//
-	// 2. **Create credentials**: In AWS, create the appropriate AWS IAM role.
-	// For full details, including the required IAM role policies and trust
-	// relationship, see [Billable usage log delivery]. Using Databricks APIs,
-	// call the Account API to create a [credential configuration
-	// object](:method:Credentials/Create) that uses the IAM role's ARN.
-	//
-	// 3. **Create log delivery configuration**: Using Databricks APIs, call the
-	// Account API to [create a log delivery
-	// configuration](:method:LogDelivery/Create) that uses the credential and
-	// storage configuration objects from previous steps. You can specify if the
-	// logs should include all events of that log type in your account (_Account
-	// level_ delivery) or only events for a specific set of workspaces
-	// (_workspace level_ delivery). Account level log delivery applies to all
-	// current and future workspaces plus account level logs, while workspace
-	// level log delivery solely delivers logs related to the specified
-	// workspaces. You can create multiple types of delivery configurations per
-	// account.
-	//
-	// For billable usage delivery (AWS only): * For more information about
-	// billable usage logs, see [Billable usage log delivery]. For the CSV
-	// schema, see the [Usage page]. * The delivery location is
-	// `<bucket-name>/<prefix>/billable-usage/csv/`, where `<prefix>` is the
-	// name of the optional delivery path prefix you set up during log delivery
-	// configuration. Files are named
-	// `workspaceId=<workspace-id>-usageMonth=<month>.csv`. * All billable usage
-	// logs apply to specific workspaces (_workspace level_ logs). You can
-	// aggregate usage for your entire account by creating an _account level_
-	// delivery configuration that delivers logs for all current and future
-	// workspaces in your account. * The files are delivered daily by
-	// overwriting the month's CSV file for each workspace.
-	//
-	// For audit log delivery (AWS and GCP): * For more information about about
-	// audit log delivery, see Audit log delivery [AWS] or [GCP], which includes
-	// information about the used JSON schema. * The delivery location is
-	// `<bucket-name>/<delivery-path-prefix>/workspaceId=<workspaceId>/date=<yyyy-mm-dd>/auditlogs_<internal-id>.json`.
-	// Files may get overwritten with the same content multiple times to achieve
-	// exactly-once delivery. * If the audit log delivery configuration included
-	// specific workspace IDs, only _workspace-level_ audit logs for those
-	// workspaces are delivered. If the log delivery configuration applies to
-	// the entire account (_account level_ delivery configuration), the audit
-	// log delivery includes workspace-level audit logs for all workspaces in
-	// the account as well as account-level audit logs. See Audit log delivery
-	// [AWS] or [GCP] for details. * Auditable events are typically available in
-	// logs within 15 minutes.
+	//  1. **Create storage**: In AWS, [create a new AWS S3 bucket] with a
+	//     specific bucket policy. Using Databricks APIs, call the Account API
+	//     to create a storage configuration object that uses the bucket name.
+	//  2. **Create credentials**: In AWS, create the appropriate AWS IAM role.
+	//     For full details, including the required IAM role policies and trust
+	//     relationship, see [Billable usage log delivery]. Using Databricks
+	//     APIs, call the Account API to create a credential configuration
+	//     object that uses the IAM role's ARN.
+	//  3. **Create log delivery configuration**: Using Databricks APIs, call
+	//     the Account API to create a log delivery configuration that uses the
+	//     credential and storage configuration objects from previous steps. You
+	//     can specify if the logs should include all events of that log type in
+	//     your account (*Account level* delivery) or only events for a specific
+	//     set of workspaces (*workspace level* delivery). Account level log
+	//     delivery applies to all current and future workspaces plus account
+	//     level logs, while workspace level log delivery solely delivers logs
+	//     related to the specified workspaces. You can create multiple types of
+	//     delivery configurations per account.
+	//
+	// For billable usage delivery (AWS only):
+	//
+	//   - For more information about billable usage logs, see [Billable usage
+	//     log delivery]. For the CSV schema, see the [Usage page].
+	//   - The delivery location is
+	//     `<bucket-name>/<prefix>/billable-usage/csv/`, where `<prefix>` is the
+	//     name of the optional delivery path prefix you set up during log
+	//     delivery configuration. Files are named
+	//     `workspaceId=<workspace-id>-usageMonth=<month>.csv`.
+	//   - All billable usage logs apply to specific workspaces (*workspace
+	//     level* logs). You can aggregate usage for your entire account by
+	//     creating an *account level* delivery configuration that delivers logs
+	//     for all current and future workspaces in your account.
+	//   - The files are delivered daily by overwriting the month's CSV file for
+	//     each workspace.
+	//
+	// For audit log delivery (AWS and GCP):
+	//
+	//   - For more information about about audit log delivery, see Audit log
+	//     delivery [AWS] or [GCP], which includes information about the used
+	//     JSON schema.
+	//   - The delivery location is
+	//     `<bucket-name>/<delivery-path-prefix>/workspaceId=<workspaceId>/date=<yyyy-mm-dd>/auditlogs_<internal-id>.json`.
+	//     Files may get overwritten with the same content multiple times to
+	//     achieve exactly-once delivery.
+	//   - If the audit log delivery configuration included specific workspace
+	//     IDs, only *workspace-level* audit logs for those workspaces are
+	//     delivered. If the log delivery configuration applies to the entire
+	//     account (*account level* delivery configuration), the audit log
+	//     delivery includes workspace-level audit logs for all workspaces in
+	//     the account as well as account-level audit logs. See Audit log
+	//     delivery [AWS] or [GCP] for details.
+	//   - Auditable events are typically available in logs within 15 minutes.
 	//
 	// [AWS]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [Billable usage log delivery]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/billable-usage-delivery.html
@@ -306,37 +323,49 @@ type AccountClient struct {
 	//
 	// Workload identity federation is configured in your Databricks account
 	// using a service principal federation policy. A service principal
-	// federation policy specifies: * which IdP, or issuer, the service
-	// principal is allowed to authenticate from * which workload identity, or
-	// subject, is allowed to authenticate as the Databricks service principal
-	//
-	// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following: * The
-	// required token __issuer__, as specified in the “iss” claim of
-	// workload identity tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies the
-	// workload identity provider. * The required token __subject__, as
-	// specified in the “sub” claim of workload identity tokens. The subject
-	// uniquely identifies the workload in the workload runtime environment. *
-	// The allowed token __audiences__, as specified in the “aud” claim of
-	// workload identity tokens. The audience is intended to represent the
-	// recipient of the token. As long as the audience in the token matches at
-	// least one audience in the policy, the token is considered a match. If
-	// unspecified, the default value is your Databricks account id. *
-	// Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature of the
-	// workload identity tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified (recommended),
-	// Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from the issuer’s well
-	// known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on the issuer’s
-	// well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
+	// federation policy specifies:
+	//
+	//   - which IdP, or issuer, the service principal is allowed to
+	//     authenticate from
+	//   - which workload identity, or subject, is allowed to authenticate as
+	//     the Databricks service principal
+	//
+	// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following:
+	//
+	//   - The required token **issuer**, as specified in the “iss” claim of
+	//     workload identity tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies
+	//     the workload identity provider.
+	//   - The required token **subject**, as specified in the “sub” claim
+	//     of workload identity tokens. The subject uniquely identifies the
+	//     workload in the workload runtime environment.
+	//   - The allowed token **audiences**, as specified in the “aud” claim
+	//     of workload identity tokens. The audience is intended to represent
+	//     the recipient of the token. As long as the audience in the token
+	//     matches at least one audience in the policy, the token is considered
+	//     a match. If unspecified, the default value is your Databricks account
+	//     id.
+	//   - Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature of the
+	//     workload identity tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified
+	//     (recommended), Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from
+	//     the issuer’s well known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends
+	//     relying on the issuer’s well known endpoint for discovering public
+	//     keys.
 	//
 	// An example service principal federation policy, for a Github Actions
-	// workload, is: ``` issuer: "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com"
-	// audiences: ["https://github.com/my-github-org"] subject:
-	// "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod" ```
+	// workload, is:
+	//
+	// 	issuer: "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com"
+	// 	audiences: ["https://github.com/my-github-org"]
+	// 	subject: "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod"
 	//
 	// An example JWT token body that matches this policy and could be used to
-	// authenticate to Databricks is: ``` { "iss":
-	// "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com", "aud":
-	// "https://github.com/my-github-org", "sub":
-	// "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod" } ```
+	// authenticate to Databricks is:
+	//
+	// 	{
+	// 	"iss": "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com",
+	// 	"aud": "https://github.com/my-github-org",
+	// 	"sub": "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod"
+	// 	}
 	//
 	// You may also need to configure the workload runtime to generate tokens
 	// for your workloads.
diff --git a/service/aisearch/model.go b/service/aisearch/model.go
index 540f41fc3..ee9ef0415 100755
--- a/service/aisearch/model.go
+++ b/service/aisearch/model.go
@@ -591,12 +591,16 @@ func (s IndexStatus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 // The subtype of the AI Search index, determining the indexing and retrieval
-// strategy. - `VECTOR`: Not a supported create value — do not select it. Use
-// `HYBRID` (vector + hybrid search) or `FULL_TEXT` (full-text only). It is the
-// proto2 default (`= 0`) solely to mirror the legacy `index_v2.proto` enum
-// value-for-value; it is not an offered index subtype. - `FULL_TEXT`: An index
-// that uses full-text search without vector embeddings. - `HYBRID`: An index
-// that uses vector embeddings for similarity search and hybrid search.
+// strategy.
+//
+//   - `VECTOR`: Not a supported create value — do not select it. Use `HYBRID`
+//     (vector + hybrid search) or `FULL_TEXT` (full-text only). It is the
+//     proto2 default (`= 0`) solely to mirror the legacy `index_v2.proto` enum
+//     value-for-value; it is not an offered index subtype.
+//   - `FULL_TEXT`: An index that uses full-text search without vector
+//     embeddings.
+//   - `HYBRID`: An index that uses vector embeddings for similarity search and
+//     hybrid search.
 type IndexSubtype string
 
 // An index that uses full-text search without vector embeddings.
@@ -641,12 +645,14 @@ func (f *IndexSubtype) Type() string {
 	return "IndexSubtype"
 }
 
-// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes: - `DELTA_SYNC`: An index that
-// automatically syncs with a source Delta Table, automatically and
-// incrementally updating the index as the underlying data in the Delta Table
-// changes. - `DIRECT_ACCESS`: An index that supports direct read and write of
-// vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this model, the user
-// manages index updates.
+// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes:
+//
+//   - `DELTA_SYNC`: An index that automatically syncs with a source Delta
+//     Table, automatically and incrementally updating the index as the
+//     underlying data in the Delta Table changes.
+//   - `DIRECT_ACCESS`: An index that supports direct read and write of vectors
+//     and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this model, the user
+//     manages index updates.
 type IndexType string
 
 // An index that automatically syncs with a source Delta Table,
@@ -781,10 +787,12 @@ func (s ListIndexesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 // Pipeline execution mode for a Delta Sync index. Required on create for Delta
 // Sync indexes; the legacy backend rejects an unset value with
-// INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE. - `TRIGGERED`: the pipeline stops after refreshing
-// the source table once, using the data available when the update started. -
-// `CONTINUOUS`: the pipeline processes new data as it arrives in the source
-// table to keep the index fresh.
+// INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE.
+//
+//   - `TRIGGERED`: the pipeline stops after refreshing the source table once,
+//     using the data available when the update started.
+//   - `CONTINUOUS`: the pipeline processes new data as it arrives in the source
+//     table to keep the index fresh.
 type PipelineType string
 
 // the pipeline processes new data as it arrives in the source table to
diff --git a/service/billing/api.go b/service/billing/api.go
index 464ea519b..1f85e0374 100755
--- a/service/billing/api.go
+++ b/service/billing/api.go
@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ type BillableUsageInterface interface {
 	// Returns billable usage logs in CSV format for the specified account and date
 	// range. For the data schema, see:
 	//
-	// - AWS: [CSV file schema]. - GCP: [CSV file schema].
+	//   - AWS: [CSV file schema].
+	//   - GCP: [CSV file schema].
 	//
 	// Note that this method might take multiple minutes to complete.
 	//
@@ -177,9 +178,9 @@ type LogDeliveryInterface interface {
 
 	// Creates a new Databricks log delivery configuration to enable delivery of the
 	// specified type of logs to your storage location. This requires that you
-	// already created a [credential object](:method:Credentials/Create) (which
-	// encapsulates a cross-account service IAM role) and a [storage configuration
-	// object](:method:Storage/Create) (which encapsulates an S3 bucket).
+	// already created a credential object (which encapsulates a cross-account
+	// service IAM role) and a storage configuration object (which encapsulates an
+	// S3 bucket).
 	//
 	// For full details, including the required IAM role policies and bucket
 	// policies, see [Deliver and access billable usage logs] or [Configure audit
@@ -195,8 +196,7 @@ type LogDeliveryInterface interface {
 	// no more than two delivery configurations per log type.
 	//
 	// You cannot delete a log delivery configuration, but you can disable it (see
-	// [Enable or disable log delivery
-	// configuration](:method:LogDelivery/PatchStatus)).
+	// Enable or disable log delivery configuration).
 	//
 	// [Configure audit logging]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [Deliver and access billable usage logs]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/billable-usage-delivery.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ type LogDeliveryInterface interface {
 	// configurations is not supported, so disable log delivery configurations that
 	// are no longer needed. Note that you can't re-enable a delivery configuration
 	// if this would violate the delivery configuration limits described under
-	// [Create log delivery](:method:LogDelivery/Create).
+	// Create log delivery.
 	PatchStatus(ctx context.Context, request UpdateLogDeliveryConfigurationStatusRequest) error
 }
 
@@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ func NewLogDelivery(client *client.DatabricksClient) *LogDeliveryAPI {
 }
 
 // These APIs manage log delivery configurations for this account. The two
-// supported log types for this API are _billable usage logs_ (AWS only) and
-// _audit logs_ (AWS and GCP). This feature is in Public Preview. This feature
+// supported log types for this API are *billable usage logs* (AWS only) and
+// *audit logs* (AWS and GCP). This feature is in Public Preview. This feature
 // works with all account ID types.
 //
 // Log delivery works with all account types. However, if your account is on the
@@ -269,54 +269,57 @@ func NewLogDelivery(client *client.DatabricksClient) *LogDeliveryAPI {
 //
 // The high-level flow of billable usage delivery (AWS only):
 //
-// 1. **Create storage**: In AWS, [create a new AWS S3 bucket] with a specific
-// bucket policy. Using Databricks APIs, call the Account API to create a
-// [storage configuration object](:method:Storage/Create) that uses the bucket
-// name.
+//  1. **Create storage**: In AWS, [create a new AWS S3 bucket] with a specific
+//     bucket policy. Using Databricks APIs, call the Account API to create a
+//     storage configuration object that uses the bucket name.
+//  2. **Create credentials**: In AWS, create the appropriate AWS IAM role. For
+//     full details, including the required IAM role policies and trust
+//     relationship, see [Billable usage log delivery]. Using Databricks APIs,
+//     call the Account API to create a credential configuration object that
+//     uses the IAM role's ARN.
+//  3. **Create log delivery configuration**: Using Databricks APIs, call the
+//     Account API to create a log delivery configuration that uses the
+//     credential and storage configuration objects from previous steps. You can
+//     specify if the logs should include all events of that log type in your
+//     account (*Account level* delivery) or only events for a specific set of
+//     workspaces (*workspace level* delivery). Account level log delivery
+//     applies to all current and future workspaces plus account level logs,
+//     while workspace level log delivery solely delivers logs related to the
+//     specified workspaces. You can create multiple types of delivery
+//     configurations per account.
 //
-// 2. **Create credentials**: In AWS, create the appropriate AWS IAM role. For
-// full details, including the required IAM role policies and trust
-// relationship, see [Billable usage log delivery]. Using Databricks APIs, call
-// the Account API to create a [credential configuration
-// object](:method:Credentials/Create) that uses the IAM role's ARN.
+// For billable usage delivery (AWS only):
 //
-// 3. **Create log delivery configuration**: Using Databricks APIs, call the
-// Account API to [create a log delivery
-// configuration](:method:LogDelivery/Create) that uses the credential and
-// storage configuration objects from previous steps. You can specify if the
-// logs should include all events of that log type in your account (_Account
-// level_ delivery) or only events for a specific set of workspaces (_workspace
-// level_ delivery). Account level log delivery applies to all current and
-// future workspaces plus account level logs, while workspace level log delivery
-// solely delivers logs related to the specified workspaces. You can create
-// multiple types of delivery configurations per account.
+//   - For more information about billable usage logs, see [Billable usage log
+//     delivery]. For the CSV schema, see the [Usage page].
+//   - The delivery location is `<bucket-name>/<prefix>/billable-usage/csv/`,
+//     where `<prefix>` is the name of the optional delivery path prefix you set
+//     up during log delivery configuration. Files are named
+//     `workspaceId=<workspace-id>-usageMonth=<month>.csv`.
+//   - All billable usage logs apply to specific workspaces (*workspace level*
+//     logs). You can aggregate usage for your entire account by creating an
+//     *account level* delivery configuration that delivers logs for all current
+//     and future workspaces in your account.
+//   - The files are delivered daily by overwriting the month's CSV file for
+//     each workspace.
 //
-// For billable usage delivery (AWS only): * For more information about billable
-// usage logs, see [Billable usage log delivery]. For the CSV schema, see the
-// [Usage page]. * The delivery location is
-// `<bucket-name>/<prefix>/billable-usage/csv/`, where `<prefix>` is the name of
-// the optional delivery path prefix you set up during log delivery
-// configuration. Files are named
-// `workspaceId=<workspace-id>-usageMonth=<month>.csv`. * All billable usage
-// logs apply to specific workspaces (_workspace level_ logs). You can aggregate
-// usage for your entire account by creating an _account level_ delivery
-// configuration that delivers logs for all current and future workspaces in
-// your account. * The files are delivered daily by overwriting the month's CSV
-// file for each workspace.
+// For audit log delivery (AWS and GCP):
 //
-// For audit log delivery (AWS and GCP): * For more information about about
-// audit log delivery, see Audit log delivery [AWS] or [GCP], which includes
-// information about the used JSON schema. * The delivery location is
-// `<bucket-name>/<delivery-path-prefix>/workspaceId=<workspaceId>/date=<yyyy-mm-dd>/auditlogs_<internal-id>.json`.
-// Files may get overwritten with the same content multiple times to achieve
-// exactly-once delivery. * If the audit log delivery configuration included
-// specific workspace IDs, only _workspace-level_ audit logs for those
-// workspaces are delivered. If the log delivery configuration applies to the
-// entire account (_account level_ delivery configuration), the audit log
-// delivery includes workspace-level audit logs for all workspaces in the
-// account as well as account-level audit logs. See Audit log delivery [AWS] or
-// [GCP] for details. * Auditable events are typically available in logs within
-// 15 minutes.
+//   - For more information about about audit log delivery, see Audit log
+//     delivery [AWS] or [GCP], which includes information about the used JSON
+//     schema.
+//   - The delivery location is
+//     `<bucket-name>/<delivery-path-prefix>/workspaceId=<workspaceId>/date=<yyyy-mm-dd>/auditlogs_<internal-id>.json`.
+//     Files may get overwritten with the same content multiple times to achieve
+//     exactly-once delivery.
+//   - If the audit log delivery configuration included specific workspace IDs,
+//     only *workspace-level* audit logs for those workspaces are delivered. If
+//     the log delivery configuration applies to the entire account (*account
+//     level* delivery configuration), the audit log delivery includes
+//     workspace-level audit logs for all workspaces in the account as well as
+//     account-level audit logs. See Audit log delivery [AWS] or [GCP] for
+//     details.
+//   - Auditable events are typically available in logs within 15 minutes.
 //
 // [AWS]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 // [Billable usage log delivery]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/billable-usage-delivery.html
diff --git a/service/billing/interface.go b/service/billing/interface.go
index 5b5e76ae7..76c951b5e 100755
--- a/service/billing/interface.go
+++ b/service/billing/interface.go
@@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ type BillableUsageService interface {
 	// Returns billable usage logs in CSV format for the specified account and
 	// date range. For the data schema, see:
 	//
-	// - AWS: [CSV file schema]. - GCP: [CSV file schema].
+	//   - AWS: [CSV file schema].
+	//   - GCP: [CSV file schema].
 	//
 	// Note that this method might take multiple minutes to complete.
 	//
@@ -80,8 +81,8 @@ type BudgetsService interface {
 }
 
 // These APIs manage log delivery configurations for this account. The two
-// supported log types for this API are _billable usage logs_ (AWS only) and
-// _audit logs_ (AWS and GCP). This feature is in Public Preview. This feature
+// supported log types for this API are *billable usage logs* (AWS only) and
+// *audit logs* (AWS and GCP). This feature is in Public Preview. This feature
 // works with all account ID types.
 //
 // Log delivery works with all account types. However, if your account is on the
@@ -92,54 +93,57 @@ type BudgetsService interface {
 //
 // The high-level flow of billable usage delivery (AWS only):
 //
-// 1. **Create storage**: In AWS, [create a new AWS S3 bucket] with a specific
-// bucket policy. Using Databricks APIs, call the Account API to create a
-// [storage configuration object](:method:Storage/Create) that uses the bucket
-// name.
+//  1. **Create storage**: In AWS, [create a new AWS S3 bucket] with a specific
+//     bucket policy. Using Databricks APIs, call the Account API to create a
+//     storage configuration object that uses the bucket name.
+//  2. **Create credentials**: In AWS, create the appropriate AWS IAM role. For
+//     full details, including the required IAM role policies and trust
+//     relationship, see [Billable usage log delivery]. Using Databricks APIs,
+//     call the Account API to create a credential configuration object that
+//     uses the IAM role's ARN.
+//  3. **Create log delivery configuration**: Using Databricks APIs, call the
+//     Account API to create a log delivery configuration that uses the
+//     credential and storage configuration objects from previous steps. You can
+//     specify if the logs should include all events of that log type in your
+//     account (*Account level* delivery) or only events for a specific set of
+//     workspaces (*workspace level* delivery). Account level log delivery
+//     applies to all current and future workspaces plus account level logs,
+//     while workspace level log delivery solely delivers logs related to the
+//     specified workspaces. You can create multiple types of delivery
+//     configurations per account.
 //
-// 2. **Create credentials**: In AWS, create the appropriate AWS IAM role. For
-// full details, including the required IAM role policies and trust
-// relationship, see [Billable usage log delivery]. Using Databricks APIs, call
-// the Account API to create a [credential configuration
-// object](:method:Credentials/Create) that uses the IAM role's ARN.
+// For billable usage delivery (AWS only):
 //
-// 3. **Create log delivery configuration**: Using Databricks APIs, call the
-// Account API to [create a log delivery
-// configuration](:method:LogDelivery/Create) that uses the credential and
-// storage configuration objects from previous steps. You can specify if the
-// logs should include all events of that log type in your account (_Account
-// level_ delivery) or only events for a specific set of workspaces (_workspace
-// level_ delivery). Account level log delivery applies to all current and
-// future workspaces plus account level logs, while workspace level log delivery
-// solely delivers logs related to the specified workspaces. You can create
-// multiple types of delivery configurations per account.
+//   - For more information about billable usage logs, see [Billable usage log
+//     delivery]. For the CSV schema, see the [Usage page].
+//   - The delivery location is `<bucket-name>/<prefix>/billable-usage/csv/`,
+//     where `<prefix>` is the name of the optional delivery path prefix you set
+//     up during log delivery configuration. Files are named
+//     `workspaceId=<workspace-id>-usageMonth=<month>.csv`.
+//   - All billable usage logs apply to specific workspaces (*workspace level*
+//     logs). You can aggregate usage for your entire account by creating an
+//     *account level* delivery configuration that delivers logs for all current
+//     and future workspaces in your account.
+//   - The files are delivered daily by overwriting the month's CSV file for
+//     each workspace.
 //
-// For billable usage delivery (AWS only): * For more information about billable
-// usage logs, see [Billable usage log delivery]. For the CSV schema, see the
-// [Usage page]. * The delivery location is
-// `<bucket-name>/<prefix>/billable-usage/csv/`, where `<prefix>` is the name of
-// the optional delivery path prefix you set up during log delivery
-// configuration. Files are named
-// `workspaceId=<workspace-id>-usageMonth=<month>.csv`. * All billable usage
-// logs apply to specific workspaces (_workspace level_ logs). You can aggregate
-// usage for your entire account by creating an _account level_ delivery
-// configuration that delivers logs for all current and future workspaces in
-// your account. * The files are delivered daily by overwriting the month's CSV
-// file for each workspace.
+// For audit log delivery (AWS and GCP):
 //
-// For audit log delivery (AWS and GCP): * For more information about about
-// audit log delivery, see Audit log delivery [AWS] or [GCP], which includes
-// information about the used JSON schema. * The delivery location is
-// `<bucket-name>/<delivery-path-prefix>/workspaceId=<workspaceId>/date=<yyyy-mm-dd>/auditlogs_<internal-id>.json`.
-// Files may get overwritten with the same content multiple times to achieve
-// exactly-once delivery. * If the audit log delivery configuration included
-// specific workspace IDs, only _workspace-level_ audit logs for those
-// workspaces are delivered. If the log delivery configuration applies to the
-// entire account (_account level_ delivery configuration), the audit log
-// delivery includes workspace-level audit logs for all workspaces in the
-// account as well as account-level audit logs. See Audit log delivery [AWS] or
-// [GCP] for details. * Auditable events are typically available in logs within
-// 15 minutes.
+//   - For more information about about audit log delivery, see Audit log
+//     delivery [AWS] or [GCP], which includes information about the used JSON
+//     schema.
+//   - The delivery location is
+//     `<bucket-name>/<delivery-path-prefix>/workspaceId=<workspaceId>/date=<yyyy-mm-dd>/auditlogs_<internal-id>.json`.
+//     Files may get overwritten with the same content multiple times to achieve
+//     exactly-once delivery.
+//   - If the audit log delivery configuration included specific workspace IDs,
+//     only *workspace-level* audit logs for those workspaces are delivered. If
+//     the log delivery configuration applies to the entire account (*account
+//     level* delivery configuration), the audit log delivery includes
+//     workspace-level audit logs for all workspaces in the account as well as
+//     account-level audit logs. See Audit log delivery [AWS] or [GCP] for
+//     details.
+//   - Auditable events are typically available in logs within 15 minutes.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 //
@@ -152,10 +156,9 @@ type LogDeliveryService interface {
 
 	// Creates a new Databricks log delivery configuration to enable delivery of
 	// the specified type of logs to your storage location. This requires that
-	// you already created a [credential object](:method:Credentials/Create)
-	// (which encapsulates a cross-account service IAM role) and a [storage
-	// configuration object](:method:Storage/Create) (which encapsulates an S3
-	// bucket).
+	// you already created a credential object (which encapsulates a
+	// cross-account service IAM role) and a storage configuration object (which
+	// encapsulates an S3 bucket).
 	//
 	// For full details, including the required IAM role policies and bucket
 	// policies, see [Deliver and access billable usage logs] or [Configure
@@ -171,8 +174,7 @@ type LogDeliveryService interface {
 	// for no more than two delivery configurations per log type.
 	//
 	// You cannot delete a log delivery configuration, but you can disable it
-	// (see [Enable or disable log delivery
-	// configuration](:method:LogDelivery/PatchStatus)).
+	// (see Enable or disable log delivery configuration).
 	//
 	// [Configure audit logging]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [Deliver and access billable usage logs]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/billable-usage-delivery.html
@@ -190,7 +192,7 @@ type LogDeliveryService interface {
 	// configurations is not supported, so disable log delivery configurations
 	// that are no longer needed. Note that you can't re-enable a delivery
 	// configuration if this would violate the delivery configuration limits
-	// described under [Create log delivery](:method:LogDelivery/Create).
+	// described under Create log delivery.
 	PatchStatus(ctx context.Context, request UpdateLogDeliveryConfigurationStatusRequest) error
 }
 
diff --git a/service/billing/model.go b/service/billing/model.go
index 21550d267..0b01fc7e6 100755
--- a/service/billing/model.go
+++ b/service/billing/model.go
@@ -309,9 +309,12 @@ type BudgetPolicy struct {
 	// The Id of the policy. This field is generated by Databricks and globally
 	// unique.
 	PolicyId string `json:"policy_id,omitempty"`
-	// The name of the policy. - Must be unique among active policies. - Can
-	// contain only characters from the ISO 8859-1 (latin1) set. - Can't start
-	// with reserved keywords such as `databricks:default-policy`.
+	// The name of the policy.
+	//
+	//   - Must be unique among active policies.
+	//   - Can contain only characters from the ISO 8859-1 (latin1) set.
+	//   - Can't start with reserved keywords such as
+	//     `databricks:default-policy`.
 	PolicyName string `json:"policy_name,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -464,7 +467,7 @@ func (s CreateBudgetPolicyRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// * Log Delivery Configuration
+// Log Delivery Configuration
 type CreateLogDeliveryConfigurationParams struct {
 	// The optional human-readable name of the log delivery configuration.
 	// Defaults to empty.
@@ -485,31 +488,34 @@ type CreateLogDeliveryConfigurationParams struct {
 	// Defaults to current year and month. BILLABLE_USAGE logs are not available
 	// for usage before March 2019 (2019-03).
 	DeliveryStartTime string `json:"delivery_start_time,omitempty"`
-	// Log delivery type. Supported values are: * `BILLABLE_USAGE` — Configure
-	// [billable usage log delivery]. For the CSV schema, see the [View billable
-	// usage]. * `AUDIT_LOGS` — Configure [audit log delivery]. For the JSON
-	// schema, see [Configure audit logging]
+	// Log delivery type. Supported values are:
+	//
+	//   - `BILLABLE_USAGE` — Configure [billable usage log delivery]. For the
+	//     CSV schema, see the [View billable usage].
+	//   - `AUDIT_LOGS` — Configure [audit log delivery]. For the JSON schema,
+	//     see [Configure audit logging]
 	//
 	// [Configure audit logging]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [View billable usage]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/usage.html
 	// [audit log delivery]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [billable usage log delivery]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/billable-usage-delivery.html
 	LogType LogType `json:"log_type"`
-	// The file type of log delivery. * If `log_type` is `BILLABLE_USAGE`, this
-	// value must be `CSV`. Only the CSV (comma-separated values) format is
-	// supported. For the schema, see the [View billable usage] * If `log_type`
-	// is `AUDIT_LOGS`, this value must be `JSON`. Only the JSON (JavaScript
-	// Object Notation) format is supported. For the schema, see the
-	// [Configuring audit logs].
+	// The file type of log delivery.
+	//
+	//   - If `log_type` is `BILLABLE_USAGE`, this value must be `CSV`. Only the
+	//     CSV (comma-separated values) format is supported. For the schema, see
+	//     the [View billable usage]
+	//   - If `log_type` is `AUDIT_LOGS`, this value must be `JSON`. Only the
+	//     JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) format is supported. For the
+	//     schema, see the [Configuring audit logs].
 	//
 	// [Configuring audit logs]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [View billable usage]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/usage.html
 	OutputFormat OutputFormat `json:"output_format"`
 	// Status of log delivery configuration. Set to `ENABLED` (enabled) or
-	// `DISABLED` (disabled). Defaults to `ENABLED`. You can [enable or disable
-	// the configuration](#operation/patch-log-delivery-config-status) later.
-	// Deletion of a configuration is not supported, so disable a log delivery
-	// configuration that is no longer needed.
+	// `DISABLED` (disabled). Defaults to `ENABLED`. You can enable or disable
+	// the configuration later. Deletion of a configuration is not supported, so
+	// disable a log delivery configuration that is no longer needed.
 	Status LogDeliveryConfigStatus `json:"status,omitempty"`
 	// The ID for a method:storage/create that represents the S3 bucket with
 	// bucket policy as described in the main billable usage documentation page.
@@ -553,7 +559,7 @@ type DeleteBudgetPolicyRequest struct {
 	PolicyId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 }
 
-// * The status string for log delivery. Possible values are: `CREATED`: There
+// The status string for log delivery. Possible values are: `CREATED`: There
 // were no log delivery attempts since the config was created. `SUCCEEDED`: The
 // latest attempt of log delivery has succeeded completely. `USER_FAILURE`: The
 // latest attempt of log delivery failed because of misconfiguration of customer
@@ -835,7 +841,7 @@ func (s ListLogDeliveryRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// * Log Delivery Status
+// Log Delivery Status
 //
 // `ENABLED`: All dependencies have executed and succeeded `DISABLED`: At least
 // one dependency has succeeded
@@ -876,7 +882,7 @@ func (f *LogDeliveryConfigStatus) Type() string {
 	return "LogDeliveryConfigStatus"
 }
 
-// * Log Delivery Configuration
+// Log Delivery Configuration
 type LogDeliveryConfiguration struct {
 	// Databricks account ID.
 	AccountId string `json:"account_id"`
@@ -906,31 +912,34 @@ type LogDeliveryConfiguration struct {
 	DeliveryStartTime string `json:"delivery_start_time,omitempty"`
 	// The LogDeliveryStatus of this log delivery configuration
 	LogDeliveryStatus *LogDeliveryStatus `json:"log_delivery_status,omitempty"`
-	// Log delivery type. Supported values are: * `BILLABLE_USAGE` — Configure
-	// [billable usage log delivery]. For the CSV schema, see the [View billable
-	// usage]. * `AUDIT_LOGS` — Configure [audit log delivery]. For the JSON
-	// schema, see [Configure audit logging]
+	// Log delivery type. Supported values are:
+	//
+	//   - `BILLABLE_USAGE` — Configure [billable usage log delivery]. For the
+	//     CSV schema, see the [View billable usage].
+	//   - `AUDIT_LOGS` — Configure [audit log delivery]. For the JSON schema,
+	//     see [Configure audit logging]
 	//
 	// [Configure audit logging]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [View billable usage]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/usage.html
 	// [audit log delivery]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [billable usage log delivery]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/billable-usage-delivery.html
 	LogType LogType `json:"log_type"`
-	// The file type of log delivery. * If `log_type` is `BILLABLE_USAGE`, this
-	// value must be `CSV`. Only the CSV (comma-separated values) format is
-	// supported. For the schema, see the [View billable usage] * If `log_type`
-	// is `AUDIT_LOGS`, this value must be `JSON`. Only the JSON (JavaScript
-	// Object Notation) format is supported. For the schema, see the
-	// [Configuring audit logs].
+	// The file type of log delivery.
+	//
+	//   - If `log_type` is `BILLABLE_USAGE`, this value must be `CSV`. Only the
+	//     CSV (comma-separated values) format is supported. For the schema, see
+	//     the [View billable usage]
+	//   - If `log_type` is `AUDIT_LOGS`, this value must be `JSON`. Only the
+	//     JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) format is supported. For the
+	//     schema, see the [Configuring audit logs].
 	//
 	// [Configuring audit logs]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/audit-logs.html
 	// [View billable usage]: https://docs.databricks.com/administration-guide/account-settings/usage.html
 	OutputFormat OutputFormat `json:"output_format"`
 	// Status of log delivery configuration. Set to `ENABLED` (enabled) or
-	// `DISABLED` (disabled). Defaults to `ENABLED`. You can [enable or disable
-	// the configuration](#operation/patch-log-delivery-config-status) later.
-	// Deletion of a configuration is not supported, so disable a log delivery
-	// configuration that is no longer needed.
+	// `DISABLED` (disabled). Defaults to `ENABLED`. You can enable or disable
+	// the configuration later. Deletion of a configuration is not supported, so
+	// disable a log delivery configuration that is no longer needed.
 	Status LogDeliveryConfigStatus `json:"status,omitempty"`
 	// The ID for a method:storage/create that represents the S3 bucket with
 	// bucket policy as described in the main billable usage documentation page.
@@ -976,16 +985,20 @@ type LogDeliveryStatus struct {
 	// delivery fails with USER_FAILURE, error details will be provided for
 	// fixing misconfigurations in cloud permissions.
 	Message string `json:"message"`
-	// Enum that describes the status. Possible values are: * `CREATED`: There
-	// were no log delivery attempts since the config was created. *
-	// `SUCCEEDED`: The latest attempt of log delivery has succeeded completely.
-	// * `USER_FAILURE`: The latest attempt of log delivery failed because of
-	// misconfiguration of customer provided permissions on role or storage. *
-	// `SYSTEM_FAILURE`: The latest attempt of log delivery failed because of an
-	// Databricks internal error. Contact support if it doesn't go away soon. *
-	// `NOT_FOUND`: The log delivery status as the configuration has been
-	// disabled since the release of this feature or there are no workspaces in
-	// the account.
+	// Enum that describes the status. Possible values are:
+	//
+	//   - `CREATED`: There were no log delivery attempts since the config was
+	//     created.
+	//   - `SUCCEEDED`: The latest attempt of log delivery has succeeded
+	//     completely.
+	//   - `USER_FAILURE`: The latest attempt of log delivery failed because of
+	//     misconfiguration of customer provided permissions on role or storage.
+	//   - `SYSTEM_FAILURE`: The latest attempt of log delivery failed because
+	//     of an Databricks internal error. Contact support if it doesn't go
+	//     away soon.
+	//   - `NOT_FOUND`: The log delivery status as the configuration has been
+	//     disabled since the release of this feature or there are no workspaces
+	//     in the account.
 	Status DeliveryStatus `json:"status"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -999,7 +1012,7 @@ func (s LogDeliveryStatus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// * Log Delivery Type
+// Log Delivery Type
 type LogType string
 
 const LogTypeAuditLogs LogType = `AUDIT_LOGS`
@@ -1037,7 +1050,7 @@ func (f *LogType) Type() string {
 	return "LogType"
 }
 
-// * Log Delivery Output Format
+// Log Delivery Output Format
 type OutputFormat string
 
 const OutputFormatCsv OutputFormat = `CSV`
@@ -1179,15 +1192,14 @@ type UpdateBudgetPolicyRequest struct {
 	PolicyId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 }
 
-// * Update Log Delivery Configuration
+// Update Log Delivery Configuration
 type UpdateLogDeliveryConfigurationStatusRequest struct {
 	// The log delivery configuration id of customer
 	LogDeliveryConfigurationId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Status of log delivery configuration. Set to `ENABLED` (enabled) or
-	// `DISABLED` (disabled). Defaults to `ENABLED`. You can [enable or disable
-	// the configuration](#operation/patch-log-delivery-config-status) later.
-	// Deletion of a configuration is not supported, so disable a log delivery
-	// configuration that is no longer needed.
+	// `DISABLED` (disabled). Defaults to `ENABLED`. You can enable or disable
+	// the configuration later. Deletion of a configuration is not supported, so
+	// disable a log delivery configuration that is no longer needed.
 	Status LogDeliveryConfigStatus `json:"status"`
 }
 
@@ -1265,7 +1277,7 @@ func (f *UsageDashboardType) Type() string {
 	return "UsageDashboardType"
 }
 
-// * Properties of the new log delivery configuration.
+// Properties of the new log delivery configuration.
 type WrappedCreateLogDeliveryConfiguration struct {
 	LogDeliveryConfiguration CreateLogDeliveryConfigurationParams `json:"log_delivery_configuration"`
 }
diff --git a/service/bundledeployments/api.go b/service/bundledeployments/api.go
index bcda60a42..db692d557 100755
--- a/service/bundledeployments/api.go
+++ b/service/bundledeployments/api.go
@@ -14,10 +14,12 @@ type BundleDeploymentsInterface interface {
 
 	// Marks a version as complete and releases the deployment lock.
 	//
-	// The server atomically: 1. Sets the version status to the provided terminal
-	// status. 2. Sets `complete_time` to the current server timestamp. 3. Releases
-	// the lock on the parent deployment. 4. Updates the parent deployment's
-	// `status` and `last_version_id`.
+	// The server atomically:
+	//
+	//  1. Sets the version status to the provided terminal status.
+	//  2. Sets `complete_time` to the current server timestamp.
+	//  3. Releases the lock on the parent deployment.
+	//  4. Updates the parent deployment's `status` and `last_version_id`.
 	CompleteVersion(ctx context.Context, request CompleteVersionRequest) (*Version, error)
 
 	// Creates a new deployment in the workspace.
diff --git a/service/bundledeployments/interface.go b/service/bundledeployments/interface.go
index da91663dd..9578b9217 100755
--- a/service/bundledeployments/interface.go
+++ b/service/bundledeployments/interface.go
@@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ type BundleDeploymentsService interface {
 
 	// Marks a version as complete and releases the deployment lock.
 	//
-	// The server atomically: 1. Sets the version status to the provided
-	// terminal status. 2. Sets `complete_time` to the current server timestamp.
-	// 3. Releases the lock on the parent deployment. 4. Updates the parent
-	// deployment's `status` and `last_version_id`.
+	// The server atomically:
+	//
+	//  1. Sets the version status to the provided terminal status.
+	//  2. Sets `complete_time` to the current server timestamp.
+	//  3. Releases the lock on the parent deployment.
+	//  4. Updates the parent deployment's `status` and `last_version_id`.
 	CompleteVersion(ctx context.Context, request CompleteVersionRequest) (*Version, error)
 
 	// Creates a new deployment in the workspace.
diff --git a/service/catalog/api.go b/service/catalog/api.go
index 70bf6209b..93ef4877c 100755
--- a/service/catalog/api.go
+++ b/service/catalog/api.go
@@ -162,8 +162,11 @@ func (a *AccountMetastoresAPI) GetByMetastoreId(ctx context.Context, metastoreId
 type AccountStorageCredentialsInterface interface {
 
 	// Creates a new storage credential. The request object is specific to the
-	// cloud: - **AwsIamRole** for AWS credentials - **AzureServicePrincipal** for
-	// Azure credentials - **GcpServiceAccountKey** for GCP credentials
+	// cloud:
+	//
+	//   - **AwsIamRole** for AWS credentials
+	//   - **AzureServicePrincipal** for Azure credentials
+	//   - **GcpServiceAccountKey** for GCP credentials
 	//
 	// The caller must be a metastore admin and have the `CREATE_STORAGE_CREDENTIAL`
 	// privilege on the metastore.
@@ -544,7 +547,7 @@ type CredentialsInterface interface {
 	// credential.
 	GetCredentialByNameArg(ctx context.Context, nameArg string) (*CredentialInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of credentials (as __CredentialInfo__ objects).
+	// Gets an array of credentials (as **CredentialInfo** objects).
 	//
 	// The array is limited to only the credentials that the caller has permission
 	// to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of credentials is
@@ -559,7 +562,7 @@ type CredentialsInterface interface {
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListCredentials(ctx context.Context, request ListCredentialsRequest) listing.Iterator[CredentialInfo]
 
-	// Gets an array of credentials (as __CredentialInfo__ objects).
+	// Gets an array of credentials (as **CredentialInfo** objects).
 	//
 	// The array is limited to only the credentials that the caller has permission
 	// to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of credentials is
@@ -578,19 +581,19 @@ type CredentialsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// The caller must be the owner of the credential or a metastore admin or have
 	// the `MANAGE` permission. If the caller is a metastore admin, only the
-	// __owner__ field can be changed.
+	// **owner** field can be changed.
 	UpdateCredential(ctx context.Context, request UpdateCredentialRequest) (*CredentialInfo, error)
 
 	// Validates a credential.
 	//
 	// For service credentials (purpose is **SERVICE**), either the
-	// __credential_name__ or the cloud-specific credential must be provided.
+	// **credential_name** or the cloud-specific credential must be provided.
 	//
 	// For storage credentials (purpose is **STORAGE**), at least one of
-	// __external_location_name__ and __url__ need to be provided. If only one of
+	// **external_location_name** and **url** need to be provided. If only one of
 	// them is provided, it will be used for validation. And if both are provided,
-	// the __url__ will be used for validation, and __external_location_name__ will
-	// be ignored when checking overlapping urls. Either the __credential_name__ or
+	// the **url** will be used for validation, and **external_location_name** will
+	// be ignored when checking overlapping urls. Either the **credential_name** or
 	// the cloud-specific credential must be provided.
 	//
 	// The caller must be a metastore admin or the credential owner or have the
@@ -641,8 +644,11 @@ type EntityTagAssignmentsInterface interface {
 	// Creates a tag assignment for an Unity Catalog entity.
 	//
 	// To add tags to Unity Catalog entities, you must own the entity or have the
-	// following privileges: - **APPLY TAG** on the entity - **USE SCHEMA** on the
-	// entity's parent schema - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
+	// following privileges:
+	//
+	//   - **APPLY TAG** on the entity
+	//   - **USE SCHEMA** on the entity's parent schema
+	//   - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
 	//
 	// To add a governed tag to Unity Catalog entities, you must also have the
 	// **ASSIGN** or **MANAGE** permission on the tag policy. See [Manage tag policy
@@ -654,8 +660,11 @@ type EntityTagAssignmentsInterface interface {
 	// Deletes a tag assignment for an Unity Catalog entity by its key.
 	//
 	// To delete tags from Unity Catalog entities, you must own the entity or have
-	// the following privileges: - **APPLY TAG** on the entity - **USE_SCHEMA** on
-	// the entity's parent schema - **USE_CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
+	// the following privileges:
+	//
+	//   - **APPLY TAG** on the entity
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the entity's parent schema
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
 	//
 	// To delete a governed tag from Unity Catalog entities, you must also have the
 	// **ASSIGN** or **MANAGE** permission on the tag policy. See [Manage tag policy
@@ -690,8 +699,11 @@ type EntityTagAssignmentsInterface interface {
 	// Updates an existing tag assignment for an Unity Catalog entity.
 	//
 	// To update tags to Unity Catalog entities, you must own the entity or have the
-	// following privileges: - **APPLY TAG** on the entity - **USE SCHEMA** on the
-	// entity's parent schema - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
+	// following privileges:
+	//
+	//   - **APPLY TAG** on the entity
+	//   - **USE SCHEMA** on the entity's parent schema
+	//   - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
 	//
 	// To update a governed tag to Unity Catalog entities, you must also have the
 	// **ASSIGN** or **MANAGE** permission on the tag policy. See [Manage tag policy
@@ -789,7 +801,7 @@ type ExternalLocationsInterface interface {
 	// privilege on the external location.
 	GetByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*ExternalLocationInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of external locations (__ExternalLocationInfo__ objects) from
+	// Gets an array of external locations (**ExternalLocationInfo** objects) from
 	// the metastore. The caller must be a metastore admin, the owner of the
 	// external location, or a user that has some privilege on the external
 	// location. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the
@@ -806,7 +818,7 @@ type ExternalLocationsInterface interface {
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListExternalLocationsRequest) listing.Iterator[ExternalLocationInfo]
 
-	// Gets an array of external locations (__ExternalLocationInfo__ objects) from
+	// Gets an array of external locations (**ExternalLocationInfo** objects) from
 	// the metastore. The caller must be a metastore admin, the owner of the
 	// external location, or a user that has some privilege on the external
 	// location. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the
@@ -968,44 +980,56 @@ type FunctionsInterface interface {
 	// Creates a new function
 	//
 	// The user must have the following permissions in order for the function to be
-	// created: - **USE_CATALOG** on the function's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// and **CREATE_FUNCTION** on the function's parent schema
+	// created:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the function's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** and **CREATE_FUNCTION** on the function's parent schema
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateFunctionRequest) (*FunctionInfo, error)
 
 	// Deletes the function that matches the supplied name. For the deletion to
-	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions: - Is the
-	// owner of the function's parent catalog - Is the owner of the function's
-	// parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent catalog -
-	// Is the owner of the function itself and have both the **USE_CATALOG**
-	// privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on its
-	// parent schema
+	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions:
+	//
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on its parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function itself and have both the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on its
+	//     parent schema
 	Delete(ctx context.Context, request DeleteFunctionRequest) error
 
 	// Deletes the function that matches the supplied name. For the deletion to
-	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions: - Is the
-	// owner of the function's parent catalog - Is the owner of the function's
-	// parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent catalog -
-	// Is the owner of the function itself and have both the **USE_CATALOG**
-	// privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on its
-	// parent schema
+	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions:
+	//
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on its parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function itself and have both the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on its
+	//     parent schema
 	DeleteByName(ctx context.Context, name string) error
 
 	// Gets a function from within a parent catalog and schema. For the fetch to
-	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements: - Is a
-	// metastore admin - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog - Have the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog and be the owner
-	// of the function - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent
-	// catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema, and
-	// the **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
+	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Is a metastore admin
+	//   - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog and
+	//     be the owner of the function
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog, the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema, and the
+	//     **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetFunctionRequest) (*FunctionInfo, error)
 
 	// Gets a function from within a parent catalog and schema. For the fetch to
-	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements: - Is a
-	// metastore admin - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog - Have the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog and be the owner
-	// of the function - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent
-	// catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema, and
-	// the **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
+	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Is a metastore admin
+	//   - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog and
+	//     be the owner of the function
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog, the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema, and the
+	//     **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
 	GetByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*FunctionInfo, error)
 
 	// List functions within the specified parent catalog and schema. If the user is
@@ -1057,12 +1081,15 @@ type FunctionsInterface interface {
 
 	// Updates the function that matches the supplied name. Only the owner of the
 	// function can be updated. If the user is not a metastore admin, the user must
-	// be a member of the group that is the new function owner. - Is a metastore
-	// admin - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog - Is the owner of the
-	// function's parent schema and has the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent
-	// catalog - Is the owner of the function itself and has the **USE_CATALOG**
-	// privilege on its parent catalog as well as the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on
-	// the function's parent schema.
+	// be a member of the group that is the new function owner.
+	//
+	//   - Is a metastore admin
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent schema and has the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on its parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function itself and has the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+	//     on its parent catalog as well as the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the
+	//     function's parent schema.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateFunction) (*FunctionInfo, error)
 }
 
@@ -1079,18 +1106,20 @@ func NewFunctions(client *client.DatabricksClient) *FunctionsAPI {
 // The function implementation can be any SQL expression or Query, and it can be
 // invoked wherever a table reference is allowed in a query. In Unity Catalog, a
 // function resides at the same level as a table, so it can be referenced with
-// the form __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__function_name__.
+// the form **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**function_name**.
 type FunctionsAPI struct {
 	functionsImpl
 }
 
 // Deletes the function that matches the supplied name. For the deletion to
-// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions: - Is the
-// owner of the function's parent catalog - Is the owner of the function's
-// parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent catalog -
-// Is the owner of the function itself and have both the **USE_CATALOG**
-// privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on its
-// parent schema
+// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions:
+//
+//   - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog
+//   - Is the owner of the function's parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG**
+//     privilege on its parent catalog
+//   - Is the owner of the function itself and have both the **USE_CATALOG**
+//     privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on its
+//     parent schema
 func (a *FunctionsAPI) DeleteByName(ctx context.Context, name string) error {
 	return a.functionsImpl.Delete(ctx, DeleteFunctionRequest{
 		Name: name,
@@ -1098,12 +1127,15 @@ func (a *FunctionsAPI) DeleteByName(ctx context.Context, name string) error {
 }
 
 // Gets a function from within a parent catalog and schema. For the fetch to
-// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements: - Is a
-// metastore admin - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog - Have the
-// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog and be the owner
-// of the function - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent
-// catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema, and
-// the **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
+// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+//
+//   - Is a metastore admin
+//   - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog
+//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog and
+//     be the owner of the function
+//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog, the
+//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema, and the
+//     **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
 func (a *FunctionsAPI) GetByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*FunctionInfo, error) {
 	return a.functionsImpl.Get(ctx, GetFunctionRequest{
 		Name: name,
@@ -1246,13 +1278,13 @@ func (a *GrantsAPI) GetEffectiveBySecurableTypeAndFullName(ctx context.Context,
 type MetastoresInterface interface {
 
 	// Creates a new metastore assignment. If an assignment for the same
-	// __workspace_id__ exists, it will be overwritten by the new __metastore_id__
-	// and __default_catalog_name__. The caller must be an account admin.
+	// **workspace_id** exists, it will be overwritten by the new **metastore_id**
+	// and **default_catalog_name**. The caller must be an account admin.
 	Assign(ctx context.Context, request CreateMetastoreAssignment) error
 
 	// Creates a new metastore based on a provided name and optional storage root
-	// path. By default (if the __owner__ field is not set), the owner of the new
-	// metastore is the user calling the __createMetastore__ API. If the __owner__
+	// path. By default (if the **owner** field is not set), the owner of the new
+	// metastore is the user calling the **createMetastore** API. If the **owner**
 	// field is set to the empty string (**""**), the ownership is assigned to the
 	// System User instead.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateMetastore) (*MetastoreInfo, error)
@@ -1274,7 +1306,7 @@ type MetastoresInterface interface {
 	// admin to retrieve this info.
 	GetById(ctx context.Context, id string) (*MetastoreInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of the available metastores (as __MetastoreInfo__ objects). The
+	// Gets an array of the available metastores (as **MetastoreInfo** objects). The
 	// caller must be an admin to retrieve this info. There is no guarantee of a
 	// specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 	//
@@ -1289,7 +1321,7 @@ type MetastoresInterface interface {
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListMetastoresRequest) listing.Iterator[MetastoreInfo]
 
-	// Gets an array of the available metastores (as __MetastoreInfo__ objects). The
+	// Gets an array of the available metastores (as **MetastoreInfo** objects). The
 	// caller must be an admin to retrieve this info. There is no guarantee of a
 	// specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 	//
@@ -1315,14 +1347,14 @@ type MetastoresInterface interface {
 	UnassignByWorkspaceId(ctx context.Context, workspaceId int64) error
 
 	// Updates information for a specific metastore. The caller must be a metastore
-	// admin. If the __owner__ field is set to the empty string (**""**), the
+	// admin. If the **owner** field is set to the empty string (**""**), the
 	// ownership is updated to the System User.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateMetastore) (*MetastoreInfo, error)
 
 	// Updates a metastore assignment. This operation can be used to update
-	// __metastore_id__ or __default_catalog_name__ for a specified Workspace, if
+	// **metastore_id** or **default_catalog_name** for a specified Workspace, if
 	// the Workspace is already assigned a metastore. The caller must be an account
-	// admin to update __metastore_id__; otherwise, the caller can be a Workspace
+	// admin to update **metastore_id**; otherwise, the caller can be a Workspace
 	// admin.
 	UpdateAssignment(ctx context.Context, request UpdateMetastoreAssignment) error
 }
@@ -1515,8 +1547,7 @@ func NewModelVersions(client *client.DatabricksClient) *ModelVersionsAPI {
 // auditing, lineage, and discovery of ML models across Databricks workspaces.
 //
 // This API reference documents the REST endpoints for managing model versions
-// in Unity Catalog. For more details, see the [registered models API
-// docs](/api/workspace/registeredmodels).
+// in Unity Catalog. For more details, see the registered models API docs.
 type ModelVersionsAPI struct {
 	modelVersionsImpl
 }
@@ -1815,13 +1846,17 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Creates a new monitor for the specified
 	// table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog, have
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and have **SELECT** access on
-	// the table 2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, be an owner
-	// of the table's parent schema, and have **SELECT** access on the table. 3.
-	// have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema - be an owner of the
-	// table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog, have **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and have **SELECT** access on the table
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema, and have **SELECT** access on the table.
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table.
 	//
 	// Workspace assets, such as the dashboard, will be created in the workspace
 	// where this call was made.
@@ -1830,11 +1865,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// Deprecated: Use Data Quality Monitors API instead
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Deletes a monitor for the specified table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2. have
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the table's
-	// parent schema 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema - be an
-	// owner of the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor was
 	// created.
@@ -1846,11 +1886,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// Deprecated: Use Data Quality Monitors API instead
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Gets a monitor for the specified table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2. have
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the table's
-	// parent schema. 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema -
-	// **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema.
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	//
 	// The returned information includes configuration values, as well as
 	// information on assets created by the monitor. Some information (e.g.,
@@ -1862,11 +1907,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Gets info about a specific monitor refresh
 	// using the given refresh ID.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2. have
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the table's
-	// parent schema 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema -
-	// **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor was
 	// created.
@@ -1876,11 +1926,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Gets an array containing the history of the
 	// most recent refreshes (up to 25) for this table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2. have
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the table's
-	// parent schema 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema -
-	// **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor was
 	// created.
@@ -1890,11 +1945,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Regenerates the monitoring dashboard for the
 	// specified table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2. have
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the table's
-	// parent schema 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema - be an
-	// owner of the table
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table
 	//
 	// The call must be made from the workspace where the monitor was created. The
 	// dashboard will be regenerated in the assets directory that was specified when
@@ -1905,11 +1965,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Queues a metric refresh on the monitor for
 	// the specified table. The refresh will execute in the background.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2. have
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the table's
-	// parent schema 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema - be an
-	// owner of the table
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor was
 	// created.
@@ -1918,11 +1983,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsInterface interface {
 	// Deprecated: Use Data Quality Monitors API instead
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Updates a monitor for the specified table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2. have
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the table's
-	// parent schema 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema - be an
-	// owner of the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
+	//     table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor was
 	// created, and the caller must be the original creator of the monitor.
@@ -1964,11 +2034,13 @@ type RegisteredModelsInterface interface {
 	// catalog, or the Metastore.
 	//
 	// For registered model creation to succeed, the user must satisfy the following
-	// conditions: - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the owner of the
-	// parent catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
-	// parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema. - The
-	// caller must have the **CREATE MODEL** or **CREATE FUNCTION** privilege on the
-	// parent schema.
+	// conditions:
+	//
+	//   - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the owner of the parent
+	//     catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent
+	//     catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema.
+	//   - The caller must have the **CREATE MODEL** or **CREATE FUNCTION**
+	//     privilege on the parent schema.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateRegisteredModelRequest) (*RegisteredModelInfo, error)
 
 	// Deletes a registered model and all its model versions from the specified
@@ -2125,15 +2197,16 @@ func NewRegisteredModels(client *client.DatabricksClient) *RegisteredModelsAPI {
 // enclosing schema. In addition, the following additional privileges are
 // required for various operations:
 //
-// * To create a registered model, users must additionally have the CREATE_MODEL
-// permission on the target schema. * To view registered model or model version
-// metadata, model version data files, or invoke a model version, users must
-// additionally have the EXECUTE permission on the registered model * To update
-// registered model or model version tags, users must additionally have APPLY
-// TAG permissions on the registered model * To update other registered model or
-// model version metadata (comments, aliases) create a new model version, or
-// update permissions on the registered model, users must be owners of the
-// registered model.
+//   - To create a registered model, users must additionally have the
+//     CREATE_MODEL permission on the target schema.
+//   - To view registered model or model version metadata, model version data
+//     files, or invoke a model version, users must additionally have the
+//     EXECUTE permission on the registered model
+//   - To update registered model or model version tags, users must additionally
+//     have APPLY TAG permissions on the registered model
+//   - To update other registered model or model version metadata (comments,
+//     aliases) create a new model version, or update permissions on the
+//     registered model, users must be owners of the registered model.
 //
 // Note: The securable type for models is FUNCTION. When using REST APIs (e.g.
 // tagging, grants) that specify a securable type, use FUNCTION as the securable
@@ -2402,8 +2475,8 @@ type SchemasInterface interface {
 	ListAll(ctx context.Context, request ListSchemasRequest) ([]SchemaInfo, error)
 
 	// Updates a schema for a catalog. The caller must be the owner of the schema or
-	// a metastore admin. If the caller is a metastore admin, only the __owner__
-	// field can be changed in the update. If the __name__ field must be updated,
+	// a metastore admin. If the caller is a metastore admin, only the **owner**
+	// field can be changed in the update. If the **name** field must be updated,
 	// the caller must be a metastore admin or have the **CREATE_SCHEMA** privilege
 	// on the parent catalog.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateSchema) (*SchemaInfo, error)
@@ -2549,7 +2622,7 @@ type StorageCredentialsInterface interface {
 	// storage credential.
 	GetByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*StorageCredentialInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of storage credentials (as __StorageCredentialInfo__ objects).
+	// Gets an array of storage credentials (as **StorageCredentialInfo** objects).
 	// The array is limited to only those storage credentials the caller has
 	// permission to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of
 	// credentials is unrestricted. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
@@ -2566,7 +2639,7 @@ type StorageCredentialsInterface interface {
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListStorageCredentialsRequest) listing.Iterator[StorageCredentialInfo]
 
-	// Gets an array of storage credentials (as __StorageCredentialInfo__ objects).
+	// Gets an array of storage credentials (as **StorageCredentialInfo** objects).
 	// The array is limited to only those storage credentials the caller has
 	// permission to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of
 	// credentials is unrestricted. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
@@ -2589,13 +2662,13 @@ type StorageCredentialsInterface interface {
 	// If the caller is a metastore admin, only the **owner** field can be changed.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateStorageCredential) (*StorageCredentialInfo, error)
 
-	// Validates a storage credential. At least one of __external_location_name__
-	// and __url__ need to be provided. If only one of them is provided, it will be
-	// used for validation. And if both are provided, the __url__ will be used for
-	// validation, and __external_location_name__ will be ignored when checking
+	// Validates a storage credential. At least one of **external_location_name**
+	// and **url** need to be provided. If only one of them is provided, it will be
+	// used for validation. And if both are provided, the **url** will be used for
+	// validation, and **external_location_name** will be ignored when checking
 	// overlapping urls.
 	//
-	// Either the __storage_credential_name__ or the cloud-specific credential must
+	// Either the **storage_credential_name** or the cloud-specific credential must
 	// be provided.
 	//
 	// The caller must be a metastore admin or the storage credential owner or have
@@ -2746,35 +2819,43 @@ type TableConstraintsInterface interface {
 	// Creates a new table constraint.
 	//
 	// For the table constraint creation to succeed, the user must satisfy both of
-	// these conditions: - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
-	// table's parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent
-	// schema, and be the owner of the table. - if the new constraint is a
-	// __ForeignKeyConstraint__, the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on
-	// the referenced parent table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the
-	// referenced parent table's schema, and be the owner of the referenced parent
-	// table.
+	// these conditions:
+	//
+	//   - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's parent
+	//     catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent schema, and
+	//     be the owner of the table.
+	//   - if the new constraint is a **ForeignKeyConstraint**, the user must have
+	//     the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the referenced parent table's catalog,
+	//     the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the referenced parent table's schema, and
+	//     be the owner of the referenced parent table.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateTableConstraint) (*TableConstraint, error)
 
 	// Deletes a table constraint.
 	//
 	// For the table constraint deletion to succeed, the user must satisfy both of
-	// these conditions: - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
-	// table's parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent
-	// schema, and be the owner of the table. - if __cascade__ argument is **true**,
-	// the user must have the following permissions on all of the child tables: the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// privilege on the table's schema, and be the owner of the table.
+	// these conditions:
+	//
+	//   - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's parent
+	//     catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent schema, and
+	//     be the owner of the table.
+	//   - if **cascade** argument is **true**, the user must have the following
+	//     permissions on all of the child tables: the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on
+	//     the table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's schema,
+	//     and be the owner of the table.
 	Delete(ctx context.Context, request DeleteTableConstraintRequest) error
 
 	// Deletes a table constraint.
 	//
 	// For the table constraint deletion to succeed, the user must satisfy both of
-	// these conditions: - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
-	// table's parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent
-	// schema, and be the owner of the table. - if __cascade__ argument is **true**,
-	// the user must have the following permissions on all of the child tables: the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// privilege on the table's schema, and be the owner of the table.
+	// these conditions:
+	//
+	//   - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's parent
+	//     catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent schema, and
+	//     be the owner of the table.
+	//   - if **cascade** argument is **true**, the user must have the following
+	//     permissions on all of the child tables: the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on
+	//     the table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's schema,
+	//     and be the owner of the table.
 	DeleteByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) error
 }
 
@@ -2806,12 +2887,15 @@ type TableConstraintsAPI struct {
 // Deletes a table constraint.
 //
 // For the table constraint deletion to succeed, the user must satisfy both of
-// these conditions: - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
-// table's parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent
-// schema, and be the owner of the table. - if __cascade__ argument is **true**,
-// the user must have the following permissions on all of the child tables: the
-// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA**
-// privilege on the table's schema, and be the owner of the table.
+// these conditions:
+//
+//   - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's parent
+//     catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent schema, and
+//     be the owner of the table.
+//   - if **cascade** argument is **true**, the user must have the following
+//     permissions on all of the child tables: the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on
+//     the table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's schema,
+//     and be the owner of the table.
 func (a *TableConstraintsAPI) DeleteByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) error {
 	return a.tableConstraintsImpl.Delete(ctx, DeleteTableConstraintRequest{
 		FullName: fullName,
@@ -2861,41 +2945,55 @@ type TablesInterface interface {
 	DeleteByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) error
 
 	// Gets if a table exists in the metastore for a specific catalog and schema.
-	// The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a metastore
-	// admin * Be the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of the parent
-	// schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog * Have
-	// the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table owner or have the
-	// **SELECT** privilege on the table. * Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent
-	// catalog * Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent schema
+	// The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Be a metastore admin
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+	//     on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table
+	//     owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent schema
 	Exists(ctx context.Context, request ExistsRequest) (*TableExistsResponse, error)
 
 	// Gets if a table exists in the metastore for a specific catalog and schema.
-	// The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a metastore
-	// admin * Be the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of the parent
-	// schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog * Have
-	// the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table owner or have the
-	// **SELECT** privilege on the table. * Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent
-	// catalog * Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent schema
+	// The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Be a metastore admin
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+	//     on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table
+	//     owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent schema
 	ExistsByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) (*TableExistsResponse, error)
 
 	// Gets a table from the metastore for a specific catalog and schema. The caller
-	// must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a metastore admin * Be
-	// the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of the parent schema and have
-	// the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog * Have the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table owner or have the
-	// **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Be a metastore admin
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+	//     on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table
+	//     owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetTableRequest) (*TableInfo, error)
 
 	// Gets a table from the metastore for a specific catalog and schema. The caller
-	// must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a metastore admin * Be
-	// the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of the parent schema and have
-	// the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog * Have the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table owner or have the
-	// **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Be a metastore admin
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+	//     on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table
+	//     owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	GetByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) (*TableInfo, error)
 
 	// Gets an array of all tables for the current metastore under the parent
@@ -2943,12 +3041,13 @@ type TablesInterface interface {
 	// Gets an array of summaries for tables for a schema and catalog within the
 	// metastore. The table summaries returned are either:
 	//
-	// * summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
-	// schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or: * summaries for tables and
-	// schemas (within the current metastore and parent catalog) for which the user
-	// has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on the table and ownership or
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema, provided that the user also has
-	// ownership or the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog.
+	//   - summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
+	//     schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or:
+	//   - summaries for tables and schemas (within the current metastore and parent
+	//     catalog) for which the user has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on
+	//     the table and ownership or **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema,
+	//     provided that the user also has ownership or the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on the parent catalog.
 	//
 	// There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 	//
@@ -2963,12 +3062,13 @@ type TablesInterface interface {
 	// Gets an array of summaries for tables for a schema and catalog within the
 	// metastore. The table summaries returned are either:
 	//
-	// * summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
-	// schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or: * summaries for tables and
-	// schemas (within the current metastore and parent catalog) for which the user
-	// has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on the table and ownership or
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema, provided that the user also has
-	// ownership or the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog.
+	//   - summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
+	//     schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or:
+	//   - summaries for tables and schemas (within the current metastore and parent
+	//     catalog) for which the user has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on
+	//     the table and ownership or **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema,
+	//     provided that the user also has ownership or the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on the parent catalog.
 	//
 	// There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 	//
@@ -3004,7 +3104,7 @@ func NewTables(client *client.DatabricksClient) *TablesAPI {
 // permission on its parent catalog and the USE_SCHEMA permission on its parent
 // schema.
 //
-// A table can be managed or external. From an API perspective, a __VIEW__ is a
+// A table can be managed or external. From an API perspective, a **VIEW** is a
 // particular kind of table (rather than a managed or external table).
 type TablesAPI struct {
 	tablesImpl
@@ -3022,13 +3122,17 @@ func (a *TablesAPI) DeleteByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) error
 }
 
 // Gets if a table exists in the metastore for a specific catalog and schema.
-// The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a metastore
-// admin * Be the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of the parent
-// schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog * Have
-// the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA**
-// privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table owner or have the
-// **SELECT** privilege on the table. * Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent
-// catalog * Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent schema
+// The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+//
+//   - Be a metastore admin
+//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+//     on the parent catalog
+//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table
+//     owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent catalog
+//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent schema
 func (a *TablesAPI) ExistsByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) (*TableExistsResponse, error) {
 	return a.tablesImpl.Exists(ctx, ExistsRequest{
 		FullName: fullName,
@@ -3036,12 +3140,15 @@ func (a *TablesAPI) ExistsByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) (*Tab
 }
 
 // Gets a table from the metastore for a specific catalog and schema. The caller
-// must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a metastore admin * Be
-// the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of the parent schema and have
-// the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog * Have the
-// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA**
-// privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table owner or have the
-// **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+// must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+//
+//   - Be a metastore admin
+//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+//     on the parent catalog
+//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table
+//     owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 func (a *TablesAPI) GetByFullName(ctx context.Context, fullName string) (*TableInfo, error) {
 	return a.tablesImpl.Get(ctx, GetTableRequest{
 		FullName: fullName,
@@ -3189,16 +3296,21 @@ type VolumesInterface interface {
 	// the parent schema, or the parent catalog, or the Metastore.
 	//
 	// For the volume creation to succeed, the user must satisfy following
-	// conditions: - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the owner of the
-	// parent catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
-	// parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema. - The
-	// caller must have **CREATE VOLUME** privilege on the parent schema.
-	//
-	// For an external volume, following conditions also need to satisfy - The
-	// caller must have **CREATE EXTERNAL VOLUME** privilege on the external
-	// location. - There are no other tables, nor volumes existing in the specified
-	// storage location. - The specified storage location is not under the location
-	// of other tables, nor volumes, or catalogs or schemas.
+	// conditions:
+	//
+	//   - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the owner of the parent
+	//     catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent
+	//     catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema.
+	//   - The caller must have **CREATE VOLUME** privilege on the parent schema.
+	//
+	// For an external volume, following conditions also need to satisfy
+	//
+	//   - The caller must have **CREATE EXTERNAL VOLUME** privilege on the external
+	//     location.
+	//   - There are no other tables, nor volumes existing in the specified storage
+	//     location.
+	//   - The specified storage location is not under the location of other tables,
+	//     nor volumes, or catalogs or schemas.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateVolumeRequestContent) (*VolumeInfo, error)
 
 	// Deletes a volume from the specified parent catalog and schema.
@@ -3467,14 +3579,14 @@ func NewWorkspaceBindings(client *client.DatabricksClient) *WorkspaceBindingsAPI
 	}
 }
 
-// A securable in Databricks can be configured as __OPEN__ or __ISOLATED__. An
-// __OPEN__ securable can be accessed from any workspace, while an __ISOLATED__
+// A securable in Databricks can be configured as **OPEN** or **ISOLATED**. An
+// **OPEN** securable can be accessed from any workspace, while an **ISOLATED**
 // securable can only be accessed from a configured list of workspaces. This API
 // allows you to configure (bind) securables to workspaces.
 //
-// NOTE: The __isolation_mode__ is configured for the securable itself (using
+// NOTE: The **isolation_mode** is configured for the securable itself (using
 // its Update method) and the workspace bindings are only consulted when the
-// securable's __isolation_mode__ is set to __ISOLATED__.
+// securable's **isolation_mode** is set to **ISOLATED**.
 //
 // A securable's workspace bindings can be configured by a metastore admin or
 // the owner of the securable.
@@ -3484,8 +3596,12 @@ func NewWorkspaceBindings(client *client.DatabricksClient) *WorkspaceBindingsAPI
 // (/api/2.1/unity-catalog/bindings/{securable_type}/{securable_name}) which
 // introduces the ability to bind a securable in READ_ONLY mode (catalogs only).
 //
-// Securable types that support binding: - catalog - storage_credential -
-// credential - external_location
+// Securable types that support binding:
+//
+//   - catalog
+//   - storage_credential
+//   - credential
+//   - external_location
 type WorkspaceBindingsAPI struct {
 	workspaceBindingsImpl
 }
diff --git a/service/catalog/impl.go b/service/catalog/impl.go
index 16e5d1d89..07c55005f 100755
--- a/service/catalog/impl.go
+++ b/service/catalog/impl.go
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ func (a *credentialsImpl) GetCredential(ctx context.Context, request GetCredenti
 	return &credentialInfo, err
 }
 
-// Gets an array of credentials (as __CredentialInfo__ objects).
+// Gets an array of credentials (as **CredentialInfo** objects).
 //
 // The array is limited to only the credentials that the caller has permission
 // to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of credentials is
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ func (a *credentialsImpl) ListCredentials(ctx context.Context, request ListCrede
 	return iterator
 }
 
-// Gets an array of credentials (as __CredentialInfo__ objects).
+// Gets an array of credentials (as **CredentialInfo** objects).
 //
 // The array is limited to only the credentials that the caller has permission
 // to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of credentials is
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ func (a *externalLocationsImpl) Get(ctx context.Context, request GetExternalLoca
 	return &externalLocationInfo, err
 }
 
-// Gets an array of external locations (__ExternalLocationInfo__ objects) from
+// Gets an array of external locations (**ExternalLocationInfo** objects) from
 // the metastore. The caller must be a metastore admin, the owner of the
 // external location, or a user that has some privilege on the external
 // location. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ func (a *externalLocationsImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListExternalLo
 	return iterator
 }
 
-// Gets an array of external locations (__ExternalLocationInfo__ objects) from
+// Gets an array of external locations (**ExternalLocationInfo** objects) from
 // the metastore. The caller must be a metastore admin, the owner of the
 // external location, or a user that has some privilege on the external
 // location. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ func (a *metastoresImpl) Get(ctx context.Context, request GetMetastoreRequest) (
 	return &metastoreInfo, err
 }
 
-// Gets an array of the available metastores (as __MetastoreInfo__ objects). The
+// Gets an array of the available metastores (as **MetastoreInfo** objects). The
 // caller must be an admin to retrieve this info. There is no guarantee of a
 // specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 //
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ func (a *metastoresImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListMetastoresRequest
 	return iterator
 }
 
-// Gets an array of the available metastores (as __MetastoreInfo__ objects). The
+// Gets an array of the available metastores (as **MetastoreInfo** objects). The
 // caller must be an admin to retrieve this info. There is no guarantee of a
 // specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 //
@@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ func (a *storageCredentialsImpl) Get(ctx context.Context, request GetStorageCred
 	return &storageCredentialInfo, err
 }
 
-// Gets an array of storage credentials (as __StorageCredentialInfo__ objects).
+// Gets an array of storage credentials (as **StorageCredentialInfo** objects).
 // The array is limited to only those storage credentials the caller has
 // permission to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of
 // credentials is unrestricted. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
@@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@ func (a *storageCredentialsImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListStorageCr
 	return iterator
 }
 
-// Gets an array of storage credentials (as __StorageCredentialInfo__ objects).
+// Gets an array of storage credentials (as **StorageCredentialInfo** objects).
 // The array is limited to only those storage credentials the caller has
 // permission to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of
 // credentials is unrestricted. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
@@ -3007,12 +3007,13 @@ func (a *tablesImpl) internalList(ctx context.Context, request ListTablesRequest
 // Gets an array of summaries for tables for a schema and catalog within the
 // metastore. The table summaries returned are either:
 //
-// * summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
-// schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or: * summaries for tables and
-// schemas (within the current metastore and parent catalog) for which the user
-// has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on the table and ownership or
-// **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema, provided that the user also has
-// ownership or the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog.
+//   - summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
+//     schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or:
+//   - summaries for tables and schemas (within the current metastore and parent
+//     catalog) for which the user has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on
+//     the table and ownership or **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema,
+//     provided that the user also has ownership or the **USE_CATALOG**
+//     privilege on the parent catalog.
 //
 // There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 //
@@ -3047,12 +3048,13 @@ func (a *tablesImpl) ListSummaries(ctx context.Context, request ListSummariesReq
 // Gets an array of summaries for tables for a schema and catalog within the
 // metastore. The table summaries returned are either:
 //
-// * summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
-// schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or: * summaries for tables and
-// schemas (within the current metastore and parent catalog) for which the user
-// has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on the table and ownership or
-// **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema, provided that the user also has
-// ownership or the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog.
+//   - summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog and
+//     schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or:
+//   - summaries for tables and schemas (within the current metastore and parent
+//     catalog) for which the user has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on
+//     the table and ownership or **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema,
+//     provided that the user also has ownership or the **USE_CATALOG**
+//     privilege on the parent catalog.
 //
 // There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 //
diff --git a/service/catalog/interface.go b/service/catalog/interface.go
index 0c27459a7..d9e24da8c 100755
--- a/service/catalog/interface.go
+++ b/service/catalog/interface.go
@@ -62,8 +62,11 @@ type AccountMetastoresService interface {
 type AccountStorageCredentialsService interface {
 
 	// Creates a new storage credential. The request object is specific to the
-	// cloud: - **AwsIamRole** for AWS credentials - **AzureServicePrincipal**
-	// for Azure credentials - **GcpServiceAccountKey** for GCP credentials
+	// cloud:
+	//
+	//   - **AwsIamRole** for AWS credentials
+	//   - **AzureServicePrincipal** for Azure credentials
+	//   - **GcpServiceAccountKey** for GCP credentials
 	//
 	// The caller must be a metastore admin and have the
 	// `CREATE_STORAGE_CREDENTIAL` privilege on the metastore.
@@ -231,7 +234,7 @@ type CredentialsService interface {
 	// on the credential.
 	GetCredential(ctx context.Context, request GetCredentialRequest) (*CredentialInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of credentials (as __CredentialInfo__ objects).
+	// Gets an array of credentials (as **CredentialInfo** objects).
 	//
 	// The array is limited to only the credentials that the caller has
 	// permission to access. If the caller is a metastore admin, retrieval of
@@ -248,20 +251,20 @@ type CredentialsService interface {
 	//
 	// The caller must be the owner of the credential or a metastore admin or
 	// have the `MANAGE` permission. If the caller is a metastore admin, only
-	// the __owner__ field can be changed.
+	// the **owner** field can be changed.
 	UpdateCredential(ctx context.Context, request UpdateCredentialRequest) (*CredentialInfo, error)
 
 	// Validates a credential.
 	//
 	// For service credentials (purpose is **SERVICE**), either the
-	// __credential_name__ or the cloud-specific credential must be provided.
+	// **credential_name** or the cloud-specific credential must be provided.
 	//
 	// For storage credentials (purpose is **STORAGE**), at least one of
-	// __external_location_name__ and __url__ need to be provided. If only one
+	// **external_location_name** and **url** need to be provided. If only one
 	// of them is provided, it will be used for validation. And if both are
-	// provided, the __url__ will be used for validation, and
-	// __external_location_name__ will be ignored when checking overlapping
-	// urls. Either the __credential_name__ or the cloud-specific credential
+	// provided, the **url** will be used for validation, and
+	// **external_location_name** will be ignored when checking overlapping
+	// urls. Either the **credential_name** or the cloud-specific credential
 	// must be provided.
 	//
 	// The caller must be a metastore admin or the credential owner or have the
@@ -282,9 +285,11 @@ type EntityTagAssignmentsService interface {
 	// Creates a tag assignment for an Unity Catalog entity.
 	//
 	// To add tags to Unity Catalog entities, you must own the entity or have
-	// the following privileges: - **APPLY TAG** on the entity - **USE SCHEMA**
-	// on the entity's parent schema - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent
-	// catalog
+	// the following privileges:
+	//
+	//   - **APPLY TAG** on the entity
+	//   - **USE SCHEMA** on the entity's parent schema
+	//   - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
 	//
 	// To add a governed tag to Unity Catalog entities, you must also have the
 	// **ASSIGN** or **MANAGE** permission on the tag policy. See [Manage tag
@@ -296,9 +301,11 @@ type EntityTagAssignmentsService interface {
 	// Deletes a tag assignment for an Unity Catalog entity by its key.
 	//
 	// To delete tags from Unity Catalog entities, you must own the entity or
-	// have the following privileges: - **APPLY TAG** on the entity -
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the entity's parent schema - **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// entity's parent catalog
+	// have the following privileges:
+	//
+	//   - **APPLY TAG** on the entity
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the entity's parent schema
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
 	//
 	// To delete a governed tag from Unity Catalog entities, you must also have
 	// the **ASSIGN** or **MANAGE** permission on the tag policy. See [Manage
@@ -321,9 +328,11 @@ type EntityTagAssignmentsService interface {
 	// Updates an existing tag assignment for an Unity Catalog entity.
 	//
 	// To update tags to Unity Catalog entities, you must own the entity or have
-	// the following privileges: - **APPLY TAG** on the entity - **USE SCHEMA**
-	// on the entity's parent schema - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent
-	// catalog
+	// the following privileges:
+	//
+	//   - **APPLY TAG** on the entity
+	//   - **USE SCHEMA** on the entity's parent schema
+	//   - **USE CATALOG** on the entity's parent catalog
 	//
 	// To update a governed tag to Unity Catalog entities, you must also have
 	// the **ASSIGN** or **MANAGE** permission on the tag policy. See [Manage
@@ -392,7 +401,7 @@ type ExternalLocationsService interface {
 	// some privilege on the external location.
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetExternalLocationRequest) (*ExternalLocationInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of external locations (__ExternalLocationInfo__ objects)
+	// Gets an array of external locations (**ExternalLocationInfo** objects)
 	// from the metastore. The caller must be a metastore admin, the owner of
 	// the external location, or a user that has some privilege on the external
 	// location. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in
@@ -461,7 +470,7 @@ type ExternalMetadataService interface {
 // The function implementation can be any SQL expression or Query, and it can be
 // invoked wherever a table reference is allowed in a query. In Unity Catalog, a
 // function resides at the same level as a table, so it can be referenced with
-// the form __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__function_name__.
+// the form **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**function_name**.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type FunctionsService interface {
@@ -471,26 +480,34 @@ type FunctionsService interface {
 	// Creates a new function
 	//
 	// The user must have the following permissions in order for the function to
-	// be created: - **USE_CATALOG** on the function's parent catalog -
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** and **CREATE_FUNCTION** on the function's parent schema
+	// be created:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the function's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** and **CREATE_FUNCTION** on the function's parent
+	//     schema
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateFunctionRequest) (*FunctionInfo, error)
 
 	// Deletes the function that matches the supplied name. For the deletion to
-	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions: - Is the
-	// owner of the function's parent catalog - Is the owner of the function's
-	// parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent
-	// catalog - Is the owner of the function itself and have both the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA**
-	// privilege on its parent schema
+	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following conditions:
+	//
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent schema and have the
+	//     **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function itself and have both the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on its parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on
+	//     its parent schema
 	Delete(ctx context.Context, request DeleteFunctionRequest) error
 
 	// Gets a function from within a parent catalog and schema. For the fetch to
-	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements: - Is a
-	// metastore admin - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog - Have the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog and be the
-	// owner of the function - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
-	// function's parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's
-	// parent schema, and the **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
+	// succeed, the user must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Is a metastore admin
+	//   - Is an owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog
+	//     and be the owner of the function
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the function's parent catalog,
+	//     the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema, and the
+	//     **EXECUTE** privilege on the function itself
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetFunctionRequest) (*FunctionInfo, error)
 
 	// List functions within the specified parent catalog and schema. If the
@@ -512,12 +529,15 @@ type FunctionsService interface {
 
 	// Updates the function that matches the supplied name. Only the owner of
 	// the function can be updated. If the user is not a metastore admin, the
-	// user must be a member of the group that is the new function owner. - Is a
-	// metastore admin - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog - Is the
-	// owner of the function's parent schema and has the **USE_CATALOG**
-	// privilege on its parent catalog - Is the owner of the function itself and
-	// has the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent catalog as well as the
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the function's parent schema.
+	// user must be a member of the group that is the new function owner.
+	//
+	//   - Is a metastore admin
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function's parent schema and has the
+	//     **USE_CATALOG** privilege on its parent catalog
+	//   - Is the owner of the function itself and has the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on its parent catalog as well as the **USE_SCHEMA**
+	//     privilege on the function's parent schema.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateFunction) (*FunctionInfo, error)
 }
 
@@ -583,15 +603,15 @@ type GrantsService interface {
 type MetastoresService interface {
 
 	// Creates a new metastore assignment. If an assignment for the same
-	// __workspace_id__ exists, it will be overwritten by the new
-	// __metastore_id__ and __default_catalog_name__. The caller must be an
+	// **workspace_id** exists, it will be overwritten by the new
+	// **metastore_id** and **default_catalog_name**. The caller must be an
 	// account admin.
 	Assign(ctx context.Context, request CreateMetastoreAssignment) error
 
 	// Creates a new metastore based on a provided name and optional storage
-	// root path. By default (if the __owner__ field is not set), the owner of
-	// the new metastore is the user calling the __createMetastore__ API. If the
-	// __owner__ field is set to the empty string (**""**), the ownership is
+	// root path. By default (if the **owner** field is not set), the owner of
+	// the new metastore is the user calling the **createMetastore** API. If the
+	// **owner** field is set to the empty string (**""**), the ownership is
 	// assigned to the System User instead.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateMetastore) (*MetastoreInfo, error)
 
@@ -605,7 +625,7 @@ type MetastoresService interface {
 	// metastore admin to retrieve this info.
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetMetastoreRequest) (*MetastoreInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of the available metastores (as __MetastoreInfo__ objects).
+	// Gets an array of the available metastores (as **MetastoreInfo** objects).
 	// The caller must be an admin to retrieve this info. There is no guarantee
 	// of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
 	//
@@ -628,14 +648,14 @@ type MetastoresService interface {
 	Unassign(ctx context.Context, request UnassignRequest) error
 
 	// Updates information for a specific metastore. The caller must be a
-	// metastore admin. If the __owner__ field is set to the empty string
+	// metastore admin. If the **owner** field is set to the empty string
 	// (**""**), the ownership is updated to the System User.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateMetastore) (*MetastoreInfo, error)
 
 	// Updates a metastore assignment. This operation can be used to update
-	// __metastore_id__ or __default_catalog_name__ for a specified Workspace,
+	// **metastore_id** or **default_catalog_name** for a specified Workspace,
 	// if the Workspace is already assigned a metastore. The caller must be an
-	// account admin to update __metastore_id__; otherwise, the caller can be a
+	// account admin to update **metastore_id**; otherwise, the caller can be a
 	// Workspace admin.
 	UpdateAssignment(ctx context.Context, request UpdateMetastoreAssignment) error
 }
@@ -645,8 +665,7 @@ type MetastoresService interface {
 // auditing, lineage, and discovery of ML models across Databricks workspaces.
 //
 // This API reference documents the REST endpoints for managing model versions
-// in Unity Catalog. For more details, see the [registered models API
-// docs](/api/workspace/registeredmodels).
+// in Unity Catalog. For more details, see the registered models API docs.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type ModelVersionsService interface {
@@ -787,13 +806,17 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Creates a new monitor for the specified
 	// table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog,
-	// have **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and have **SELECT**
-	// access on the table 2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog, be an owner of the table's parent schema, and have **SELECT**
-	// access on the table. 3. have the following permissions: - **USE_CATALOG**
-	// on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent
-	// schema - be an owner of the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog, have **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and have **SELECT** access on the table
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema, and have **SELECT** access on the table.
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table.
 	//
 	// Workspace assets, such as the dashboard, will be created in the workspace
 	// where this call was made.
@@ -803,11 +826,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Deletes a monitor for the specified
 	// table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2.
-	// have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
-	// table's parent schema 3. have the following permissions: -
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema - be an owner of the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor
 	// was created.
@@ -819,11 +847,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// Deprecated: Use Data Quality Monitors API instead
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Gets a monitor for the specified table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2.
-	// have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
-	// table's parent schema. 3. have the following permissions: -
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	//
 	// The returned information includes configuration values, as well as
 	// information on assets created by the monitor. Some information (e.g.,
@@ -835,11 +868,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Gets info about a specific monitor
 	// refresh using the given refresh ID.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2.
-	// have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
-	// table's parent schema 3. have the following permissions: -
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor
 	// was created.
@@ -849,11 +887,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Gets an array containing the history of
 	// the most recent refreshes (up to 25) for this table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2.
-	// have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
-	// table's parent schema 3. have the following permissions: -
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor
 	// was created.
@@ -863,11 +906,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Regenerates the monitoring dashboard for
 	// the specified table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2.
-	// have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
-	// table's parent schema 3. have the following permissions: -
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema - be an owner of the table
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table
 	//
 	// The call must be made from the workspace where the monitor was created.
 	// The dashboard will be regenerated in the assets directory that was
@@ -878,11 +926,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Queues a metric refresh on the monitor
 	// for the specified table. The refresh will execute in the background.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2.
-	// have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
-	// table's parent schema 3. have the following permissions: -
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema - be an owner of the table
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor
 	// was created.
@@ -892,11 +945,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 	// (/api/data-quality/v1/monitors). Updates a monitor for the specified
 	// table.
 	//
-	// The caller must either: 1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog 2.
-	// have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of the
-	// table's parent schema 3. have the following permissions: -
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog - **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema - be an owner of the table.
+	// The caller must either:
+	//
+	//  1. be an owner of the table's parent catalog
+	//  2. have **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog and be an owner of
+	//     the table's parent schema
+	//  3. have the following permissions:
+	//
+	//   - **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog
+	//   - **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema
+	//   - be an owner of the table.
 	//
 	// Additionally, the call must be made from the workspace where the monitor
 	// was created, and the caller must be the original creator of the monitor.
@@ -922,15 +980,16 @@ type QualityMonitorsService interface {
 // enclosing schema. In addition, the following additional privileges are
 // required for various operations:
 //
-// * To create a registered model, users must additionally have the CREATE_MODEL
-// permission on the target schema. * To view registered model or model version
-// metadata, model version data files, or invoke a model version, users must
-// additionally have the EXECUTE permission on the registered model * To update
-// registered model or model version tags, users must additionally have APPLY
-// TAG permissions on the registered model * To update other registered model or
-// model version metadata (comments, aliases) create a new model version, or
-// update permissions on the registered model, users must be owners of the
-// registered model.
+//   - To create a registered model, users must additionally have the
+//     CREATE_MODEL permission on the target schema.
+//   - To view registered model or model version metadata, model version data
+//     files, or invoke a model version, users must additionally have the
+//     EXECUTE permission on the registered model
+//   - To update registered model or model version tags, users must additionally
+//     have APPLY TAG permissions on the registered model
+//   - To update other registered model or model version metadata (comments,
+//     aliases) create a new model version, or update permissions on the
+//     registered model, users must be owners of the registered model.
 //
 // Note: The securable type for models is FUNCTION. When using REST APIs (e.g.
 // tagging, grants) that specify a securable type, use FUNCTION as the securable
@@ -946,11 +1005,13 @@ type RegisteredModelsService interface {
 	// parent catalog, or the Metastore.
 	//
 	// For registered model creation to succeed, the user must satisfy the
-	// following conditions: - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the
-	// owner of the parent catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG**
-	// privilege on the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the
-	// parent schema. - The caller must have the **CREATE MODEL** or **CREATE
-	// FUNCTION** privilege on the parent schema.
+	// following conditions:
+	//
+	//   - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the owner of the parent
+	//     catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
+	//     parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema.
+	//   - The caller must have the **CREATE MODEL** or **CREATE FUNCTION**
+	//     privilege on the parent schema.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateRegisteredModelRequest) (*RegisteredModelInfo, error)
 
 	// Deletes a registered model and all its model versions from the specified
@@ -1134,7 +1195,7 @@ type SchemasService interface {
 
 	// Updates a schema for a catalog. The caller must be the owner of the
 	// schema or a metastore admin. If the caller is a metastore admin, only the
-	// __owner__ field can be changed in the update. If the __name__ field must
+	// **owner** field can be changed in the update. If the **name** field must
 	// be updated, the caller must be a metastore admin or have the
 	// **CREATE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent catalog.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateSchema) (*SchemaInfo, error)
@@ -1228,7 +1289,7 @@ type StorageCredentialsService interface {
 	// permission on the storage credential.
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetStorageCredentialRequest) (*StorageCredentialInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets an array of storage credentials (as __StorageCredentialInfo__
+	// Gets an array of storage credentials (as **StorageCredentialInfo**
 	// objects). The array is limited to only those storage credentials the
 	// caller has permission to access. If the caller is a metastore admin,
 	// retrieval of credentials is unrestricted. There is no guarantee of a
@@ -1251,13 +1312,13 @@ type StorageCredentialsService interface {
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateStorageCredential) (*StorageCredentialInfo, error)
 
 	// Validates a storage credential. At least one of
-	// __external_location_name__ and __url__ need to be provided. If only one
+	// **external_location_name** and **url** need to be provided. If only one
 	// of them is provided, it will be used for validation. And if both are
-	// provided, the __url__ will be used for validation, and
-	// __external_location_name__ will be ignored when checking overlapping
+	// provided, the **url** will be used for validation, and
+	// **external_location_name** will be ignored when checking overlapping
 	// urls.
 	//
-	// Either the __storage_credential_name__ or the cloud-specific credential
+	// Either the **storage_credential_name** or the cloud-specific credential
 	// must be provided.
 	//
 	// The caller must be a metastore admin or the storage credential owner or
@@ -1314,25 +1375,29 @@ type TableConstraintsService interface {
 	// Creates a new table constraint.
 	//
 	// For the table constraint creation to succeed, the user must satisfy both
-	// of these conditions: - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
-	// on the table's parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the
-	// table's parent schema, and be the owner of the table. - if the new
-	// constraint is a __ForeignKeyConstraint__, the user must have the
-	// **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the referenced parent table's catalog, the
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the referenced parent table's schema, and be
-	// the owner of the referenced parent table.
+	// of these conditions:
+	//
+	//   - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's
+	//     parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent
+	//     schema, and be the owner of the table.
+	//   - if the new constraint is a **ForeignKeyConstraint**, the user must
+	//     have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the referenced parent table's
+	//     catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the referenced parent
+	//     table's schema, and be the owner of the referenced parent table.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateTableConstraint) (*TableConstraint, error)
 
 	// Deletes a table constraint.
 	//
 	// For the table constraint deletion to succeed, the user must satisfy both
-	// of these conditions: - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
-	// on the table's parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the
-	// table's parent schema, and be the owner of the table. - if __cascade__
-	// argument is **true**, the user must have the following permissions on all
-	// of the child tables: the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's
-	// catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's schema, and be the
-	// owner of the table.
+	// of these conditions:
+	//
+	//   - the user must have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the table's
+	//     parent catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's parent
+	//     schema, and be the owner of the table.
+	//   - if **cascade** argument is **true**, the user must have the following
+	//     permissions on all of the child tables: the **USE_CATALOG** privilege
+	//     on the table's catalog, the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the table's
+	//     schema, and be the owner of the table.
 	Delete(ctx context.Context, request DeleteTableConstraintRequest) error
 }
 
@@ -1344,7 +1409,7 @@ type TableConstraintsService interface {
 // permission on its parent catalog and the USE_SCHEMA permission on its parent
 // schema.
 //
-// A table can be managed or external. From an API perspective, a __VIEW__ is a
+// A table can be managed or external. From an API perspective, a **VIEW** is a
 // particular kind of table (rather than a managed or external table).
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
@@ -1385,23 +1450,29 @@ type TablesService interface {
 	Delete(ctx context.Context, request DeleteTableRequest) error
 
 	// Gets if a table exists in the metastore for a specific catalog and
-	// schema. The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a
-	// metastore admin * Be the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of
-	// the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent
-	// catalog * Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and
-	// the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the
-	// table owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table. * Have
-	// **BROWSE** privilege on the parent catalog * Have **BROWSE** privilege on
-	// the parent schema
+	// schema. The caller must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Be a metastore admin
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the
+	//     table owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have **BROWSE** privilege on the parent schema
 	Exists(ctx context.Context, request ExistsRequest) (*TableExistsResponse, error)
 
 	// Gets a table from the metastore for a specific catalog and schema. The
-	// caller must satisfy one of the following requirements: * Be a metastore
-	// admin * Be the owner of the parent catalog * Be the owner of the parent
-	// schema and have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog *
-	// Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the table
-	// owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
+	// caller must satisfy one of the following requirements:
+	//
+	//   - Be a metastore admin
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent catalog
+	//   - Be the owner of the parent schema and have the **USE_CATALOG**
+	//     privilege on the parent catalog
+	//   - Have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog and the
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema, and either be the
+	//     table owner or have the **SELECT** privilege on the table.
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetTableRequest) (*TableInfo, error)
 
 	// Gets an array of all tables for the current metastore under the parent
@@ -1427,13 +1498,13 @@ type TablesService interface {
 	// Gets an array of summaries for tables for a schema and catalog within the
 	// metastore. The table summaries returned are either:
 	//
-	// * summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog
-	// and schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or: * summaries for
-	// tables and schemas (within the current metastore and parent catalog) for
-	// which the user has ownership or the **SELECT** privilege on the table and
-	// ownership or **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the schema, provided that the
-	// user also has ownership or the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent
-	// catalog.
+	//   - summaries for tables (within the current metastore and parent catalog
+	//     and schema), when the user is a metastore admin, or:
+	//   - summaries for tables and schemas (within the current metastore and
+	//     parent catalog) for which the user has ownership or the **SELECT**
+	//     privilege on the table and ownership or **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on
+	//     the schema, provided that the user also has ownership or the
+	//     **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the parent catalog.
 	//
 	// There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the
 	// array.
@@ -1574,16 +1645,22 @@ type VolumesService interface {
 	// specified by the parent schema, or the parent catalog, or the Metastore.
 	//
 	// For the volume creation to succeed, the user must satisfy following
-	// conditions: - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the owner of
-	// the parent catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on
-	// the parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema.
-	// - The caller must have **CREATE VOLUME** privilege on the parent schema.
-	//
-	// For an external volume, following conditions also need to satisfy - The
-	// caller must have **CREATE EXTERNAL VOLUME** privilege on the external
-	// location. - There are no other tables, nor volumes existing in the
-	// specified storage location. - The specified storage location is not under
-	// the location of other tables, nor volumes, or catalogs or schemas.
+	// conditions:
+	//
+	//   - The caller must be a metastore admin, or be the owner of the parent
+	//     catalog and schema, or have the **USE_CATALOG** privilege on the
+	//     parent catalog and the **USE_SCHEMA** privilege on the parent schema.
+	//   - The caller must have **CREATE VOLUME** privilege on the parent
+	//     schema.
+	//
+	// For an external volume, following conditions also need to satisfy
+	//
+	//   - The caller must have **CREATE EXTERNAL VOLUME** privilege on the
+	//     external location.
+	//   - There are no other tables, nor volumes existing in the specified
+	//     storage location.
+	//   - The specified storage location is not under the location of other
+	//     tables, nor volumes, or catalogs or schemas.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateVolumeRequestContent) (*VolumeInfo, error)
 
 	// Deletes a volume from the specified parent catalog and schema.
@@ -1635,14 +1712,14 @@ type VolumesService interface {
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateVolumeRequestContent) (*VolumeInfo, error)
 }
 
-// A securable in Databricks can be configured as __OPEN__ or __ISOLATED__. An
-// __OPEN__ securable can be accessed from any workspace, while an __ISOLATED__
+// A securable in Databricks can be configured as **OPEN** or **ISOLATED**. An
+// **OPEN** securable can be accessed from any workspace, while an **ISOLATED**
 // securable can only be accessed from a configured list of workspaces. This API
 // allows you to configure (bind) securables to workspaces.
 //
-// NOTE: The __isolation_mode__ is configured for the securable itself (using
+// NOTE: The **isolation_mode** is configured for the securable itself (using
 // its Update method) and the workspace bindings are only consulted when the
-// securable's __isolation_mode__ is set to __ISOLATED__.
+// securable's **isolation_mode** is set to **ISOLATED**.
 //
 // A securable's workspace bindings can be configured by a metastore admin or
 // the owner of the securable.
@@ -1652,8 +1729,12 @@ type VolumesService interface {
 // (/api/2.1/unity-catalog/bindings/{securable_type}/{securable_name}) which
 // introduces the ability to bind a securable in READ_ONLY mode (catalogs only).
 //
-// Securable types that support binding: - catalog - storage_credential -
-// credential - external_location
+// Securable types that support binding:
+//
+//   - catalog
+//   - storage_credential
+//   - credential
+//   - external_location
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type WorkspaceBindingsService interface {
diff --git a/service/catalog/model.go b/service/catalog/model.go
index b37bde606..e21a3988d 100755
--- a/service/catalog/model.go
+++ b/service/catalog/model.go
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ func (f *ColumnTypeName) Type() string {
 // A connection that is dependent on a SQL object.
 type ConnectionDependency struct {
 	// Full name of the dependent connection, in the form of
-	// __connection_name__.
+	// **connection_name**.
 	ConnectionName string `json:"connection_name,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ func (f *CreateFunctionParameterStyle) Type() string {
 }
 
 type CreateFunctionRequest struct {
-	// Partial __FunctionInfo__ specifying the function to be created.
+	// Partial **FunctionInfo** specifying the function to be created.
 	FunctionInfo CreateFunction `json:"function_info"`
 }
 
@@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ type CreateTableConstraint struct {
 type CreateTableRequest struct {
 	// Name of parent catalog.
 	CatalogName string `json:"catalog_name"`
-	// The array of __ColumnInfo__ definitions of the table's columns.
+	// The array of **ColumnInfo** definitions of the table's columns.
 	Columns []ColumnInfo `json:"columns,omitempty"`
 
 	DataSourceFormat DataSourceFormat `json:"data_source_format"`
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ func (s CreateVolumeRequestContent) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 // A credential that is dependent on a SQL object.
 type CredentialDependency struct {
 	// Full name of the dependent credential, in the form of
-	// __credential_name__.
+	// **credential_name**.
 	CredentialName string `json:"credential_name,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ type DeleteFunctionRequest struct {
 	// Force deletion even if the function is notempty.
 	Force bool `json:"-" url:"force,omitempty"`
 	// The fully-qualified name of the function (of the form
-	// __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__function__name__) .
+	// **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**function__name**) .
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ type DeleteVolumeRequest struct {
 
 // Properties pertaining to the current state of the delta table as given by the
 // commit server. This does not contain **delta.*** (input) properties in
-// __TableInfo.properties__.
+// **TableInfo.properties**.
 type DeltaRuntimePropertiesKvPairs struct {
 	// A map of key-value properties attached to the securable.
 	DeltaRuntimeProperties map[string]string `json:"delta_runtime_properties"`
@@ -2551,8 +2551,8 @@ func (f *DeltaSharingScopeEnum) Type() string {
 }
 
 // A dependency of a SQL object. One of the following fields must be defined:
-// __table__, __function__, __connection__, __credential__, __volume__, or
-// __secret__.
+// **table**, **function**, **connection**, **credential**, **volume**, or
+// **secret**.
 type Dependency struct {
 	Connection *ConnectionDependency `json:"connection,omitempty"`
 
@@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ type DisableRequest struct {
 
 type EffectivePermissionsList struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// The privileges conveyed to each principal (either directly or via
@@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ func (s FunctionArgument) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 // A function that is dependent on a SQL object.
 type FunctionDependency struct {
 	// Full name of the dependent function, in the form of
-	// __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__function_name__.
+	// **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**function_name**.
 	FunctionFullName string `json:"function_full_name"`
 }
 
@@ -3857,12 +3857,16 @@ type GetArtifactAllowlistRequest struct {
 }
 
 type GetBindingsRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of workspace bindings to return. - When set to 0, the page
-	// length is set to a server configured value (recommended); - When set to a
-	// value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a
-	// server configured value; - When set to a value less than 0, an invalid
-	// parameter error is returned; - If not set, all the workspace bindings are
-	// returned (not recommended).
+	// Maximum number of workspace bindings to return.
+	//
+	//   - When set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - When set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - When set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all the workspace bindings are returned (not
+	//     recommended).
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -3944,13 +3948,15 @@ type GetEffectiveRequest struct {
 	// guaranteed to contain all the effective privileges granted on (or
 	// inherited by) the requested Securable for the respective principal.
 	//
-	// If not set, all the effective permissions are returned. If set to -
-	// lesser than 0: invalid parameter error - 0: page length is set to a
-	// server configured value - lesser than 150 but greater than 0: invalid
-	// parameter error (this is to ensure that server is able to return at least
-	// one complete EffectivePrivilegeAssignment in a single page response) -
-	// greater than (or equal to) 150: page length is the minimum of this value
-	// and a server configured value
+	// If not set, all the effective permissions are returned. If set to
+	//
+	//   - lesser than 0: invalid parameter error
+	//   - 0: page length is set to a server configured value
+	//   - lesser than 150 but greater than 0: invalid parameter error (this is
+	//     to ensure that server is able to return at least one complete
+	//     EffectivePrivilegeAssignment in a single page response)
+	//   - greater than (or equal to) 150: page length is the minimum of this
+	//     value and a server configured value
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token for the next page of results (pagination).
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4007,7 +4013,7 @@ type GetFunctionRequest struct {
 	// only access selective metadata for
 	IncludeBrowse bool `json:"-" url:"include_browse,omitempty"`
 	// The fully-qualified name of the function (of the form
-	// __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__function__name__).
+	// **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**function__name**).
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -4029,13 +4035,15 @@ type GetGrantRequest struct {
 	// contain all the privileges granted on the requested Securable for the
 	// respective principal.
 	//
-	// If not set, all the permissions are returned. If set to - lesser than 0:
-	// invalid parameter error - 0: page length is set to a server configured
-	// value - lesser than 150 but greater than 0: invalid parameter error (this
-	// is to ensure that server is able to return at least one complete
-	// PrivilegeAssignment in a single page response) - greater than (or equal
-	// to) 150: page length is the minimum of this value and a server configured
-	// value
+	// If not set, all the permissions are returned. If set to
+	//
+	//   - lesser than 0: invalid parameter error
+	//   - 0: page length is set to a server configured value
+	//   - lesser than 150 but greater than 0: invalid parameter error (this is
+	//     to ensure that server is able to return at least one complete
+	//     PrivilegeAssignment in a single page response)
+	//   - greater than (or equal to) 150: page length is the minimum of this
+	//     value and a server configured value
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4146,7 +4154,7 @@ type GetOnlineTableRequest struct {
 
 type GetPermissionsResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// The privileges assigned to each principal
@@ -4295,7 +4303,7 @@ type GetWorkspaceBindingsResponse struct {
 	// List of workspace bindings
 	Bindings []WorkspaceBinding `json:"bindings,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4412,15 +4420,19 @@ type ListCatalogsRequest struct {
 	// Whether to include catalogs not bound to the workspace. Effective only if
 	// the user has permission to update the catalog–workspace binding.
 	IncludeUnbound bool `json:"-" url:"include_unbound,omitempty"`
-	// Maximum number of catalogs to return. - when set to 0, the page length is
-	// set to a server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned; - If not set, all valid catalogs are returned (not
-	// recommended). - Note: The number of returned catalogs might be less than
-	// the specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
-	// that no further catalogs can be fetched is when the next_page_token is
-	// unset from the response.
+	// Maximum number of catalogs to return.
+	//
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all valid catalogs are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - Note: The number of returned catalogs might be less than the
+	//     specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
+	//     that no further catalogs can be fetched is when the next_page_token
+	//     is unset from the response.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4440,7 +4452,7 @@ type ListCatalogsResponse struct {
 	// An array of catalog information objects.
 	Catalogs []CatalogInfo `json:"catalogs,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4456,12 +4468,15 @@ func (s ListCatalogsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type ListConnectionsRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of connections to return. - If not set, all connections
-	// are returned (not recommended). - when set to a value greater than 0, the
-	// page length is the minimum of this value and a server configured value; -
-	// when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
-	// (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned;
+	// Maximum number of connections to return.
+	//
+	//   - If not set, all connections are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4481,7 +4496,7 @@ type ListConnectionsResponse struct {
 	// An array of connection information objects.
 	Connections []ConnectionInfo `json:"connections,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4500,11 +4515,15 @@ type ListCredentialsRequest struct {
 	// Whether to include credentials not bound to the workspace. Effective only
 	// if the user has permission to update the credential–workspace binding.
 	IncludeUnbound bool `json:"-" url:"include_unbound,omitempty"`
-	// Maximum number of credentials to return. - If not set, the default max
-	// page size is used. - When set to a value greater than 0, the page length
-	// is the minimum of this value and a server-configured value. - When set to
-	// 0, the page length is set to a server-configured value (recommended). -
-	// When set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is returned.
+	// Maximum number of credentials to return.
+	//
+	//   - If not set, the default max page size is used.
+	//   - When set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server-configured value.
+	//   - When set to 0, the page length is set to a server-configured value
+	//     (recommended).
+	//   - When set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4525,7 +4544,7 @@ func (s ListCredentialsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 type ListCredentialsResponse struct {
 	Credentials []CredentialInfo `json:"credentials,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4628,11 +4647,14 @@ type ListExternalLocationsRequest struct {
 	// location–workspace binding.
 	IncludeUnbound bool `json:"-" url:"include_unbound,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of external locations to return. If not set, all the
-	// external locations are returned (not recommended). - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server
-	// configured value (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an
-	// invalid parameter error is returned;
+	// external locations are returned (not recommended).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4652,7 +4674,7 @@ type ListExternalLocationsResponse struct {
 	// An array of external locations.
 	ExternalLocations []ExternalLocationInfo `json:"external_locations,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4708,11 +4730,14 @@ type ListFunctionsRequest struct {
 	// only access selective metadata for
 	IncludeBrowse bool `json:"-" url:"include_browse,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of functions to return. If not set, all the functions are
-	// returned (not recommended). - when set to a value greater than 0, the
-	// page length is the minimum of this value and a server configured value; -
-	// when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
-	// (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned;
+	// returned (not recommended).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4734,7 +4759,7 @@ type ListFunctionsResponse struct {
 	// An array of function information objects.
 	Functions []FunctionInfo `json:"functions,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4750,15 +4775,19 @@ func (s ListFunctionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type ListMetastoresRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of metastores to return. - when set to a value greater
-	// than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server
-	// configured value (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an
-	// invalid parameter error is returned; - If not set, all the metastores are
-	// returned (not recommended). - Note: The number of returned metastores
-	// might be less than the specified max_results size, even zero. The only
-	// definitive indication that no further metastores can be fetched is when
-	// the next_page_token is unset from the response.
+	// Maximum number of metastores to return.
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all the metastores are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - Note: The number of returned metastores might be less than the
+	//     specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
+	//     that no further metastores can be fetched is when the next_page_token
+	//     is unset from the response.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4778,7 +4807,7 @@ type ListMetastoresResponse struct {
 	// An array of metastore information objects.
 	Metastores []MetastoreInfo `json:"metastores,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4801,12 +4830,14 @@ type ListModelVersionsRequest struct {
 	// can only access selective metadata for
 	IncludeBrowse bool `json:"-" url:"include_browse,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of model versions to return. If not set, the page length
-	// is set to a server configured value (100, as of 1/3/2024). - when set to
-	// a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and
-	// a server configured value(1000, as of 1/3/2024); - when set to 0, the
-	// page length is set to a server configured value (100, as of 1/3/2024)
-	// (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned;
+	// is set to a server configured value (100, as of 1/3/2024).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value(1000, as of 1/3/2024);
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (100, as of 1/3/2024) (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4825,7 +4856,7 @@ func (s ListModelVersionsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 type ListModelVersionsResponse struct {
 	ModelVersions []ModelVersionInfo `json:"model_versions,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -4845,9 +4876,12 @@ type ListPoliciesRequest struct {
 	// default, the inherited policies are not included.
 	IncludeInherited bool `json:"-" url:"include_inherited,omitempty"`
 	// Optional. Maximum number of policies to return on a single page (page
-	// length). - When not set or set to 0, the page length is set to a server
-	// configured value (recommended); - When set to a value greater than 0, the
-	// page length is the minimum of this value and a server configured value;
+	// length).
+	//
+	//   - When not set or set to 0, the page length is set to a server
+	//     configured value (recommended);
+	//   - When set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Required. The fully qualified name of securable to list policies for.
 	OnSecurableFullname string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -4906,7 +4940,7 @@ func (s ListQuotasRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListQuotasResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request.
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of returned QuotaInfos.
@@ -4938,21 +4972,27 @@ type ListRegisteredModelsRequest struct {
 	IncludeBrowse bool `json:"-" url:"include_browse,omitempty"`
 	// Max number of registered models to return.
 	//
-	// If both catalog and schema are specified: - when max_results is not
-	// specified, the page length is set to a server configured value (10000, as
-	// of 4/2/2024). - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is
-	// the minimum of this value and a server configured value (10000, as of
-	// 4/2/2024); - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured
-	// value (10000, as of 4/2/2024); - when set to a value less than 0, an
-	// invalid parameter error is returned;
+	// If both catalog and schema are specified:
+	//
+	//   - when max_results is not specified, the page length is set to a server
+	//     configured value (10000, as of 4/2/2024).
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value (10000, as of 4/2/2024);
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (10000, as of 4/2/2024);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	//
-	// If neither schema nor catalog is specified: - when max_results is not
-	// specified, the page length is set to a server configured value (100, as
-	// of 4/2/2024). - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is
-	// the minimum of this value and a server configured value (1000, as of
-	// 4/2/2024); - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured
-	// value (100, as of 4/2/2024); - when set to a value less than 0, an
-	// invalid parameter error is returned;
+	// If neither schema nor catalog is specified:
+	//
+	//   - when max_results is not specified, the page length is set to a server
+	//     configured value (100, as of 4/2/2024).
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value (1000, as of 4/2/2024);
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (100, as of 4/2/2024);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque token to send for the next page of results (pagination).
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -4996,11 +5036,14 @@ type ListSchemasRequest struct {
 	// only access selective metadata for
 	IncludeBrowse bool `json:"-" url:"include_browse,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of schemas to return. If not set, all the schemas are
-	// returned (not recommended). - when set to a value greater than 0, the
-	// page length is the minimum of this value and a server configured value; -
-	// when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
-	// (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned;
+	// returned (not recommended).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -5018,7 +5061,7 @@ func (s ListSchemasRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListSchemasResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of schema information objects.
@@ -5044,10 +5087,12 @@ type ListSecretsRequest struct {
 	IncludeBrowse bool `json:"-" url:"include_browse,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of secrets to return.
 	//
-	// - If not specified, at most 10000 secrets are returned. - If set to a
-	// value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and
-	// 10000. - If set to 0, the page length is set to 10000. - If set to a
-	// value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is returned.
+	//   - If not specified, at most 10000 secrets are returned.
+	//   - If set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and 10000.
+	//   - If set to 0, the page length is set to 10000.
+	//   - If set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned.
 	PageSize int `json:"-" url:"page_size,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to the next page based on previous query.
 	// The maximum page length is determined by a server configured value.
@@ -5092,11 +5137,14 @@ type ListStorageCredentialsRequest struct {
 	// if the user has permission to update the credential–workspace binding.
 	IncludeUnbound bool `json:"-" url:"include_unbound,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of storage credentials to return. If not set, all the
-	// storage credentials are returned (not recommended). - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server
-	// configured value (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an
-	// invalid parameter error is returned;
+	// storage credentials are returned (not recommended).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -5114,7 +5162,7 @@ func (s ListStorageCredentialsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListStorageCredentialsResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -5138,12 +5186,14 @@ type ListSummariesRequest struct {
 	// response.
 	IncludeManifestCapabilities bool `json:"-" url:"include_manifest_capabilities,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of summaries for tables to return. If not set, the page
-	// length is set to a server configured value (10000, as of 1/5/2024). -
-	// when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
-	// this value and a server configured value (10000, as of 1/5/2024); - when
-	// set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value (10000, as
-	// of 1/5/2024) (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid
-	// parameter error is returned;
+	// length is set to a server configured value (10000, as of 1/5/2024).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value (10000, as of 1/5/2024);
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (10000, as of 1/5/2024) (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -5166,12 +5216,15 @@ func (s ListSummariesRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type ListSystemSchemasRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of schemas to return. - When set to 0, the page length is
-	// set to a server configured value (recommended); - When set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - When set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned; - If not set, all the schemas are returned (not
-	// recommended).
+	// Maximum number of schemas to return.
+	//
+	//   - When set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - When set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - When set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all the schemas are returned (not recommended).
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// The ID for the metastore in which the system schema resides.
 	MetastoreId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -5191,7 +5244,7 @@ func (s ListSystemSchemasRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListSystemSchemasResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of system schema information objects.
@@ -5210,7 +5263,7 @@ func (s ListSystemSchemasResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListTableSummariesResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// List of table summaries.
@@ -5237,11 +5290,14 @@ type ListTablesRequest struct {
 	// response.
 	IncludeManifestCapabilities bool `json:"-" url:"include_manifest_capabilities,omitempty"`
 	// Maximum number of tables to return. If not set, all the tables are
-	// returned (not recommended). - when set to a value greater than 0, the
-	// page length is the minimum of this value and a server configured value; -
-	// when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
-	// (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned;
+	// returned (not recommended).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Whether to omit the columns of the table from the response or not.
 	OmitColumns bool `json:"-" url:"omit_columns,omitempty"`
@@ -5268,7 +5324,7 @@ func (s ListTablesRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListTablesResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of table information objects.
@@ -5294,11 +5350,14 @@ type ListVolumesRequest struct {
 	// Maximum number of volumes to return (page length).
 	//
 	// If not set, the page length is set to a server configured value (10000,
-	// as of 1/29/2024). - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length
-	// is the minimum of this value and a server configured value (10000, as of
-	// 1/29/2024); - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server
-	// configured value (10000, as of 1/29/2024) (recommended); - when set to a
-	// value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is returned;
+	// as of 1/29/2024).
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value (10000, as of 1/29/2024);
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (10000, as of 1/29/2024) (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
 	//
 	// Note: this parameter controls only the maximum number of volumes to
 	// return. The actual number of volumes returned in a page may be smaller
@@ -5323,7 +5382,7 @@ func (s ListVolumesRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListVolumesResponseContent struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request to retrieve the next page of results.
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 
@@ -5488,7 +5547,7 @@ type ModelVersionInfo struct {
 	ModelName string `json:"model_name,omitempty"`
 	// Model version dependencies, for feature-store packaged models
 	ModelVersionDependencies *DependencyList `json:"model_version_dependencies,omitempty"`
-	// MLflow run ID used when creating the model version, if ``source`` was
+	// MLflow run ID used when creating the model version, if `source` was
 	// generated by an experiment run stored in an MLflow tracking server
 	RunId string `json:"run_id,omitempty"`
 	// ID of the Databricks workspace containing the MLflow run that generated
@@ -5577,8 +5636,7 @@ type MonitorCronSchedule struct {
 	//
 	// [examples]: https://www.quartz-scheduler.org/documentation/quartz-2.3.0/tutorials/crontrigger.html
 	QuartzCronExpression string `json:"quartz_cron_expression"`
-	// The timezone id (e.g., ``PST``) in which to evaluate the quartz
-	// expression.
+	// The timezone id (e.g., `PST`) in which to evaluate the quartz expression.
 	TimezoneId string `json:"timezone_id"`
 }
 
@@ -5833,36 +5891,42 @@ type MonitorMetric struct {
 	// [create metric definition]: https://docs.databricks.com/en/lakehouse-monitoring/custom-metrics.html#create-definition
 	Definition string `json:"definition"`
 	// A list of column names in the input table the metric should be computed
-	// for. Can use ``":table"`` to indicate that the metric needs information
+	// for. Can use `":table"` to indicate that the metric needs information
 	// from multiple columns.
 	InputColumns []string `json:"input_columns"`
 	// Name of the metric in the output tables.
 	Name string `json:"name"`
 	// The output type of the custom metric.
 	OutputDataType string `json:"output_data_type"`
-	// Can only be one of ``"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE"``,
-	// ``"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED"``, or ``"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT"``. The
-	// ``"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE"`` and ``"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED"``
+	// Can only be one of `"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE"`,
+	// `"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED"`, or `"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT"`. The
+	// `"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE"` and `"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED"`
 	// metrics are computed on a single table, whereas the
-	// ``"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT"`` compare metrics across baseline and input
-	// table, or across the two consecutive time windows. -
-	// CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE: only depend on the existing columns in your
-	// table - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED: depend on previously computed
-	// aggregate metrics - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT: depend on previously
-	// computed aggregate or derived metrics
+	// `"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT"` compare metrics across baseline and input
+	// table, or across the two consecutive time windows.
+	//
+	//   - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE: only depend on the existing columns in
+	//     your table
+	//   - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED: depend on previously computed aggregate
+	//     metrics
+	//   - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT: depend on previously computed aggregate or
+	//     derived metrics
 	Type MonitorMetricType `json:"type"`
 }
 
-// Can only be one of “\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE\"“,
-// “\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED\"“, or “\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT\"“. The
-// “\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE\"“ and “\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED\"“
+// Can only be one of `\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE\"`,
+// `\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED\"`, or `\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT\"`. The
+// `\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE\"` and `\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED\"`
 // metrics are computed on a single table, whereas the
-// “\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT\"“ compare metrics across baseline and input
-// table, or across the two consecutive time windows. -
-// CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE: only depend on the existing columns in your
-// table - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED: depend on previously computed aggregate
-// metrics - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT: depend on previously computed aggregate
-// or derived metrics
+// `\"CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT\"` compare metrics across baseline and input
+// table, or across the two consecutive time windows.
+//
+//   - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE: only depend on the existing columns in your
+//     table
+//   - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DERIVED: depend on previously computed aggregate
+//     metrics
+//   - CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_DRIFT: depend on previously computed aggregate or
+//     derived metrics
 type MonitorMetricType string
 
 const MonitorMetricTypeCustomMetricTypeAggregate MonitorMetricType = `CUSTOM_METRIC_TYPE_AGGREGATE`
@@ -6041,8 +6105,8 @@ type MonitorSnapshot struct {
 type MonitorTimeSeries struct {
 	// Granularities for aggregating data into time windows based on their
 	// timestamp. Currently the following static granularities are supported:
-	// {``\"5 minutes\"``, ``\"30 minutes\"``, ``\"1 hour\"``, ``\"1 day\"``,
-	// ``\"\u003cn\u003e week(s)\"``, ``\"1 month\"``, ``\"1 year\"``}.
+	// {`\"5 minutes\"`, `\"30 minutes\"`, `\"1 hour\"`, `\"1 day\"`,
+	// `\"\u003cn\u003e week(s)\"`, `\"1 month\"`, `\"1 year\"`}.
 	Granularities []string `json:"granularities"`
 	// Column for the timestamp.
 	TimestampCol string `json:"timestamp_col"`
@@ -7151,7 +7215,7 @@ type SchemaInfo struct {
 	// Whether predictive optimization should be enabled for this object and
 	// objects under it.
 	EnablePredictiveOptimization EnablePredictiveOptimization `json:"enable_predictive_optimization,omitempty"`
-	// Full name of schema, in form of __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.
+	// Full name of schema, in form of **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.
 	FullName string `json:"full_name,omitempty"`
 	// Unique identifier of parent metastore.
 	MetastoreId string `json:"metastore_id,omitempty"`
@@ -7903,8 +7967,8 @@ func (f *SystemType) Type() string {
 }
 
 // A table constraint, as defined by *one* of the following fields being set:
-// __primary_key_constraint__, __foreign_key_constraint__,
-// __named_table_constraint__.
+// **primary_key_constraint**, **foreign_key_constraint**,
+// **named_table_constraint**.
 type TableConstraint struct {
 	ForeignKeyConstraint *ForeignKeyConstraint `json:"foreign_key_constraint,omitempty"`
 
@@ -7916,7 +7980,7 @@ type TableConstraint struct {
 // A table that is dependent on a SQL object.
 type TableDependency struct {
 	// Full name of the dependent table, in the form of
-	// __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__table_name__.
+	// **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**table_name**.
 	TableFullName string `json:"table_full_name"`
 }
 
@@ -7944,7 +8008,7 @@ type TableInfo struct {
 	BrowseOnly bool `json:"browse_only,omitempty"`
 	// Name of parent catalog.
 	CatalogName string `json:"catalog_name,omitempty"`
-	// The array of __ColumnInfo__ definitions of the table's columns.
+	// The array of **ColumnInfo** definitions of the table's columns.
 	Columns []ColumnInfo `json:"columns,omitempty"`
 	// User-provided free-form text description.
 	Comment string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
@@ -7968,7 +8032,7 @@ type TableInfo struct {
 
 	EncryptionDetails *EncryptionDetails `json:"encryption_details,omitempty"`
 	// Full name of table, in form of
-	// __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__table_name__
+	// **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**table_name**
 	FullName string `json:"full_name,omitempty"`
 	// Unique identifier of parent metastore.
 	MetastoreId string `json:"metastore_id,omitempty"`
@@ -7995,7 +8059,7 @@ type TableInfo struct {
 	// Storage root URL for table (for **MANAGED**, **EXTERNAL** tables).
 	StorageLocation string `json:"storage_location,omitempty"`
 	// List of table constraints. Note: this field is not set in the output of
-	// the __listTables__ API.
+	// the **listTables** API.
 	TableConstraints []TableConstraint `json:"table_constraints,omitempty"`
 	// The unique identifier of the table.
 	TableId string `json:"table_id,omitempty"`
@@ -8005,15 +8069,18 @@ type TableInfo struct {
 	UpdatedAt int64 `json:"updated_at,omitempty"`
 	// Username of user who last modified the table.
 	UpdatedBy string `json:"updated_by,omitempty"`
-	// View definition SQL (when __table_type__ is **VIEW**,
+	// View definition SQL (when **table_type** is **VIEW**,
 	// **MATERIALIZED_VIEW**, or **STREAMING_TABLE**)
 	ViewDefinition string `json:"view_definition,omitempty"`
 	// View dependencies (when table_type == **VIEW** or **MATERIALIZED_VIEW**,
-	// **STREAMING_TABLE**) - when DependencyList is None, the dependency is not
-	// provided; - when DependencyList is an empty list, the dependency is
-	// provided but is empty; - when DependencyList is not an empty list,
-	// dependencies are provided and recorded. Note: this field is not set in
-	// the output of the __listTables__ API.
+	// **STREAMING_TABLE**)
+	//
+	//   - when DependencyList is None, the dependency is not provided;
+	//   - when DependencyList is an empty list, the dependency is provided but
+	//     is empty;
+	//   - when DependencyList is not an empty list, dependencies are provided
+	//     and recorded. Note: this field is not set in the output of the
+	//     **listTables** API.
 	ViewDependencies *DependencyList `json:"view_dependencies,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -8565,7 +8632,7 @@ type UpdateExternalMetadataRequest struct {
 
 type UpdateFunction struct {
 	// The fully-qualified name of the function (of the form
-	// __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__function__name__).
+	// **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**function__name**).
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Username of current owner of the function.
 	Owner string `json:"owner,omitempty"`
@@ -8658,7 +8725,7 @@ type UpdateModelVersionRequest struct {
 	ModelName string `json:"model_name,omitempty"`
 	// Model version dependencies, for feature-store packaged models
 	ModelVersionDependencies *DependencyList `json:"model_version_dependencies,omitempty"`
-	// MLflow run ID used when creating the model version, if ``source`` was
+	// MLflow run ID used when creating the model version, if `source` was
 	// generated by an experiment run stored in an MLflow tracking server
 	RunId string `json:"run_id,omitempty"`
 	// ID of the Databricks workspace containing the MLflow run that generated
@@ -8770,12 +8837,15 @@ type UpdatePolicyRequest struct {
 	OnSecurableType string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Optional fields to update. This is the request body for updating a
 	// policy. Use `update_mask` field to specify which fields in the request is
-	// to be updated. - If `update_mask` is empty or "*", all specified fields
-	// will be updated. - If `update_mask` is specified, only the fields
-	// specified in the `update_mask` will be updated. If a field is specified
-	// in `update_mask` and not set in the request, the field will be cleared.
-	// Users can use the update mask to explicitly unset optional fields such as
-	// `exception_principals` and `when_condition`.
+	// to be updated.
+	//
+	//   - If `update_mask` is empty or "*", all specified fields will be
+	//     updated.
+	//   - If `update_mask` is specified, only the fields specified in the
+	//     `update_mask` will be updated. If a field is specified in
+	//     `update_mask` and not set in the request, the field will be cleared.
+	//     Users can use the update mask to explicitly unset optional fields
+	//     such as `exception_principals` and `when_condition`.
 	PolicyInfo PolicyInfo `json:"policy_info"`
 	// Optional. The update mask field for specifying user intentions on which
 	// fields to update in the request.
diff --git a/service/cleanrooms/api.go b/service/cleanrooms/api.go
index bcd89dd40..42a9024e0 100755
--- a/service/cleanrooms/api.go
+++ b/service/cleanrooms/api.go
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ type CleanRoomsInterface interface {
 	// Update a clean room. The caller must be the owner of the clean room, have
 	// **MODIFY_CLEAN_ROOM** privilege, or be metastore admin.
 	//
-	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the __owner__ field can be
+	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the **owner** field can be
 	// updated.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateCleanRoomRequest) (*CleanRoom, error)
 }
diff --git a/service/cleanrooms/interface.go b/service/cleanrooms/interface.go
index 8373ea2ce..8e962b400 100755
--- a/service/cleanrooms/interface.go
+++ b/service/cleanrooms/interface.go
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ type CleanRoomsService interface {
 	// Update a clean room. The caller must be the owner of the clean room, have
 	// **MODIFY_CLEAN_ROOM** privilege, or be metastore admin.
 	//
-	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the __owner__ field can be
+	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the **owner** field can be
 	// updated.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateCleanRoomRequest) (*CleanRoom, error)
 }
diff --git a/service/cleanrooms/model.go b/service/cleanrooms/model.go
index 37030e213..ddd2e966a 100755
--- a/service/cleanrooms/model.go
+++ b/service/cleanrooms/model.go
@@ -391,9 +391,7 @@ type CleanRoomCollaborator struct {
 	// Must be specified if invite_recipient_email is specified. It should be
 	// empty when the collaborator is the creator of the clean room.
 	InviteRecipientWorkspaceId int64 `json:"invite_recipient_workspace_id,omitempty"`
-	// [Organization
-	// name](:method:metastores/list#metastores-delta_sharing_organization_name)
-	// configured in the metastore
+	// Organization name configured in the metastore
 	OrganizationName string `json:"organization_name,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -614,10 +612,9 @@ type CleanRoomRemoteDetail struct {
 	// Collaborators in the central clean room. There should one and only one
 	// collaborator in the list that satisfies the owner condition:
 	//
-	// 1. It has the creator's global_metastore_id (determined by caller of
-	// CreateCleanRoom).
-	//
-	// 2. Its invite_recipient_email is empty.
+	//  1. It has the creator's global_metastore_id (determined by caller of
+	//     CreateCleanRoom).
+	//  2. Its invite_recipient_email is empty.
 	Collaborators []CleanRoomCollaborator `json:"collaborators,omitempty"`
 
 	ComplianceSecurityProfile *ComplianceSecurityProfile `json:"compliance_security_profile,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/compute/api.go b/service/compute/api.go
index 95a4070d1..514e147df 100755
--- a/service/compute/api.go
+++ b/service/compute/api.go
@@ -104,20 +104,25 @@ func NewClusterPolicies(client *client.DatabricksClient) *ClusterPoliciesAPI {
 // values can be used during cluster creation. Cluster policies have ACLs that
 // limit their use to specific users and groups.
 //
-// With cluster policies, you can: - Auto-install cluster libraries on the next
-// restart by listing them in the policy's "libraries" field (Public Preview). -
-// Limit users to creating clusters with the prescribed settings. - Simplify the
-// user interface, enabling more users to create clusters, by fixing and hiding
-// some fields. - Manage costs by setting limits on attributes that impact the
-// hourly rate.
+// With cluster policies, you can:
+//
+//   - Auto-install cluster libraries on the next restart by listing them in the
+//     policy's "libraries" field (Public Preview).
+//   - Limit users to creating clusters with the prescribed settings.
+//   - Simplify the user interface, enabling more users to create clusters, by
+//     fixing and hiding some fields.
+//   - Manage costs by setting limits on attributes that impact the hourly rate.
 //
 // Cluster policy permissions limit which policies a user can select in the
-// Policy drop-down when the user creates a cluster: - A user who has
-// unrestricted cluster create permission can select the Unrestricted policy and
-// create fully-configurable clusters. - A user who has both unrestricted
-// cluster create permission and access to cluster policies can select the
-// Unrestricted policy and policies they have access to. - A user that has
-// access to only cluster policies, can select the policies they have access to.
+// Policy drop-down when the user creates a cluster:
+//
+//   - A user who has unrestricted cluster create permission can select the
+//     Unrestricted policy and create fully-configurable clusters.
+//   - A user who has both unrestricted cluster create permission and access to
+//     cluster policies can select the Unrestricted policy and policies they
+//     have access to.
+//   - A user that has access to only cluster policies, can select the policies
+//     they have access to.
 //
 // If no policies exist in the workspace, the Policy drop-down doesn't appear.
 // Only admin users can create, edit, and delete policies. Admin users also have
@@ -228,11 +233,11 @@ type ClustersInterface interface {
 
 	// Creates a new Spark cluster. This method will acquire new instances from the
 	// cloud provider if necessary. This method is asynchronous; the returned
-	// ``cluster_id`` can be used to poll the cluster status. When this method
-	// returns, the cluster will be in a ``PENDING`` state. The cluster will be
-	// usable once it enters a ``RUNNING`` state. Note: Databricks may not be able
-	// to acquire some of the requested nodes, due to cloud provider limitations
-	// (account limits, spot price, etc.) or transient network issues.
+	// `cluster_id` can be used to poll the cluster status. When this method
+	// returns, the cluster will be in a `PENDING` state. The cluster will be usable
+	// once it enters a `RUNNING` state. Note: Databricks may not be able to acquire
+	// some of the requested nodes, due to cloud provider limitations (account
+	// limits, spot price, etc.) or transient network issues.
 	//
 	// If Databricks acquires at least 85% of the requested on-demand nodes, cluster
 	// creation will succeed. Otherwise the cluster will terminate with an
@@ -433,12 +438,15 @@ type ClustersInterface interface {
 	SparkVersions(ctx context.Context) (*GetSparkVersionsResponse, error)
 
 	// Starts a terminated Spark cluster with the supplied ID. This works similar to
-	// `createCluster` except: - The previous cluster id and attributes are
-	// preserved. - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size. - If
-	// the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster starts
-	// with the minimum number of nodes. - If the cluster is not currently in a
-	// ``TERMINATED`` state, nothing will happen. - Clusters launched to run a job
-	// cannot be started.
+	// `createCluster` except:
+	//
+	//   - The previous cluster id and attributes are preserved.
+	//   - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size.
+	//   - If the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster
+	//     starts with the minimum number of nodes.
+	//   - If the cluster is not currently in a `TERMINATED` state, nothing will
+	//     happen.
+	//   - Clusters launched to run a job cannot be started.
 	Start(ctx context.Context, startCluster StartCluster) (*WaitGetClusterRunning[struct{}], error)
 
 	// Calls [ClustersAPIInterface.Start] and waits to reach RUNNING state
@@ -450,12 +458,15 @@ type ClustersInterface interface {
 	StartAndWait(ctx context.Context, startCluster StartCluster, options ...retries.Option[ClusterDetails]) (*ClusterDetails, error)
 
 	// Starts a terminated Spark cluster with the supplied ID. This works similar to
-	// `createCluster` except: - The previous cluster id and attributes are
-	// preserved. - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size. - If
-	// the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster starts
-	// with the minimum number of nodes. - If the cluster is not currently in a
-	// ``TERMINATED`` state, nothing will happen. - Clusters launched to run a job
-	// cannot be started.
+	// `createCluster` except:
+	//
+	//   - The previous cluster id and attributes are preserved.
+	//   - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size.
+	//   - If the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster
+	//     starts with the minimum number of nodes.
+	//   - If the cluster is not currently in a `TERMINATED` state, nothing will
+	//     happen.
+	//   - Clusters launched to run a job cannot be started.
 	StartByClusterId(ctx context.Context, clusterId string) error
 
 	StartByClusterIdAndWait(ctx context.Context, clusterId string, options ...retries.Option[ClusterDetails]) (*ClusterDetails, error)
@@ -643,11 +654,11 @@ func (w *WaitGetClusterTerminated[R]) GetWithTimeout(timeout time.Duration) (*Cl
 
 // Creates a new Spark cluster. This method will acquire new instances from the
 // cloud provider if necessary. This method is asynchronous; the returned
-// “cluster_id“ can be used to poll the cluster status. When this method
-// returns, the cluster will be in a “PENDING“ state. The cluster will be
-// usable once it enters a “RUNNING“ state. Note: Databricks may not be able
-// to acquire some of the requested nodes, due to cloud provider limitations
-// (account limits, spot price, etc.) or transient network issues.
+// `cluster_id` can be used to poll the cluster status. When this method
+// returns, the cluster will be in a `PENDING` state. The cluster will be usable
+// once it enters a `RUNNING` state. Note: Databricks may not be able to acquire
+// some of the requested nodes, due to cloud provider limitations (account
+// limits, spot price, etc.) or transient network issues.
 //
 // If Databricks acquires at least 85% of the requested on-demand nodes, cluster
 // creation will succeed. Otherwise the cluster will terminate with an
@@ -1007,12 +1018,15 @@ func (a *ClustersAPI) RestartAndWait(ctx context.Context, restartCluster Restart
 }
 
 // Starts a terminated Spark cluster with the supplied ID. This works similar to
-// `createCluster` except: - The previous cluster id and attributes are
-// preserved. - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size. - If
-// the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster starts
-// with the minimum number of nodes. - If the cluster is not currently in a
-// “TERMINATED“ state, nothing will happen. - Clusters launched to run a job
-// cannot be started.
+// `createCluster` except:
+//
+//   - The previous cluster id and attributes are preserved.
+//   - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size.
+//   - If the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster
+//     starts with the minimum number of nodes.
+//   - If the cluster is not currently in a `TERMINATED` state, nothing will
+//     happen.
+//   - Clusters launched to run a job cannot be started.
 func (a *ClustersAPI) Start(ctx context.Context, startCluster StartCluster) (*WaitGetClusterRunning[struct{}], error) {
 	err := a.clustersImpl.Start(ctx, startCluster)
 	if err != nil {
@@ -1057,12 +1071,15 @@ func (a *ClustersAPI) StartAndWait(ctx context.Context, startCluster StartCluste
 }
 
 // Starts a terminated Spark cluster with the supplied ID. This works similar to
-// `createCluster` except: - The previous cluster id and attributes are
-// preserved. - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size. - If
-// the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster starts
-// with the minimum number of nodes. - If the cluster is not currently in a
-// “TERMINATED“ state, nothing will happen. - Clusters launched to run a job
-// cannot be started.
+// `createCluster` except:
+//
+//   - The previous cluster id and attributes are preserved.
+//   - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size.
+//   - If the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current cluster
+//     starts with the minimum number of nodes.
+//   - If the cluster is not currently in a `TERMINATED` state, nothing will
+//     happen.
+//   - Clusters launched to run a job cannot be started.
 func (a *ClustersAPI) StartByClusterId(ctx context.Context, clusterId string) error {
 	return a.clustersImpl.Start(ctx, StartCluster{
 		ClusterId: clusterId,
@@ -1154,7 +1171,7 @@ type CommandExecutionInterface interface {
 
 	// Cancels a currently running command within an execution context.
 	//
-	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to __execute__.
+	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to **execute**.
 	Cancel(ctx context.Context, cancelCommand CancelCommand) (*WaitCommandStatusCommandExecutionCancelled[struct{}], error)
 
 	// Calls [CommandExecutionAPIInterface.Cancel] and waits to reach Cancelled state
@@ -1168,7 +1185,7 @@ type CommandExecutionInterface interface {
 	// Gets the status of and, if available, the results from a currently executing
 	// command.
 	//
-	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to __execute__.
+	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to **execute**.
 	CommandStatus(ctx context.Context, request CommandStatusRequest) (*CommandStatusResponse, error)
 
 	// Gets the status for an execution context.
@@ -1398,7 +1415,7 @@ func (w *WaitCommandStatusCommandExecutionFinishedOrError[R]) GetWithTimeout(tim
 
 // Cancels a currently running command within an execution context.
 //
-// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to __execute__.
+// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to **execute**.
 func (a *CommandExecutionAPI) Cancel(ctx context.Context, cancelCommand CancelCommand) (*WaitCommandStatusCommandExecutionCancelled[struct{}], error) {
 	err := a.commandExecutionImpl.Cancel(ctx, cancelCommand)
 	if err != nil {
@@ -1560,16 +1577,14 @@ type GlobalInitScriptsInterface interface {
 
 	// Get a list of all global init scripts for this workspace. This returns all
 	// properties for each script but **not** the script contents. To retrieve the
-	// contents of a script, use the [get a global init
-	// script](:method:globalinitscripts/get) operation.
+	// contents of a script, use the get a global init script operation.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	List(ctx context.Context) listing.Iterator[GlobalInitScriptDetails]
 
 	// Get a list of all global init scripts for this workspace. This returns all
 	// properties for each script but **not** the script contents. To retrieve the
-	// contents of a script, use the [get a global init
-	// script](:method:globalinitscripts/get) operation.
+	// contents of a script, use the get a global init script operation.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListAll(ctx context.Context) ([]GlobalInitScriptDetails, error)
@@ -1885,9 +1900,9 @@ type InstanceProfilesInterface interface {
 	// with the instance profile. It is required to specify the IAM role ARN if both
 	// of the following are true:
 	//
-	// * Your role name and instance profile name do not match. The name is the part
-	// after the last slash in each ARN. * You want to use the instance profile with
-	// [Databricks SQL Serverless].
+	//   - Your role name and instance profile name do not match. The name is the
+	//     part after the last slash in each ARN.
+	//   - You want to use the instance profile with [Databricks SQL Serverless].
 	//
 	// To understand where these fields are in the AWS console, see [Enable
 	// serverless SQL warehouses].
@@ -1970,33 +1985,39 @@ type LibrariesInterface interface {
 
 	// Get the status of libraries on a cluster. A status is returned for all
 	// libraries installed on this cluster via the API or the libraries UI. The
-	// order of returned libraries is as follows: 1. Libraries set to be installed
-	// on this cluster, in the order that the libraries were added to the cluster,
-	// are returned first. 2. Libraries that were previously requested to be
-	// installed on this cluster or, but are now marked for removal, in no
-	// particular order, are returned last.
+	// order of returned libraries is as follows:
+	//
+	//  1. Libraries set to be installed on this cluster, in the order that the
+	//     libraries were added to the cluster, are returned first.
+	//  2. Libraries that were previously requested to be installed on this cluster
+	//     or, but are now marked for removal, in no particular order, are returned
+	//     last.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ClusterStatus(ctx context.Context, request ClusterStatus) listing.Iterator[LibraryFullStatus]
 
 	// Get the status of libraries on a cluster. A status is returned for all
 	// libraries installed on this cluster via the API or the libraries UI. The
-	// order of returned libraries is as follows: 1. Libraries set to be installed
-	// on this cluster, in the order that the libraries were added to the cluster,
-	// are returned first. 2. Libraries that were previously requested to be
-	// installed on this cluster or, but are now marked for removal, in no
-	// particular order, are returned last.
+	// order of returned libraries is as follows:
+	//
+	//  1. Libraries set to be installed on this cluster, in the order that the
+	//     libraries were added to the cluster, are returned first.
+	//  2. Libraries that were previously requested to be installed on this cluster
+	//     or, but are now marked for removal, in no particular order, are returned
+	//     last.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ClusterStatusAll(ctx context.Context, request ClusterStatus) ([]LibraryFullStatus, error)
 
 	// Get the status of libraries on a cluster. A status is returned for all
 	// libraries installed on this cluster via the API or the libraries UI. The
-	// order of returned libraries is as follows: 1. Libraries set to be installed
-	// on this cluster, in the order that the libraries were added to the cluster,
-	// are returned first. 2. Libraries that were previously requested to be
-	// installed on this cluster or, but are now marked for removal, in no
-	// particular order, are returned last.
+	// order of returned libraries is as follows:
+	//
+	//  1. Libraries set to be installed on this cluster, in the order that the
+	//     libraries were added to the cluster, are returned first.
+	//  2. Libraries that were previously requested to be installed on this cluster
+	//     or, but are now marked for removal, in no particular order, are returned
+	//     last.
 	ClusterStatusByClusterId(ctx context.Context, clusterId string) (*ClusterLibraryStatuses, error)
 
 	// Add libraries to install on a cluster. The installation is asynchronous; it
@@ -2039,11 +2060,13 @@ type LibrariesAPI struct {
 
 // Get the status of libraries on a cluster. A status is returned for all
 // libraries installed on this cluster via the API or the libraries UI. The
-// order of returned libraries is as follows: 1. Libraries set to be installed
-// on this cluster, in the order that the libraries were added to the cluster,
-// are returned first. 2. Libraries that were previously requested to be
-// installed on this cluster or, but are now marked for removal, in no
-// particular order, are returned last.
+// order of returned libraries is as follows:
+//
+//  1. Libraries set to be installed on this cluster, in the order that the
+//     libraries were added to the cluster, are returned first.
+//  2. Libraries that were previously requested to be installed on this cluster
+//     or, but are now marked for removal, in no particular order, are returned
+//     last.
 func (a *LibrariesAPI) ClusterStatusByClusterId(ctx context.Context, clusterId string) (*ClusterLibraryStatuses, error) {
 	return a.librariesImpl.internalClusterStatus(ctx, ClusterStatus{
 		ClusterId: clusterId,
diff --git a/service/compute/impl.go b/service/compute/impl.go
index d1f30e1b1..d09ae43df 100755
--- a/service/compute/impl.go
+++ b/service/compute/impl.go
@@ -686,8 +686,7 @@ func (a *globalInitScriptsImpl) Get(ctx context.Context, request GetGlobalInitSc
 
 // Get a list of all global init scripts for this workspace. This returns all
 // properties for each script but **not** the script contents. To retrieve the
-// contents of a script, use the [get a global init
-// script](:method:globalinitscripts/get) operation.
+// contents of a script, use the get a global init script operation.
 func (a *globalInitScriptsImpl) List(ctx context.Context) listing.Iterator[GlobalInitScriptDetails] {
 	request := struct{}{}
 
@@ -709,8 +708,7 @@ func (a *globalInitScriptsImpl) List(ctx context.Context) listing.Iterator[Globa
 
 // Get a list of all global init scripts for this workspace. This returns all
 // properties for each script but **not** the script contents. To retrieve the
-// contents of a script, use the [get a global init
-// script](:method:globalinitscripts/get) operation.
+// contents of a script, use the get a global init script operation.
 func (a *globalInitScriptsImpl) ListAll(ctx context.Context) ([]GlobalInitScriptDetails, error) {
 	iterator := a.List(ctx)
 	return listing.ToSlice[GlobalInitScriptDetails](ctx, iterator)
@@ -1044,11 +1042,13 @@ func (a *librariesImpl) internalAllClusterStatuses(ctx context.Context) (*ListAl
 
 // Get the status of libraries on a cluster. A status is returned for all
 // libraries installed on this cluster via the API or the libraries UI. The
-// order of returned libraries is as follows: 1. Libraries set to be installed
-// on this cluster, in the order that the libraries were added to the cluster,
-// are returned first. 2. Libraries that were previously requested to be
-// installed on this cluster or, but are now marked for removal, in no
-// particular order, are returned last.
+// order of returned libraries is as follows:
+//
+//  1. Libraries set to be installed on this cluster, in the order that the
+//     libraries were added to the cluster, are returned first.
+//  2. Libraries that were previously requested to be installed on this cluster
+//     or, but are now marked for removal, in no particular order, are returned
+//     last.
 func (a *librariesImpl) ClusterStatus(ctx context.Context, request ClusterStatus) listing.Iterator[LibraryFullStatus] {
 
 	getNextPage := func(ctx context.Context, req ClusterStatus) (*ClusterLibraryStatuses, error) {
@@ -1069,11 +1069,13 @@ func (a *librariesImpl) ClusterStatus(ctx context.Context, request ClusterStatus
 
 // Get the status of libraries on a cluster. A status is returned for all
 // libraries installed on this cluster via the API or the libraries UI. The
-// order of returned libraries is as follows: 1. Libraries set to be installed
-// on this cluster, in the order that the libraries were added to the cluster,
-// are returned first. 2. Libraries that were previously requested to be
-// installed on this cluster or, but are now marked for removal, in no
-// particular order, are returned last.
+// order of returned libraries is as follows:
+//
+//  1. Libraries set to be installed on this cluster, in the order that the
+//     libraries were added to the cluster, are returned first.
+//  2. Libraries that were previously requested to be installed on this cluster
+//     or, but are now marked for removal, in no particular order, are returned
+//     last.
 func (a *librariesImpl) ClusterStatusAll(ctx context.Context, request ClusterStatus) ([]LibraryFullStatus, error) {
 	iterator := a.ClusterStatus(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[LibraryFullStatus](ctx, iterator)
diff --git a/service/compute/interface.go b/service/compute/interface.go
index 0fe4e2ea1..eea2b76a9 100755
--- a/service/compute/interface.go
+++ b/service/compute/interface.go
@@ -11,20 +11,25 @@ import (
 // values can be used during cluster creation. Cluster policies have ACLs that
 // limit their use to specific users and groups.
 //
-// With cluster policies, you can: - Auto-install cluster libraries on the next
-// restart by listing them in the policy's "libraries" field (Public Preview). -
-// Limit users to creating clusters with the prescribed settings. - Simplify the
-// user interface, enabling more users to create clusters, by fixing and hiding
-// some fields. - Manage costs by setting limits on attributes that impact the
-// hourly rate.
+// With cluster policies, you can:
+//
+//   - Auto-install cluster libraries on the next restart by listing them in the
+//     policy's "libraries" field (Public Preview).
+//   - Limit users to creating clusters with the prescribed settings.
+//   - Simplify the user interface, enabling more users to create clusters, by
+//     fixing and hiding some fields.
+//   - Manage costs by setting limits on attributes that impact the hourly rate.
 //
 // Cluster policy permissions limit which policies a user can select in the
-// Policy drop-down when the user creates a cluster: - A user who has
-// unrestricted cluster create permission can select the Unrestricted policy and
-// create fully-configurable clusters. - A user who has both unrestricted
-// cluster create permission and access to cluster policies can select the
-// Unrestricted policy and policies they have access to. - A user that has
-// access to only cluster policies, can select the policies they have access to.
+// Policy drop-down when the user creates a cluster:
+//
+//   - A user who has unrestricted cluster create permission can select the
+//     Unrestricted policy and create fully-configurable clusters.
+//   - A user who has both unrestricted cluster create permission and access to
+//     cluster policies can select the Unrestricted policy and policies they
+//     have access to.
+//   - A user that has access to only cluster policies, can select the policies
+//     they have access to.
 //
 // If no policies exist in the workspace, the Policy drop-down doesn't appear.
 // Only admin users can create, edit, and delete policies. Admin users also have
@@ -105,10 +110,10 @@ type ClustersService interface {
 
 	// Creates a new Spark cluster. This method will acquire new instances from
 	// the cloud provider if necessary. This method is asynchronous; the
-	// returned ``cluster_id`` can be used to poll the cluster status. When this
-	// method returns, the cluster will be in a ``PENDING`` state. The cluster
-	// will be usable once it enters a ``RUNNING`` state. Note: Databricks may
-	// not be able to acquire some of the requested nodes, due to cloud provider
+	// returned `cluster_id` can be used to poll the cluster status. When this
+	// method returns, the cluster will be in a `PENDING` state. The cluster
+	// will be usable once it enters a `RUNNING` state. Note: Databricks may not
+	// be able to acquire some of the requested nodes, due to cloud provider
 	// limitations (account limits, spot price, etc.) or transient network
 	// issues.
 	//
@@ -205,12 +210,15 @@ type ClustersService interface {
 	SparkVersions(ctx context.Context) (*GetSparkVersionsResponse, error)
 
 	// Starts a terminated Spark cluster with the supplied ID. This works
-	// similar to `createCluster` except: - The previous cluster id and
-	// attributes are preserved. - The cluster starts with the last specified
-	// cluster size. - If the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the
-	// current cluster starts with the minimum number of nodes. - If the cluster
-	// is not currently in a ``TERMINATED`` state, nothing will happen. -
-	// Clusters launched to run a job cannot be started.
+	// similar to `createCluster` except:
+	//
+	//   - The previous cluster id and attributes are preserved.
+	//   - The cluster starts with the last specified cluster size.
+	//   - If the previous cluster was an autoscaling cluster, the current
+	//     cluster starts with the minimum number of nodes.
+	//   - If the cluster is not currently in a `TERMINATED` state, nothing will
+	//     happen.
+	//   - Clusters launched to run a job cannot be started.
 	Start(ctx context.Context, request StartCluster) error
 
 	// Unpinning a cluster will allow the cluster to eventually be removed from
@@ -245,13 +253,13 @@ type CommandExecutionService interface {
 
 	// Cancels a currently running command within an execution context.
 	//
-	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to __execute__.
+	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to **execute**.
 	Cancel(ctx context.Context, request CancelCommand) error
 
 	// Gets the status of and, if available, the results from a currently
 	// executing command.
 	//
-	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to __execute__.
+	// The command ID is obtained from a prior successful call to **execute**.
 	CommandStatus(ctx context.Context, request CommandStatusRequest) (*CommandStatusResponse, error)
 
 	// Gets the status for an execution context.
@@ -298,8 +306,8 @@ type GlobalInitScriptsService interface {
 
 	// Get a list of all global init scripts for this workspace. This returns
 	// all properties for each script but **not** the script contents. To
-	// retrieve the contents of a script, use the [get a global init
-	// script](:method:globalinitscripts/get) operation.
+	// retrieve the contents of a script, use the get a global init script
+	// operation.
 	List(ctx context.Context) (*ListGlobalInitScriptsResponse, error)
 
 	// Updates a global init script, specifying only the fields to change. All
@@ -383,9 +391,10 @@ type InstanceProfilesService interface {
 	// associated with the instance profile. It is required to specify the IAM
 	// role ARN if both of the following are true:
 	//
-	// * Your role name and instance profile name do not match. The name is the
-	// part after the last slash in each ARN. * You want to use the instance
-	// profile with [Databricks SQL Serverless].
+	//   - Your role name and instance profile name do not match. The name is
+	//     the part after the last slash in each ARN.
+	//   - You want to use the instance profile with [Databricks SQL
+	//     Serverless].
 	//
 	// To understand where these fields are in the AWS console, see [Enable
 	// serverless SQL warehouses].
@@ -435,11 +444,13 @@ type LibrariesService interface {
 
 	// Get the status of libraries on a cluster. A status is returned for all
 	// libraries installed on this cluster via the API or the libraries UI. The
-	// order of returned libraries is as follows: 1. Libraries set to be
-	// installed on this cluster, in the order that the libraries were added to
-	// the cluster, are returned first. 2. Libraries that were previously
-	// requested to be installed on this cluster or, but are now marked for
-	// removal, in no particular order, are returned last.
+	// order of returned libraries is as follows:
+	//
+	//  1. Libraries set to be installed on this cluster, in the order that the
+	//     libraries were added to the cluster, are returned first.
+	//  2. Libraries that were previously requested to be installed on this
+	//     cluster or, but are now marked for removal, in no particular order,
+	//     are returned last.
 	ClusterStatus(ctx context.Context, request ClusterStatus) (*ClusterLibraryStatuses, error)
 
 	// Add libraries to install on a cluster. The installation is asynchronous;
diff --git a/service/compute/model.go b/service/compute/model.go
index 478bf21eb..8212ace88 100755
--- a/service/compute/model.go
+++ b/service/compute/model.go
@@ -451,10 +451,9 @@ type ClusterAttributes struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
-	//
-	// - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
-	// subset of the cluster tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
+	//     subset of the cluster tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 
 	DataSecurityMode DataSecurityMode `json:"data_security_mode,omitempty"`
@@ -648,25 +647,20 @@ type ClusterDetails struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
-	//
-	// - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
-	// subset of the cluster tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
+	//     subset of the cluster tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 
 	DataSecurityMode DataSecurityMode `json:"data_security_mode,omitempty"`
 	// Tags that are added by Databricks regardless of any `custom_tags`,
 	// including:
 	//
-	// - Vendor: Databricks
-	//
-	// - Creator: <username_of_creator>
-	//
-	// - ClusterName: <name_of_cluster>
-	//
-	// - ClusterId: <id_of_cluster>
-	//
-	// - Name: <Databricks internal use>
+	//   - Vendor: Databricks
+	//   - Creator: <username_of_creator>
+	//   - ClusterName: <name_of_cluster>
+	//   - ClusterId: <id_of_cluster>
+	//   - Name: <Databricks internal use>
 	DefaultTags map[string]string `json:"default_tags,omitempty"`
 	// Custom docker image BYOC
 	DockerImage *DockerImage `json:"docker_image,omitempty"`
@@ -1273,10 +1267,9 @@ type ClusterSpec struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
-	//
-	// - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
-	// subset of the cluster tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
+	//     subset of the cluster tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 
 	DataSecurityMode DataSecurityMode `json:"data_security_mode,omitempty"`
@@ -1651,10 +1644,9 @@ type CreateCluster struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
-	//
-	// - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
-	// subset of the cluster tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
+	//     subset of the cluster tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 
 	DataSecurityMode DataSecurityMode `json:"data_security_mode,omitempty"`
@@ -1826,7 +1818,7 @@ type CreateInstancePool struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 	// Defines the specification of the disks that will be attached to all spark
 	// containers.
@@ -1996,9 +1988,11 @@ func (s Created) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type CustomPolicyTag struct {
-	// The key of the tag. - Must be unique among all custom tags of the same
-	// policy - Cannot be “budget-policy-name”, “budget-policy-id” or
-	// "budget-policy-resolution-result" - these tags are preserved.
+	// The key of the tag.
+	//
+	//   - Must be unique among all custom tags of the same policy
+	//   - Cannot be “budget-policy-name”, “budget-policy-id” or
+	//     "budget-policy-resolution-result" - these tags are preserved.
 	Key string `json:"key"`
 	// The value of the tag.
 	Value string `json:"value,omitempty"`
@@ -2074,31 +2068,34 @@ func (f *DataPlaneEventDetailsEventType) Type() string {
 // Data security mode decides what data governance model to use when accessing
 // data from a cluster.
 //
-// * `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_AUTO`: Databricks will choose the most appropriate
-// access mode depending on your compute configuration. *
-// `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_STANDARD`: A secure cluster that can be shared by
-// multiple users. Cluster users are fully isolated so that they cannot see each
-// other’s data and credentials. Most data governance features are supported
-// in this mode. But programming languages and cluster features might be
-// limited. * `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_DEDICATED`: A secure cluster that can only be
-// exclusively used by a single user specified in `single_user_name`. Most
-// programming languages, cluster features and data governance features are
-// available in this mode.
+//   - `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_AUTO`: Databricks will choose the most appropriate
+//     access mode depending on your compute configuration.
+//   - `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_STANDARD`: A secure cluster that can be shared by
+//     multiple users. Cluster users are fully isolated so that they cannot see
+//     each other’s data and credentials. Most data governance features are
+//     supported in this mode. But programming languages and cluster features
+//     might be limited.
+//   - `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_DEDICATED`: A secure cluster that can only be
+//     exclusively used by a single user specified in `single_user_name`. Most
+//     programming languages, cluster features and data governance features are
+//     available in this mode.
 //
 // The following modes are legacy aliases for the above modes:
 //
-// * `USER_ISOLATION`: Legacy alias for `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_STANDARD`. *
-// `SINGLE_USER`: Legacy alias for `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_DEDICATED`.
+//   - `USER_ISOLATION`: Legacy alias for `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_STANDARD`.
+//   - `SINGLE_USER`: Legacy alias for `DATA_SECURITY_MODE_DEDICATED`.
 //
 // The following modes are deprecated starting with Databricks Runtime 15.0 and
 // will be removed for future Databricks Runtime versions:
 //
-// * `LEGACY_TABLE_ACL`: This mode is for users migrating from legacy Table ACL
-// clusters. * `LEGACY_PASSTHROUGH`: This mode is for users migrating from
-// legacy Passthrough on high concurrency clusters. * `LEGACY_SINGLE_USER`: This
-// mode is for users migrating from legacy Passthrough on standard clusters. *
-// `LEGACY_SINGLE_USER_STANDARD`: This mode provides a way that doesn’t have
-// UC nor passthrough enabled.
+//   - `LEGACY_TABLE_ACL`: This mode is for users migrating from legacy Table
+//     ACL clusters.
+//   - `LEGACY_PASSTHROUGH`: This mode is for users migrating from legacy
+//     Passthrough on high concurrency clusters.
+//   - `LEGACY_SINGLE_USER`: This mode is for users migrating from legacy
+//     Passthrough on standard clusters.
+//   - `LEGACY_SINGLE_USER_STANDARD`: This mode provides a way that doesn’t
+//     have UC nor passthrough enabled.
 type DataSecurityMode string
 
 // <Databricks> will choose the most appropriate access mode depending on your
@@ -2214,11 +2211,13 @@ type DestroyContext struct {
 // launch 2 disks, 100 GiB each, then Databricks will launch a total of 6 disks,
 // 100 GiB each, for this cluster.
 type DiskSpec struct {
-	// The number of disks launched for each instance: - This feature is only
-	// enabled for supported node types. - Users can choose up to the limit of
-	// the disks supported by the node type. - For node types with no OS disk,
-	// at least one disk must be specified; otherwise, cluster creation will
-	// fail.
+	// The number of disks launched for each instance:
+	//
+	//   - This feature is only enabled for supported node types.
+	//   - Users can choose up to the limit of the disks supported by the node
+	//     type.
+	//   - For node types with no OS disk, at least one disk must be specified;
+	//     otherwise, cluster creation will fail.
 	//
 	// If disks are attached, Databricks will configure Spark to use only the
 	// disks for scratch storage, because heterogenously sized scratch devices
@@ -2228,19 +2227,25 @@ type DiskSpec struct {
 	// Note: If disks are specified, then the Spark configuration
 	// `spark.local.dir` will be overridden.
 	//
-	// Disks will be mounted at: - For AWS: `/ebs0`, `/ebs1`, and etc. - For
-	// Azure: `/remote_volume0`, `/remote_volume1`, and etc.
+	// Disks will be mounted at:
+	//
+	//   - For AWS: `/ebs0`, `/ebs1`, and etc.
+	//   - For Azure: `/remote_volume0`, `/remote_volume1`, and etc.
 	DiskCount int `json:"disk_count,omitempty"`
 
 	DiskIops int `json:"disk_iops,omitempty"`
 	// The size of each disk (in GiB) launched for each instance. Values must
 	// fall into the supported range for a particular instance type.
 	//
-	// For AWS: - General Purpose SSD: 100 - 4096 GiB - Throughput Optimized
-	// HDD: 500 - 4096 GiB
+	// For AWS:
+	//
+	//   - General Purpose SSD: 100 - 4096 GiB
+	//   - Throughput Optimized HDD: 500 - 4096 GiB
 	//
-	// For Azure: - Premium LRS (SSD): 1 - 1023 GiB - Standard LRS (HDD): 1-
-	// 1023 GiB
+	// For Azure:
+	//
+	//   - Premium LRS (SSD): 1 - 1023 GiB
+	//   - Standard LRS (HDD): 1- 1023 GiB
 	DiskSize int `json:"disk_size,omitempty"`
 
 	DiskThroughput int `json:"disk_throughput,omitempty"`
@@ -2456,10 +2461,9 @@ type EditCluster struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
-	//
-	// - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
-	// subset of the cluster tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
+	//     subset of the cluster tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 
 	DataSecurityMode DataSecurityMode `json:"data_security_mode,omitempty"`
@@ -2594,7 +2598,7 @@ type EditInstancePool struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 	// Automatically terminates the extra instances in the pool cache after they
 	// are inactive for this time in minutes if min_idle_instances requirement
@@ -2739,9 +2743,8 @@ type Environment struct {
 	// `workspace-base-environments/dbe_b849b66e-b31a-4cb5-b161-1f2b10877fb7`)
 	// is in Beta. Either `environment_version` or `base_environment` can be
 	// provided. For more information about Databricks-provided base
-	// environments, see the [list workspace base
-	// environments](:method:Environments/ListWorkspaceBaseEnvironments) API.
-	// For more information, see
+	// environments, see the list workspace base environments API. For more
+	// information, see
 	BaseEnvironment string `json:"base_environment,omitempty"`
 	// Use `environment_version` instead.
 	Client string `json:"client,omitempty"`
@@ -2773,8 +2776,8 @@ func (s Environment) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type EventDetails struct {
-	// * For created clusters, the attributes of the cluster. * For edited
-	// clusters, the new attributes of the cluster.
+	//   - For created clusters, the attributes of the cluster.
+	//   - For edited clusters, the new attributes of the cluster.
 	Attributes *ClusterAttributes `json:"attributes,omitempty"`
 	// The cause of a change in target size.
 	Cause EventDetailsCause `json:"cause,omitempty"`
@@ -2801,8 +2804,10 @@ type EventDetails struct {
 	// Instance Id where the event originated from
 	InstanceId string `json:"instance_id,omitempty"`
 	// Unique identifier of the specific job run associated with this cluster
-	// event * For clusters created for jobs, this will be the same as the
-	// cluster name
+	// event
+	//
+	//   - For clusters created for jobs, this will be the same as the cluster
+	//     name
 	JobRunName string `json:"job_run_name,omitempty"`
 	// The cluster attributes before a cluster was edited.
 	PreviousAttributes *ClusterAttributes `json:"previous_attributes,omitempty"`
@@ -2810,9 +2815,11 @@ type EventDetails struct {
 	PreviousClusterSize *ClusterSize `json:"previous_cluster_size,omitempty"`
 	// Previous disk size in bytes
 	PreviousDiskSize int64 `json:"previous_disk_size,omitempty"`
-	// A termination reason: * On a TERMINATED event, this is the reason of the
-	// termination. * On a RESIZE_COMPLETE event, this indicates the reason that
-	// we failed to acquire some nodes.
+	// A termination reason:
+	//
+	//   - On a TERMINATED event, this is the reason of the termination.
+	//   - On a RESIZE_COMPLETE event, this indicates the reason that we failed
+	//     to acquire some nodes.
 	Reason *TerminationReason `json:"reason,omitempty"`
 	// The targeted number of vCPUs in the cluster.
 	TargetNumVcpus int `json:"target_num_vcpus,omitempty"`
@@ -3053,12 +3060,15 @@ type GcpAttributes struct {
 	// 'availability' field instead.
 	UsePreemptibleExecutors bool `json:"use_preemptible_executors,omitempty"`
 	// Identifier for the availability zone in which the cluster resides. This
-	// can be one of the following: - "HA" => High availability, spread nodes
-	// across availability zones for a Databricks deployment region [default]. -
-	// "AUTO" => Databricks picks an availability zone to schedule the cluster
-	// on. - A GCP availability zone => Pick One of the available zones for
-	// (machine type + region) from
-	// https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones.
+	// can be one of the following:
+	//
+	//   - "HA" => High availability, spread nodes across availability zones for
+	//     a Databricks deployment region [default].
+	//   - "AUTO" => Databricks picks an availability zone to schedule the
+	//     cluster on.
+	//   - A GCP availability zone => Pick One of the available zones for
+	//     (machine type + region) from
+	//     https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones.
 	ZoneId string `json:"zone_id,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -3320,18 +3330,15 @@ type GetInstancePool struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
-	// Tags that are added by Databricks regardless of any ``custom_tags``,
+	// Tags that are added by Databricks regardless of any `custom_tags`,
 	// including:
 	//
-	// - Vendor: Databricks
-	//
-	// - InstancePoolCreator: <user_id_of_creator>
-	//
-	// - InstancePoolName: <name_of_pool>
-	//
-	// - InstancePoolId: <id_of_pool>
+	//   - Vendor: Databricks
+	//   - InstancePoolCreator: <user_id_of_creator>
+	//   - InstancePoolName: <name_of_pool>
+	//   - InstancePoolId: <id_of_pool>
 	DefaultTags map[string]string `json:"default_tags,omitempty"`
 	// Defines the specification of the disks that will be attached to all spark
 	// containers.
@@ -3833,18 +3840,15 @@ type InstancePoolAndStats struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
-	// Tags that are added by Databricks regardless of any ``custom_tags``,
+	// Tags that are added by Databricks regardless of any `custom_tags`,
 	// including:
 	//
-	// - Vendor: Databricks
-	//
-	// - InstancePoolCreator: <user_id_of_creator>
-	//
-	// - InstancePoolName: <name_of_pool>
-	//
-	// - InstancePoolId: <id_of_pool>
+	//   - Vendor: Databricks
+	//   - InstancePoolCreator: <user_id_of_creator>
+	//   - InstancePoolName: <name_of_pool>
+	//   - InstancePoolId: <id_of_pool>
 	DefaultTags map[string]string `json:"default_tags,omitempty"`
 	// Defines the specification of the disks that will be attached to all spark
 	// containers.
@@ -4083,11 +4087,14 @@ type InstancePoolGcpAttributes struct {
 	// instance pool creation, and if not specified, a default zone will be
 	// used.
 	//
-	// This field can be one of the following: - "HA" => High availability,
-	// spread nodes across availability zones for a Databricks deployment region
-	// - A GCP availability zone => Pick One of the available zones for (machine
-	// type + region) from https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones
-	// (e.g. "us-west1-a").
+	// This field can be one of the following:
+	//
+	//   - "HA" => High availability, spread nodes across availability zones for
+	//     a Databricks deployment region
+	//   - A GCP availability zone => Pick One of the available zones for
+	//     (machine type + region) from
+	//     https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones (e.g.
+	//     "us-west1-a").
 	//
 	// If empty, Databricks picks an availability zone to schedule the cluster
 	// on.
@@ -4203,8 +4210,10 @@ type InstancePoolPermissionsRequest struct {
 // The state of a Cluster. The current allowable state transitions are as
 // follows:
 //
-// - “ACTIVE“ -> “STOPPED“ - “ACTIVE“ -> “DELETED“ - “STOPPED“ ->
-// “ACTIVE“ - “STOPPED“ -> “DELETED“
+//   - `ACTIVE` -> `STOPPED`
+//   - `ACTIVE` -> `DELETED`
+//   - `STOPPED` -> `ACTIVE`
+//   - `STOPPED` -> `DELETED`
 type InstancePoolState string
 
 const InstancePoolStateActive InstancePoolState = `ACTIVE`
@@ -4311,9 +4320,10 @@ func (s InstanceProfile) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 // applied.
 //
 // Clusters with `kind = CLASSIC_PREVIEW` support the following fields, whereas
-// clusters with no specified `kind` do not. *
-// [is_single_node](/api/workspace/clusters/create#is_single_node) *
-// [use_ml_runtime](/api/workspace/clusters/create#use_ml_runtime)
+// clusters with no specified `kind` do not.
+//
+//   - is_single_node
+//   - use_ml_runtime
 //
 // By using the [simple form], your clusters are automatically using `kind =
 // CLASSIC_PREVIEW`.
@@ -4528,8 +4538,8 @@ type ListAllClusterLibraryStatusesResponse struct {
 }
 
 type ListAvailableZonesResponse struct {
-	// The availability zone if no ``zone_id`` is provided in the cluster
-	// creation request.
+	// The availability zone if no `zone_id` is provided in the cluster creation
+	// request.
 	DefaultZone string `json:"default_zone,omitempty"`
 	// The list of available zones (e.g., ['us-west-2c', 'us-east-2']).
 	Zones []string `json:"zones,omitempty"`
@@ -4590,12 +4600,15 @@ func (s ListClusterCompliancesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type ListClusterPoliciesRequest struct {
-	// The cluster policy attribute to sort by. * `POLICY_CREATION_TIME` - Sort
-	// result list by policy creation time. * `POLICY_NAME` - Sort result list
-	// by policy name.
+	// The cluster policy attribute to sort by.
+	//
+	//   - `POLICY_CREATION_TIME` - Sort result list by policy creation time.
+	//   - `POLICY_NAME` - Sort result list by policy name.
 	SortColumn ListSortColumn `json:"-" url:"sort_column,omitempty"`
-	// The order in which the policies get listed. * `DESC` - Sort result list
-	// in descending order. * `ASC` - Sort result list in ascending order.
+	// The order in which the policies get listed.
+	//
+	//   - `DESC` - Sort result list in descending order.
+	//   - `ASC` - Sort result list in ascending order.
 	SortOrder ListSortOrder `json:"-" url:"sort_order,omitempty"`
 }
 
@@ -5299,12 +5312,11 @@ type Results struct {
 	Data any `json:"data,omitempty"`
 	// The image data in one of the following formats:
 	//
-	// 1. A Data URL with base64-encoded image data:
-	// `data:image/{type};base64,{base64-data}`. Example:
-	// `data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAUA...`
-	//
-	// 2. A FileStore file path for large images: `/plots/{filename}.png`.
-	// Example: `/plots/b6a7ad70-fb2c-4353-8aed-3f1e015174a4.png`
+	//  1. A Data URL with base64-encoded image data:
+	//     `data:image/{type};base64,{base64-data}`. Example:
+	//     `data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAUA...`
+	//  2. A FileStore file path for large images: `/plots/{filename}.png`.
+	//     Example: `/plots/b6a7ad70-fb2c-4353-8aed-3f1e015174a4.png`
 	FileName string `json:"fileName,omitempty"`
 	// List of image data for multiple images. Each element follows the same
 	// format as file_name.
@@ -5495,10 +5507,16 @@ type StartCluster struct {
 // The state of a Cluster. The current allowable state transitions are as
 // follows:
 //
-// - `PENDING` -> `RUNNING` - `PENDING` -> `TERMINATING` - `RUNNING` ->
-// `RESIZING` - `RUNNING` -> `RESTARTING` - `RUNNING` -> `TERMINATING` -
-// `RESTARTING` -> `RUNNING` - `RESTARTING` -> `TERMINATING` - `RESIZING` ->
-// `RUNNING` - `RESIZING` -> `TERMINATING` - `TERMINATING` -> `TERMINATED`
+//   - `PENDING` -> `RUNNING`
+//   - `PENDING` -> `TERMINATING`
+//   - `RUNNING` -> `RESIZING`
+//   - `RUNNING` -> `RESTARTING`
+//   - `RUNNING` -> `TERMINATING`
+//   - `RESTARTING` -> `RUNNING`
+//   - `RESTARTING` -> `TERMINATING`
+//   - `RESIZING` -> `RUNNING`
+//   - `RESIZING` -> `TERMINATING`
+//   - `TERMINATING` -> `TERMINATED`
 type State string
 
 const StateError State = `ERROR`
@@ -6268,10 +6286,9 @@ type UpdateClusterResource struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
-	//
-	// - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
-	// subset of the cluster tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
+	//     subset of the cluster tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 
 	DataSecurityMode DataSecurityMode `json:"data_security_mode,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/dashboards/api.go b/service/dashboards/api.go
index 75064adf7..55611519d 100755
--- a/service/dashboards/api.go
+++ b/service/dashboards/api.go
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@ type GenieInterface interface {
 	WaitGetMessageGenieCompleted(ctx context.Context, conversationId string, messageId string, spaceId string,
 		timeout time.Duration, callback func(*GenieMessage)) (*GenieMessage, error)
 
-	// Create new message in a [conversation](:method:genie/startconversation). The
-	// AI response uses all previously created messages in the conversation to
-	// respond.
+	// Create new message in a conversation. The AI response uses all previously
+	// created messages in the conversation to respond.
 	CreateMessage(ctx context.Context, genieCreateConversationMessageRequest GenieCreateConversationMessageRequest) (*WaitGetMessageGenieCompleted[GenieMessage], error)
 
 	// Calls [GenieAPIInterface.CreateMessage] and waits to reach COMPLETED state
@@ -52,21 +51,16 @@ type GenieInterface interface {
 	// attachment has expired and needs to be re-executed.
 	ExecuteMessageAttachmentQuery(ctx context.Context, request GenieExecuteMessageAttachmentQueryRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Execute Message Attachment
-	// Query](:method:genie/executemessageattachmentquery) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Execute Message Attachment Query instead.
 	ExecuteMessageQuery(ctx context.Context, request GenieExecuteMessageQueryRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Initiates a new SQL execution and returns a `download_id` and
 	// `download_id_signature` that you can use to track the progress of the
 	// download. The query result is stored in an external link and can be retrieved
-	// using the [Get Download Full Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getdownloadfullqueryresult) API. Both `download_id` and
+	// using the Get Download Full Query Result API. Both `download_id` and
 	// `download_id_signature` must be provided when calling the Get endpoint.
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
-	// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that
-	// are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+	// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 	//
 	// When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 	// generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -75,10 +69,7 @@ type GenieInterface interface {
 	// Because URLs are already generated with embedded temporary s, you must not
 	// set an `Authorization` header in the download requests.
 	//
-	// See [Execute Statement](:method:statementexecution/executestatement) for more
-	// details.
-	//
-	// ----
+	// See Execute Statement for more details.
 	GenerateDownloadFullQueryResult(ctx context.Context, request GenieGenerateDownloadFullQueryResultRequest) (*GenieGenerateDownloadFullQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Create and run evaluations for multiple benchmark questions in a Genie space.
@@ -96,18 +87,14 @@ type GenieInterface interface {
 	// Lists all evaluation runs in a space.
 	GenieListEvalRuns(ctx context.Context, request GenieListEvalRunsRequest) (*GenieListEvalRunsResponse, error)
 
-	// After [Generating a Full Query Result
-	// Download](:method:genie/generatedownloadfullqueryresult) and successfully
-	// receiving a `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to poll
-	// the download progress. Both `download_id` and `download_id_signature` are
-	// required to call this endpoint. When the download is complete, the API
-	// returns the result in the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, containing one or
-	// more external links to the query result files.
+	// After Generating a Full Query Result Download and successfully receiving a
+	// `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to poll the download
+	// progress. Both `download_id` and `download_id_signature` are required to call
+	// this endpoint. When the download is complete, the API returns the result in
+	// the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, containing one or more external links to
+	// the query result files.
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
-	// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that
-	// are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+	// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 	//
 	// When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 	// generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -116,24 +103,17 @@ type GenieInterface interface {
 	// Because URLs are already generated with embedded temporary s, you must not
 	// set an `Authorization` header in the download requests.
 	//
-	// See [Execute Statement](:method:statementexecution/executestatement) for more
-	// details.
-	//
-	// ----
+	// See Execute Statement for more details.
 	GetDownloadFullQueryResult(ctx context.Context, request GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultRequest) (*GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// After [Generating a Full Query Result
-	// Download](:method:genie/generatedownloadfullqueryresult) and successfully
-	// receiving a `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to poll
-	// the download progress. Both `download_id` and `download_id_signature` are
-	// required to call this endpoint. When the download is complete, the API
-	// returns the result in the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, containing one or
-	// more external links to the query result files.
+	// After Generating a Full Query Result Download and successfully receiving a
+	// `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to poll the download
+	// progress. Both `download_id` and `download_id_signature` are required to call
+	// this endpoint. When the download is complete, the API returns the result in
+	// the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, containing one or more external links to
+	// the query result files.
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
-	// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that
-	// are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+	// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 	//
 	// When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 	// generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -142,10 +122,7 @@ type GenieInterface interface {
 	// Because URLs are already generated with embedded temporary s, you must not
 	// set an `Authorization` header in the download requests.
 	//
-	// See [Execute Statement](:method:statementexecution/executestatement) for more
-	// details.
-	//
-	// ----
+	// See Execute Statement for more details.
 	GetDownloadFullQueryResultBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageIdAndAttachmentIdAndDownloadId(ctx context.Context, spaceId string, conversationId string, messageId string, attachmentId string, downloadId string) (*GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Get message from conversation.
@@ -164,20 +141,16 @@ type GenieInterface interface {
 	// `EXECUTING_QUERY` OR `COMPLETED`.
 	GetMessageAttachmentQueryResultBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageIdAndAttachmentId(ctx context.Context, spaceId string, conversationId string, messageId string, attachmentId string) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 	GetMessageQueryResult(ctx context.Context, request GenieGetMessageQueryResultRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 	GetMessageQueryResultBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageId(ctx context.Context, spaceId string, conversationId string, messageId string) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 	GetMessageQueryResultByAttachment(ctx context.Context, request GenieGetQueryResultByAttachmentRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 	GetMessageQueryResultByAttachmentBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageIdAndAttachmentId(ctx context.Context, spaceId string, conversationId string, messageId string, attachmentId string) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Get details of a Genie Space.
@@ -303,9 +276,8 @@ func (w *WaitGetMessageGenieCompleted[R]) GetWithTimeout(timeout time.Duration)
 	return w.Poll(timeout, w.callback)
 }
 
-// Create new message in a [conversation](:method:genie/startconversation). The
-// AI response uses all previously created messages in the conversation to
-// respond.
+// Create new message in a conversation. The AI response uses all previously
+// created messages in the conversation to respond.
 func (a *GenieAPI) CreateMessage(ctx context.Context, genieCreateConversationMessageRequest GenieCreateConversationMessageRequest) (*WaitGetMessageGenieCompleted[GenieMessage], error) {
 	genieMessage, err := a.genieImpl.CreateMessage(ctx, genieCreateConversationMessageRequest)
 	if err != nil {
@@ -359,18 +331,14 @@ func (a *GenieAPI) DeleteConversationBySpaceIdAndConversationId(ctx context.Cont
 	})
 }
 
-// After [Generating a Full Query Result
-// Download](:method:genie/generatedownloadfullqueryresult) and successfully
-// receiving a `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to poll
-// the download progress. Both `download_id` and `download_id_signature` are
-// required to call this endpoint. When the download is complete, the API
-// returns the result in the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, containing one or
-// more external links to the query result files.
+// After Generating a Full Query Result Download and successfully receiving a
+// `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to poll the download
+// progress. Both `download_id` and `download_id_signature` are required to call
+// this endpoint. When the download is complete, the API returns the result in
+// the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, containing one or more external links to
+// the query result files.
 //
-// ----
-//
-// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that
-// are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 //
 // When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 // generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -379,10 +347,7 @@ func (a *GenieAPI) DeleteConversationBySpaceIdAndConversationId(ctx context.Cont
 // Because URLs are already generated with embedded temporary s, you must not
 // set an `Authorization` header in the download requests.
 //
-// See [Execute Statement](:method:statementexecution/executestatement) for more
-// details.
-//
-// ----
+// See Execute Statement for more details.
 func (a *GenieAPI) GetDownloadFullQueryResultBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageIdAndAttachmentIdAndDownloadId(ctx context.Context, spaceId string, conversationId string, messageId string, attachmentId string, downloadId string) (*GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultResponse, error) {
 	return a.genieImpl.GetDownloadFullQueryResult(ctx, GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultRequest{
 		SpaceId:        spaceId,
@@ -414,8 +379,7 @@ func (a *GenieAPI) GetMessageAttachmentQueryResultBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndM
 	})
 }
 
-// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 func (a *GenieAPI) GetMessageQueryResultBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageId(ctx context.Context, spaceId string, conversationId string, messageId string) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error) {
 	return a.genieImpl.GetMessageQueryResult(ctx, GenieGetMessageQueryResultRequest{
 		SpaceId:        spaceId,
@@ -424,8 +388,7 @@ func (a *GenieAPI) GetMessageQueryResultBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageId(c
 	})
 }
 
-// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 func (a *GenieAPI) GetMessageQueryResultByAttachmentBySpaceIdAndConversationIdAndMessageIdAndAttachmentId(ctx context.Context, spaceId string, conversationId string, messageId string, attachmentId string) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error) {
 	return a.genieImpl.GetMessageQueryResultByAttachment(ctx, GenieGetQueryResultByAttachmentRequest{
 		SpaceId:        spaceId,
diff --git a/service/dashboards/interface.go b/service/dashboards/interface.go
index 1401fe758..45b97fa06 100755
--- a/service/dashboards/interface.go
+++ b/service/dashboards/interface.go
@@ -15,9 +15,8 @@ import (
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type GenieService interface {
 
-	// Create new message in a [conversation](:method:genie/startconversation).
-	// The AI response uses all previously created messages in the conversation
-	// to respond.
+	// Create new message in a conversation. The AI response uses all previously
+	// created messages in the conversation to respond.
 	CreateMessage(ctx context.Context, request GenieCreateConversationMessageRequest) (*GenieMessage, error)
 
 	// Create a comment on a conversation message.
@@ -36,22 +35,17 @@ type GenieService interface {
 	// query attachment has expired and needs to be re-executed.
 	ExecuteMessageAttachmentQuery(ctx context.Context, request GenieExecuteMessageAttachmentQueryRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Execute Message Attachment
-	// Query](:method:genie/executemessageattachmentquery) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Execute Message Attachment Query instead.
 	ExecuteMessageQuery(ctx context.Context, request GenieExecuteMessageQueryRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Initiates a new SQL execution and returns a `download_id` and
 	// `download_id_signature` that you can use to track the progress of the
 	// download. The query result is stored in an external link and can be
-	// retrieved using the [Get Download Full Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getdownloadfullqueryresult) API. Both `download_id`
-	// and `download_id_signature` must be provided when calling the Get
-	// endpoint.
+	// retrieved using the Get Download Full Query Result API. Both
+	// `download_id` and `download_id_signature` must be provided when calling
+	// the Get endpoint.
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
-	// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs
-	// that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+	// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 	//
 	// When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 	// generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -60,10 +54,7 @@ type GenieService interface {
 	// Because URLs are already generated with embedded temporary s, you must
 	// not set an `Authorization` header in the download requests.
 	//
-	// See [Execute Statement](:method:statementexecution/executestatement) for
-	// more details.
-	//
-	// ----
+	// See Execute Statement for more details.
 	GenerateDownloadFullQueryResult(ctx context.Context, request GenieGenerateDownloadFullQueryResultRequest) (*GenieGenerateDownloadFullQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Create and run evaluations for multiple benchmark questions in a Genie
@@ -82,19 +73,14 @@ type GenieService interface {
 	// Lists all evaluation runs in a space.
 	GenieListEvalRuns(ctx context.Context, request GenieListEvalRunsRequest) (*GenieListEvalRunsResponse, error)
 
-	// After [Generating a Full Query Result
-	// Download](:method:genie/generatedownloadfullqueryresult) and successfully
-	// receiving a `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to
-	// poll the download progress. Both `download_id` and
-	// `download_id_signature` are required to call this endpoint. When the
-	// download is complete, the API returns the result in the `EXTERNAL_LINKS`
-	// disposition, containing one or more external links to the query result
-	// files.
+	// After Generating a Full Query Result Download and successfully receiving
+	// a `download_id` and `download_id_signature`, use this API to poll the
+	// download progress. Both `download_id` and `download_id_signature` are
+	// required to call this endpoint. When the download is complete, the API
+	// returns the result in the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, containing one or
+	// more external links to the query result files.
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
-	// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs
-	// that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+	// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 	//
 	// When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 	// generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -103,10 +89,7 @@ type GenieService interface {
 	// Because URLs are already generated with embedded temporary s, you must
 	// not set an `Authorization` header in the download requests.
 	//
-	// See [Execute Statement](:method:statementexecution/executestatement) for
-	// more details.
-	//
-	// ----
+	// See Execute Statement for more details.
 	GetDownloadFullQueryResult(ctx context.Context, request GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultRequest) (*GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Get message from conversation.
@@ -117,12 +100,10 @@ type GenieService interface {
 	// status is `EXECUTING_QUERY` OR `COMPLETED`.
 	GetMessageAttachmentQueryResult(ctx context.Context, request GenieGetMessageAttachmentQueryResultRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 	GetMessageQueryResult(ctx context.Context, request GenieGetMessageQueryResultRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
-	// DEPRECATED: Use [Get Message Attachment Query
-	// Result](:method:genie/getmessageattachmentqueryresult) instead.
+	// DEPRECATED: Use Get Message Attachment Query Result instead.
 	GetMessageQueryResultByAttachment(ctx context.Context, request GenieGetQueryResultByAttachmentRequest) (*GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse, error)
 
 	// Get details of a Genie Space.
diff --git a/service/dashboards/model.go b/service/dashboards/model.go
index 03227aee1..6324f0089 100755
--- a/service/dashboards/model.go
+++ b/service/dashboards/model.go
@@ -378,11 +378,10 @@ type GenieCreateSpaceRequest struct {
 	Description string `json:"description,omitempty"`
 	// Parent folder path where the space will be registered
 	ParentPath string `json:"parent_path,omitempty"`
-	// The contents of the Genie Space in serialized string form. Use the [Get
-	// Genie Space](:method:genie/getspace) API to retrieve an example response,
-	// which includes the `serialized_space` field. This field provides the
-	// structure of the JSON string that represents the space's layout and
-	// components.
+	// The contents of the Genie Space in serialized string form. Use the Get
+	// Genie Space API to retrieve an example response, which includes the
+	// `serialized_space` field. This field provides the structure of the JSON
+	// string that represents the space's layout and components.
 	SerializedSpace string `json:"serialized_space"`
 	// Optional title override
 	Title string `json:"title,omitempty"`
@@ -552,53 +551,67 @@ type GenieEvalResultDetails struct {
 	//
 	// Assessment reasons describe why a Genie response was scored as BAD.
 	//
-	// Deterministic values (compared against the ground truth result): -
-	// EMPTY_RESULT: Genie's generated SQL results were empty for this benchmark
-	// question. - RESULT_MISSING_ROWS: Genie's generated SQL response is
-	// missing rows from the provided ground truth SQL. - RESULT_EXTRA_ROWS:
-	// Genie's generated SQL response has more rows than the provided ground
-	// truth SQL. - RESULT_MISSING_COLUMNS: Genie's generated SQL response is
-	// missing columns from the provided ground truth SQL. -
-	// RESULT_EXTRA_COLUMNS: Genie's generated SQL response has more columns
-	// than the provided ground truth SQL. - SINGLE_CELL_DIFFERENCE: Single
-	// value result was produced but differs from ground truth result. -
-	// EMPTY_GOOD_SQL: The benchmark SQL returned an empty result. -
-	// COLUMN_TYPE_DIFFERENCE: The values between the results match but the
-	// column type is different.
+	// Deterministic values (compared against the ground truth result):
 	//
-	// LLM judge ratings explain the factors driving BAD results: -
-	// LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_OR_INCORRECT_FILTER: Genie's generated SQL is missing a
-	// WHERE clause condition or has incorrect filter logic that
-	// excludes/includes wrong data. - LLM_JUDGE_INCOMPLETE_OR_PARTIAL_OUTPUT:
-	// Genie's generated SQL returns only some of the requested data or columns,
-	// missing parts of what the ground truth SQL returns. -
-	// LLM_JUDGE_MISINTERPRETATION_OF_USER_REQUEST: Genie's generated SQL
-	// fundamentally misunderstands what the user is asking for, addressing the
-	// wrong question or goal. -
-	// LLM_JUDGE_INSTRUCTION_COMPLIANCE_OR_MISSING_BUSINESS_LOGIC: Genie's
-	// generated SQL fails to apply specified instructions or business logic
-	// that should be followed. - LLM_JUDGE_INCORRECT_METRIC_CALCULATION:
-	// Genie's generated SQL uses incorrect logic or makes wrong assumptions
-	// when calculating metrics. - LLM_JUDGE_INCORRECT_TABLE_OR_FIELD_USAGE:
-	// Genie's generated SQL references wrong tables, columns, or uses fields
-	// that don't match the ground truth SQL's intent. -
-	// LLM_JUDGE_INCORRECT_FUNCTION_USAGE: Genie's generated SQL uses SQL
-	// functions incorrectly or inappropriately (wrong parameters, wrong
-	// function for the task, etc.). - LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_OR_INCORRECT_JOIN:
-	// Genie's generated SQL is missing necessary joins between tables or has
-	// incorrect join conditions/types that produce wrong results. -
-	// LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_OR_INCORRECT_AGGREGATION: Genie's generated SQL is
-	// missing GROUP BY clauses or has incorrect grouping that doesn't match the
-	// requested aggregation level. - LLM_JUDGE_FORMATTING_ERROR: Genie's
-	// generated SQL output has incorrect formatting, ordering (ORDER BY), or
-	// presentation issues that don't match expectations. - LLM_JUDGE_OTHER: LLM
-	// judge identified an error that doesn't fall into other categories.
+	//   - EMPTY_RESULT: Genie's generated SQL results were empty for this
+	//     benchmark question.
+	//   - RESULT_MISSING_ROWS: Genie's generated SQL response is missing rows
+	//     from the provided ground truth SQL.
+	//   - RESULT_EXTRA_ROWS: Genie's generated SQL response has more rows than
+	//     the provided ground truth SQL.
+	//   - RESULT_MISSING_COLUMNS: Genie's generated SQL response is missing
+	//     columns from the provided ground truth SQL.
+	//   - RESULT_EXTRA_COLUMNS: Genie's generated SQL response has more columns
+	//     than the provided ground truth SQL.
+	//   - SINGLE_CELL_DIFFERENCE: Single value result was produced but differs
+	//     from ground truth result.
+	//   - EMPTY_GOOD_SQL: The benchmark SQL returned an empty result.
+	//   - COLUMN_TYPE_DIFFERENCE: The values between the results match but the
+	//     column type is different.
+	//
+	// LLM judge ratings explain the factors driving BAD results:
+	//
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_OR_INCORRECT_FILTER: Genie's generated SQL is
+	//     missing a WHERE clause condition or has incorrect filter logic that
+	//     excludes/includes wrong data.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_INCOMPLETE_OR_PARTIAL_OUTPUT: Genie's generated SQL returns
+	//     only some of the requested data or columns, missing parts of what the
+	//     ground truth SQL returns.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_MISINTERPRETATION_OF_USER_REQUEST: Genie's generated SQL
+	//     fundamentally misunderstands what the user is asking for, addressing
+	//     the wrong question or goal.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_INSTRUCTION_COMPLIANCE_OR_MISSING_BUSINESS_LOGIC: Genie's
+	//     generated SQL fails to apply specified instructions or business logic
+	//     that should be followed.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_INCORRECT_METRIC_CALCULATION: Genie's generated SQL uses
+	//     incorrect logic or makes wrong assumptions when calculating metrics.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_INCORRECT_TABLE_OR_FIELD_USAGE: Genie's generated SQL
+	//     references wrong tables, columns, or uses fields that don't match the
+	//     ground truth SQL's intent.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_INCORRECT_FUNCTION_USAGE: Genie's generated SQL uses SQL
+	//     functions incorrectly or inappropriately (wrong parameters, wrong
+	//     function for the task, etc.).
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_OR_INCORRECT_JOIN: Genie's generated SQL is missing
+	//     necessary joins between tables or has incorrect join conditions/types
+	//     that produce wrong results.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_OR_INCORRECT_AGGREGATION: Genie's generated SQL is
+	//     missing GROUP BY clauses or has incorrect grouping that doesn't match
+	//     the requested aggregation level.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_FORMATTING_ERROR: Genie's generated SQL output has
+	//     incorrect formatting, ordering (ORDER BY), or presentation issues
+	//     that don't match expectations.
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_OTHER: LLM judge identified an error that doesn't fall into
+	//     other categories.
 	//
 	// Deprecated LLM judge values (kept for backward compatibility, do not
-	// use): - LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_JOIN (deprecated) - LLM_JUDGE_WRONG_FILTER
-	// (deprecated) - LLM_JUDGE_WRONG_AGGREGATION (deprecated) -
-	// LLM_JUDGE_WRONG_COLUMNS (deprecated) - LLM_JUDGE_SYNTAX_ERROR
-	// (deprecated) - LLM_JUDGE_SEMANTIC_ERROR (deprecated)
+	// use):
+	//
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_MISSING_JOIN (deprecated)
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_WRONG_FILTER (deprecated)
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_WRONG_AGGREGATION (deprecated)
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_WRONG_COLUMNS (deprecated)
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_SYNTAX_ERROR (deprecated)
+	//   - LLM_JUDGE_SEMANTIC_ERROR (deprecated)
 	AssessmentReasons []ScoreReason `json:"assessment_reasons,omitempty"`
 	// The ID of the benchmark question that was evaluated.
 	BenchmarkQuestionId string `json:"benchmark_question_id"`
@@ -781,8 +794,7 @@ type GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultRequest struct {
 	AttachmentId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Conversation ID
 	ConversationId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
-	// Download ID. This ID is provided by the [Generate Download
-	// endpoint](:method:genie/generateDownloadFullQueryResult)
+	// Download ID. This ID is provided by the Generate Download endpoint
 	DownloadId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// JWT signature for the download_id to ensure secure access to query
 	// results
@@ -794,8 +806,8 @@ type GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultRequest struct {
 }
 
 type GenieGetDownloadFullQueryResultResponse struct {
-	// SQL Statement Execution response. See [Get status, manifest, and result
-	// first chunk](:method:statementexecution/getstatement) for more details.
+	// SQL Statement Execution response. See Get status, manifest, and result
+	// first chunk for more details.
 	StatementResponse *sql.StatementResponse `json:"statement_response,omitempty"`
 }
 
@@ -837,8 +849,8 @@ type GenieGetMessageQueryResultRequest struct {
 }
 
 type GenieGetMessageQueryResultResponse struct {
-	// SQL Statement Execution response. See [Get status, manifest, and result
-	// first chunk](:method:statementexecution/getstatement) for more details.
+	// SQL Statement Execution response. See Get status, manifest, and result
+	// first chunk for more details.
 	StatementResponse *sql.StatementResponse `json:"statement_response,omitempty"`
 }
 
@@ -1218,9 +1230,8 @@ type GenieQueryAttachment struct {
 	Query string `json:"query,omitempty"`
 	// Metadata associated with the query result.
 	QueryResultMetadata *GenieResultMetadata `json:"query_result_metadata,omitempty"`
-	// Statement Execution API statement id. Use [Get status, manifest, and
-	// result first chunk](:method:statementexecution/getstatement) to get the
-	// full result data.
+	// Statement Execution API statement id. Use Get status, manifest, and
+	// result first chunk to get the full result data.
 	StatementId string `json:"statement_id,omitempty"`
 	// Insights into how Genie came to generate the SQL.
 	Thoughts []Thought `json:"thoughts,omitempty"`
@@ -1287,10 +1298,10 @@ type GenieSpace struct {
 	// Parent folder path of the Genie Space
 	ParentPath string `json:"parent_path,omitempty"`
 	// The contents of the Genie Space in serialized string form. This field is
-	// excluded in List Genie spaces responses. Use the [Get Genie
-	// Space](:method:genie/getspace) API to retrieve an example response, which
-	// includes the `serialized_space` field. This field provides the structure
-	// of the JSON string that represents the space's layout and components.
+	// excluded in List Genie spaces responses. Use the Get Genie Space API to
+	// retrieve an example response, which includes the `serialized_space`
+	// field. This field provides the structure of the JSON string that
+	// represents the space's layout and components.
 	SerializedSpace string `json:"serialized_space,omitempty"`
 	// Genie space ID
 	SpaceId string `json:"space_id"`
@@ -1349,10 +1360,10 @@ type GenieUpdateSpaceRequest struct {
 	// Parent workspace folder path to move this Genie space under.
 	ParentPath string `json:"parent_path,omitempty"`
 	// The contents of the Genie Space in serialized string form (full
-	// replacement). Use the [Get Genie Space](:method:genie/getspace) API to
-	// retrieve an example response, which includes the `serialized_space`
-	// field. This field provides the structure of the JSON string that
-	// represents the space's layout and components.
+	// replacement). Use the Get Genie Space API to retrieve an example
+	// response, which includes the `serialized_space` field. This field
+	// provides the structure of the JSON string that represents the space's
+	// layout and components.
 	SerializedSpace string `json:"serialized_space,omitempty"`
 	// Genie space ID
 	SpaceId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -1827,22 +1838,26 @@ func (f *MessageErrorType) Type() string {
 	return "MessageErrorType"
 }
 
-// MessageStatus. The possible values are: * `FETCHING_METADATA`: Fetching
-// metadata from the data sources. * `FILTERING_CONTEXT`: Running smart context
-// step to determine relevant context. * `ASKING_AI`: Waiting for the LLM to
-// respond to the user's question. * `PENDING_WAREHOUSE`: Waiting for warehouse
-// before the SQL query can start executing. * `EXECUTING_QUERY`: Executing a
-// generated SQL query. Get the SQL query result by calling
-// [getMessageAttachmentQueryResult](:method:genie/getMessageAttachmentQueryResult)
-// API. * `FAILED`: The response generation or query execution failed. See
-// `error` field. * `COMPLETED`: Message processing is completed. Results are in
-// the `attachments` field. Get the SQL query result by calling
-// [getMessageAttachmentQueryResult](:method:genie/getMessageAttachmentQueryResult)
-// API. * `SUBMITTED`: Message has been submitted. * `QUERY_RESULT_EXPIRED`: SQL
-// result is not available anymore. The user needs to rerun the query. Rerun the
-// SQL query result by calling
-// [executeMessageAttachmentQuery](:method:genie/executeMessageAttachmentQuery)
-// API. * `CANCELLED`: Message has been cancelled.
+// MessageStatus. The possible values are:
+//
+//   - `FETCHING_METADATA`: Fetching metadata from the data sources.
+//   - `FILTERING_CONTEXT`: Running smart context step to determine relevant
+//     context.
+//   - `ASKING_AI`: Waiting for the LLM to respond to the user's question.
+//   - `PENDING_WAREHOUSE`: Waiting for warehouse before the SQL query can start
+//     executing.
+//   - `EXECUTING_QUERY`: Executing a generated SQL query. Get the SQL query
+//     result by calling getMessageAttachmentQueryResult API.
+//   - `FAILED`: The response generation or query execution failed. See `error`
+//     field.
+//   - `COMPLETED`: Message processing is completed. Results are in the
+//     `attachments` field. Get the SQL query result by calling
+//     getMessageAttachmentQueryResult API.
+//   - `SUBMITTED`: Message has been submitted.
+//   - `QUERY_RESULT_EXPIRED`: SQL result is not available anymore. The user
+//     needs to rerun the query. Rerun the SQL query result by calling
+//     executeMessageAttachmentQuery API.
+//   - `CANCELLED`: Message has been cancelled.
 type MessageStatus string
 
 // Waiting for the LLM to respond to the user's question.
@@ -1852,14 +1867,11 @@ const MessageStatusAskingAi MessageStatus = `ASKING_AI`
 const MessageStatusCancelled MessageStatus = `CANCELLED`
 
 // Message processing is completed. Results are in the `attachments` field. Get
-// the SQL query result by calling
-// [getMessageAttachmentQueryResult](:method:genie/getMessageAttachmentQueryResult)
-// API.
+// the SQL query result by calling getMessageAttachmentQueryResult API.
 const MessageStatusCompleted MessageStatus = `COMPLETED`
 
 // Executing a generated SQL query. Get the SQL query result by calling
-// [getMessageAttachmentQueryResult](:method:genie/getMessageAttachmentQueryResult)
-// API.
+// getMessageAttachmentQueryResult API.
 const MessageStatusExecutingQuery MessageStatus = `EXECUTING_QUERY`
 
 // The response generation or query execution failed. See `error` field.
@@ -1875,9 +1887,7 @@ const MessageStatusFilteringContext MessageStatus = `FILTERING_CONTEXT`
 const MessageStatusPendingWarehouse MessageStatus = `PENDING_WAREHOUSE`
 
 // SQL result is not available anymore. The user needs to rerun the query. Rerun
-// the SQL query result by calling
-// [executeMessageAttachmentQuery](:method:genie/executeMessageAttachmentQuery)
-// API.
+// the SQL query result by calling executeMessageAttachmentQuery API.
 const MessageStatusQueryResultExpired MessageStatus = `QUERY_RESULT_EXPIRED`
 
 // Message has been submitted.
@@ -2012,9 +2022,8 @@ type Result struct {
 	IsTruncated bool `json:"is_truncated,omitempty"`
 	// Row count of the result
 	RowCount int64 `json:"row_count,omitempty"`
-	// Statement Execution API statement id. Use [Get status, manifest, and
-	// result first chunk](:method:statementexecution/getstatement) to get the
-	// full result data.
+	// Statement Execution API statement id. Use Get status, manifest, and
+	// result first chunk to get the full result data.
 	StatementId string `json:"statement_id,omitempty"`
 	// JWT corresponding to the statement contained in this result
 	StatementIdSignature string `json:"statement_id_signature,omitempty"`
@@ -2347,13 +2356,17 @@ func (f *TextAttachmentPurpose) Type() string {
 type Thought struct {
 	// The md formatted content for this thought.
 	Content string `json:"content,omitempty"`
-	// The category of this thought. The possible values are: *
-	// `THOUGHT_TYPE_DESCRIPTION`: A high-level description of how the question
-	// was interpreted. * `THOUGHT_TYPE_UNDERSTANDING`: How ambiguous parts of
-	// the question were resolved. * `THOUGHT_TYPE_DATA_SOURCING`: Which tables
-	// or datasets were identified as relevant. * `THOUGHT_TYPE_INSTRUCTIONS`:
-	// Which author-defined instructions were referenced. *
-	// `THOUGHT_TYPE_STEPS`: The logical steps taken to compute the answer.
+	// The category of this thought. The possible values are:
+	//
+	//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_DESCRIPTION`: A high-level description of how the
+	//     question was interpreted.
+	//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_UNDERSTANDING`: How ambiguous parts of the question
+	//     were resolved.
+	//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_DATA_SOURCING`: Which tables or datasets were
+	//     identified as relevant.
+	//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_INSTRUCTIONS`: Which author-defined instructions were
+	//     referenced.
+	//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_STEPS`: The logical steps taken to compute the answer.
 	ThoughtType ThoughtType `json:"thought_type,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -2367,15 +2380,19 @@ func (s Thought) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// ThoughtType. The possible values are: * `THOUGHT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED`: Default
-// value that should not be used. * `THOUGHT_TYPE_DESCRIPTION`: A high-level
-// description of how the question was interpreted. *
-// `THOUGHT_TYPE_UNDERSTANDING`: How ambiguous parts of the question were
-// resolved. * `THOUGHT_TYPE_DATA_SOURCING`: Which tables or datasets were
-// identified as relevant. * `THOUGHT_TYPE_INSTRUCTIONS`: Which author-defined
-// instructions were referenced. * `THOUGHT_TYPE_STEPS`: The logical steps taken
-// to compute the answer. The category of a Thought. Additional values may be
-// added in the future.
+// ThoughtType. The possible values are:
+//
+//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED`: Default value that should not be used.
+//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_DESCRIPTION`: A high-level description of how the question
+//     was interpreted.
+//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_UNDERSTANDING`: How ambiguous parts of the question were
+//     resolved.
+//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_DATA_SOURCING`: Which tables or datasets were identified as
+//     relevant.
+//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_INSTRUCTIONS`: Which author-defined instructions were
+//     referenced.
+//   - `THOUGHT_TYPE_STEPS`: The logical steps taken to compute the answer. The
+//     category of a Thought. Additional values may be added in the future.
 type ThoughtType string
 
 // Which tables or datasets were identified as relevant.
diff --git a/service/dataclassification/api.go b/service/dataclassification/api.go
index f4e8dad5b..a57306b56 100755
--- a/service/dataclassification/api.go
+++ b/service/dataclassification/api.go
@@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ type DataClassificationInterface interface {
 	// Create Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
 	//
 	// Creates a new config resource, which enables Data Classification for the
-	// specified catalog. - The config must not already exist for the catalog.
+	// specified catalog.
+	//
+	//   - The config must not already exist for the catalog.
 	CreateCatalogConfig(ctx context.Context, request CreateCatalogConfigRequest) (*CatalogConfig, error)
 
 	// Delete Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
@@ -26,9 +28,11 @@ type DataClassificationInterface interface {
 	// Get the Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
 	GetCatalogConfig(ctx context.Context, request GetCatalogConfigRequest) (*CatalogConfig, error)
 
-	// Update the Data Classification configuration for a catalog. - The config must
-	// already exist for the catalog. - Updates fields specified in the update_mask.
-	// Use update_mask field to perform partial updates of the configuration.
+	// Update the Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
+	//
+	//   - The config must already exist for the catalog.
+	//   - Updates fields specified in the update_mask. Use update_mask field to
+	//     perform partial updates of the configuration.
 	UpdateCatalogConfig(ctx context.Context, request UpdateCatalogConfigRequest) (*CatalogConfig, error)
 }
 
diff --git a/service/dataclassification/interface.go b/service/dataclassification/interface.go
index 877f83ef1..9410b5ecd 100755
--- a/service/dataclassification/interface.go
+++ b/service/dataclassification/interface.go
@@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ type DataClassificationService interface {
 	// Create Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
 	//
 	// Creates a new config resource, which enables Data Classification for the
-	// specified catalog. - The config must not already exist for the catalog.
+	// specified catalog.
+	//
+	//   - The config must not already exist for the catalog.
 	CreateCatalogConfig(ctx context.Context, request CreateCatalogConfigRequest) (*CatalogConfig, error)
 
 	// Delete Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
@@ -26,9 +28,10 @@ type DataClassificationService interface {
 	// Get the Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
 	GetCatalogConfig(ctx context.Context, request GetCatalogConfigRequest) (*CatalogConfig, error)
 
-	// Update the Data Classification configuration for a catalog. - The config
-	// must already exist for the catalog. - Updates fields specified in the
-	// update_mask. Use update_mask field to perform partial updates of the
-	// configuration.
+	// Update the Data Classification configuration for a catalog.
+	//
+	//   - The config must already exist for the catalog.
+	//   - Updates fields specified in the update_mask. Use update_mask field to
+	//     perform partial updates of the configuration.
 	UpdateCatalogConfig(ctx context.Context, request UpdateCatalogConfigRequest) (*CatalogConfig, error)
 }
diff --git a/service/dataclassification/model.go b/service/dataclassification/model.go
index ae0794844..b0522ad00 100755
--- a/service/dataclassification/model.go
+++ b/service/dataclassification/model.go
@@ -60,9 +60,12 @@ func (f *AutoTaggingConfigAutoTaggingMode) Type() string {
 
 // Data Classification configuration for a Unity Catalog catalog. This message
 // follows the "At Most One Resource" pattern: at most one CatalogConfig exists
-// per catalog. - Full CRUD operations are supported: Create enables Data
-// Classification, Delete disables it - It has no unique identifier of its own
-// and uses its parent catalog's identifier (catalog_name)
+// per catalog.
+//
+//   - Full CRUD operations are supported: Create enables Data Classification,
+//     Delete disables it
+//   - It has no unique identifier of its own and uses its parent catalog's
+//     identifier (catalog_name)
 type CatalogConfig struct {
 	// List of auto-tagging configurations for this catalog. Empty list means no
 	// auto-tagging is enabled.
diff --git a/service/dataquality/api.go b/service/dataquality/api.go
index 4f3f5675b..7efb6e7d1 100755
--- a/service/dataquality/api.go
+++ b/service/dataquality/api.go
@@ -17,12 +17,13 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// `table` `object_type`. The call must be made in the same workspace as where
 	// the monitor was created.
 	//
-	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions: 1.
-	// **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog. 2.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **MANAGE** on the table.
+	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** on the table.
 	CancelRefresh(ctx context.Context, request CancelRefreshRequest) (*CancelRefreshResponse, error)
 
 	// Create a data quality monitor on a Unity Catalog object. The caller must
@@ -30,31 +31,36 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// `data_profiling_config` for a table monitor.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the
-	// table 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table. 3.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's
-	// parent schema, and **MANAGE** and **SELECT** on the table.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog,
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// Workspace assets, such as the dashboard, will be created in the workspace
 	// where this call was made.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE**
-	// and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
 	CreateMonitor(ctx context.Context, request CreateMonitorRequest) (*Monitor, error)
 
 	// Creates a refresh. Currently only supported for the `table` `object_type`.
 	// The call must be made in the same workspace as where the monitor was created.
 	//
-	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions: 1.
-	// **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog. 2.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **MANAGE** on the table.
+	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** on the table.
 	CreateRefresh(ctx context.Context, request CreateRefreshRequest) (*Refresh, error)
 
 	// Delete a data quality monitor on Unity Catalog object.
@@ -70,9 +76,11 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// call; those assets must be manually cleaned up (if desired).
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE**
-	// and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
 	DeleteMonitor(ctx context.Context, request DeleteMonitorRequest) error
 
 	// (Unimplemented) Delete a refresh
@@ -81,16 +89,20 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// Read a data quality monitor on a Unity Catalog object.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **SELECT** on the table.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     schema.
 	//
 	// The returned information includes configuration values on the entity and
 	// parent entity as well as information on assets created by the monitor. Some
@@ -102,16 +114,20 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// as where the monitor was created.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **SELECT** on the table.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     schema.
 	GetRefresh(ctx context.Context, request GetRefreshRequest) (*Refresh, error)
 
 	// (Unimplemented) List data quality monitors.
@@ -128,16 +144,20 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// workspace as where the monitor was created.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **SELECT** on the table.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     schema.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListRefresh(ctx context.Context, request ListRefreshRequest) listing.Iterator[Refresh]
@@ -146,16 +166,20 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// workspace as where the monitor was created.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **SELECT** on the table.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     schema.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListRefreshAll(ctx context.Context, request ListRefreshRequest) ([]Refresh, error)
@@ -163,16 +187,20 @@ type DataQualityInterface interface {
 	// Update a data quality monitor on Unity Catalog object.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **MANAGE** on the table.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-	// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE**
-	// and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
 	UpdateMonitor(ctx context.Context, request UpdateMonitorRequest) (*Monitor, error)
 
 	// (Unimplemented) Update a refresh
diff --git a/service/dataquality/impl.go b/service/dataquality/impl.go
index 21c0335ac..e3617cd5d 100755
--- a/service/dataquality/impl.go
+++ b/service/dataquality/impl.go
@@ -165,16 +165,20 @@ func (a *dataQualityImpl) internalListMonitor(ctx context.Context, request ListM
 // workspace as where the monitor was created.
 //
 // For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-// **SELECT** on the table.
+// sets of permissions:
+//
+//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 //
 // For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and
-// **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+// sets of permissions:
+//
+//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+//     schema.
 func (a *dataQualityImpl) ListRefresh(ctx context.Context, request ListRefreshRequest) listing.Iterator[Refresh] {
 
 	getNextPage := func(ctx context.Context, req ListRefreshRequest) (*ListRefreshResponse, error) {
@@ -203,16 +207,20 @@ func (a *dataQualityImpl) ListRefresh(ctx context.Context, request ListRefreshRe
 // workspace as where the monitor was created.
 //
 // For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-// **SELECT** on the table.
+// sets of permissions:
+//
+//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 //
 // For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the following
-// sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-// catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and
-// **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+// sets of permissions:
+//
+//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+//     schema.
 func (a *dataQualityImpl) ListRefreshAll(ctx context.Context, request ListRefreshRequest) ([]Refresh, error) {
 	iterator := a.ListRefresh(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[Refresh](ctx, iterator)
diff --git a/service/dataquality/interface.go b/service/dataquality/interface.go
index 3167b4a83..6550c1223 100755
--- a/service/dataquality/interface.go
+++ b/service/dataquality/interface.go
@@ -16,12 +16,13 @@ type DataQualityService interface {
 	// `table` `object_type`. The call must be made in the same workspace as
 	// where the monitor was created.
 	//
-	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions: 1.
-	// **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog. 2.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **MANAGE** on the table.
+	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** on the table.
 	CancelRefresh(ctx context.Context, request CancelRefreshRequest) (*CancelRefreshResponse, error)
 
 	// Create a data quality monitor on a Unity Catalog object. The caller must
@@ -29,33 +30,39 @@ type DataQualityService interface {
 	// `data_profiling_config` for a table monitor.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **SELECT** on the table 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog,
-	// **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **SELECT** on the table. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent
-	// catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **SELECT** on the table.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog,
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the
+	//     table
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the
+	//     table.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// Workspace assets, such as the dashboard, will be created in the workspace
 	// where this call was made.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// schema's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog, and **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
 	CreateMonitor(ctx context.Context, request CreateMonitorRequest) (*Monitor, error)
 
 	// Creates a refresh. Currently only supported for the `table`
 	// `object_type`. The call must be made in the same workspace as where the
 	// monitor was created.
 	//
-	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions: 1.
-	// **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog. 2.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
-	// **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3. **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema, and
-	// **MANAGE** on the table.
+	// The caller must have either of the following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** on the table.
 	CreateRefresh(ctx context.Context, request CreateRefreshRequest) (*Refresh, error)
 
 	// Delete a data quality monitor on Unity Catalog object.
@@ -71,9 +78,11 @@ type DataQualityService interface {
 	// this call; those assets must be manually cleaned up (if desired).
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// schema's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog, and **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
 	DeleteMonitor(ctx context.Context, request DeleteMonitorRequest) error
 
 	// (Unimplemented) Delete a refresh
@@ -82,16 +91,20 @@ type DataQualityService interface {
 	// Read a data quality monitor on a Unity Catalog object.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog,
-	// and **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// schema's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on
+	//     the schema.
 	//
 	// The returned information includes configuration values on the entity and
 	// parent entity as well as information on assets created by the monitor.
@@ -103,16 +116,20 @@ type DataQualityService interface {
 	// workspace as where the monitor was created.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog,
-	// and **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// schema's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on
+	//     the schema.
 	GetRefresh(ctx context.Context, request GetRefreshRequest) (*Refresh, error)
 
 	// (Unimplemented) List data quality monitors.
@@ -122,31 +139,39 @@ type DataQualityService interface {
 	// workspace as where the monitor was created.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog,
-	// and **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **SELECT** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// schema's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **USE_SCHEMA** on
+	//     the schema.
 	ListRefresh(ctx context.Context, request ListRefreshRequest) (*ListRefreshResponse, error)
 
 	// Update a data quality monitor on Unity Catalog object.
 	//
 	// For the `table` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// table's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog,
-	// and **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema. 3.
-	// **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
-	// table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** on the table.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the table's parent schema.
+	//  3. **USE_CATALOG** on the table's parent catalog, **USE_SCHEMA** on the
+	//     table's parent schema, and **MANAGE** on the table.
 	//
 	// For the `schema` `object_type`, the caller must have either of the
-	// following sets of permissions: 1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the
-	// schema's parent catalog. 2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent
-	// catalog, and **MANAGE** and **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
+	// following sets of permissions:
+	//
+	//  1. **MANAGE** and **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog.
+	//  2. **USE_CATALOG** on the schema's parent catalog, and **MANAGE** and
+	//     **USE_SCHEMA** on the schema.
 	UpdateMonitor(ctx context.Context, request UpdateMonitorRequest) (*Monitor, error)
 
 	// (Unimplemented) Update a refresh
diff --git a/service/dataquality/model.go b/service/dataquality/model.go
index 37bfb8442..0398fbabf 100644
--- a/service/dataquality/model.go
+++ b/service/dataquality/model.go
@@ -82,13 +82,17 @@ type CancelRefreshRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
+	//
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -116,13 +120,17 @@ type CreateRefreshRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -146,7 +154,7 @@ type CronSchedule struct {
 	// A Java timezone id. The schedule for a job will be resolved with respect
 	// to this timezone. See `Java TimeZone
 	// <http://docs.oracle.com/javase/7/docs/api/java/util/TimeZone.html>`_ for
-	// details. The timezone id (e.g., ``America/Los_Angeles``) in which to
+	// details. The timezone id (e.g., `America/Los_Angeles`) in which to
 	// evaluate the quartz expression.
 	TimezoneId string `json:"timezone_id"`
 }
@@ -269,7 +277,7 @@ type DataProfilingCustomMetric struct {
 	// [create metric definition]: https://docs.databricks.com/en/lakehouse-monitoring/custom-metrics.html#create-definition
 	Definition string `json:"definition"`
 	// A list of column names in the input table the metric should be computed
-	// for. Can use ``":table"`` to indicate that the metric needs information
+	// for. Can use `":table"` to indicate that the metric needs information
 	// from multiple columns.
 	InputColumns []string `json:"input_columns"`
 	// Name of the metric in the output tables.
@@ -372,13 +380,17 @@ type DeleteMonitorRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
+	//
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -393,13 +405,17 @@ type DeleteRefreshRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
+	//
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -416,13 +432,17 @@ type GetMonitorRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -437,13 +457,17 @@ type GetRefreshRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -558,13 +582,17 @@ type ListRefreshRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
+	//
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -617,13 +645,17 @@ type Monitor struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
+	//
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -658,13 +690,17 @@ type Refresh struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -806,13 +842,17 @@ type UpdateMonitorRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
+	//
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
@@ -831,13 +871,17 @@ type UpdateRefreshRequest struct {
 	// The UUID of the request object. It is `schema_id` for `schema`, and
 	// `table_id` for `table`.
 	//
-	// Find the `schema_id` from either: 1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Schema ID` field.
+	// Find the `schema_id` from either:
+	//
+	//  1. The [schema_id] of the `Schemas` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `schema` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Schema ID` field.
+	//
+	// Find the `table_id` from either:
 	//
-	// Find the `table_id` from either: 1. The [table_id] of the `Tables`
-	// resource. 2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the
-	// `Details` tab > the `Table ID` field.
+	//  1. The [table_id] of the `Tables` resource.
+	//  2. In [Catalog Explorer] > select the `table` > go to the `Details` tab
+	//     > the `Table ID` field.
 	//
 	// [Catalog Explorer]: https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/catalog-explorer/
 	// [schema_id]: https://docs.databricks.com/api/workspace/schemas/get#schema_id
diff --git a/service/disasterrecovery/model.go b/service/disasterrecovery/model.go
index 6078a0bb2..e29c638c7 100755
--- a/service/disasterrecovery/model.go
+++ b/service/disasterrecovery/model.go
@@ -252,11 +252,14 @@ type GetStableUrlRequest struct {
 }
 
 type ListFailoverGroupsRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of failover groups to return per page: - when set to a
-	// value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a
-	// server configured value; - when set to 0 or unset, the page length is set
-	// to a server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value less
-	// than 0, an invalid parameter error is returned.
+	// Maximum number of failover groups to return per page:
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0 or unset, the page length is set to a server configured
+	//     value (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned.
 	PageSize int `json:"-" url:"page_size,omitempty"`
 	// Page token received from a previous ListFailoverGroups call. Provide this
 	// to retrieve the subsequent page.
@@ -295,11 +298,14 @@ func (s ListFailoverGroupsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type ListStableUrlsRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of stable URLs to return per page: - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to 0 or unset, the page length is set to a
-	// server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value less than 0,
-	// an invalid parameter error is returned.
+	// Maximum number of stable URLs to return per page:
+	//
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to 0 or unset, the page length is set to a server configured
+	//     value (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned.
 	PageSize int `json:"-" url:"page_size,omitempty"`
 	// Page token received from a previous ListStableUrls call. Provide this to
 	// retrieve the subsequent page.
diff --git a/service/environments/api.go b/service/environments/api.go
index f002c2d5c..a59c62901 100755
--- a/service/environments/api.go
+++ b/service/environments/api.go
@@ -44,11 +44,10 @@ type EnvironmentsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// Databricks provides the following base environments:
 	//
-	// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
-	// deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
-	//
-	// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
-	// packages for serverless compute.
+	//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
+	//     deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
+	//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
+	//     packages for serverless compute.
 	//
 	// Databricks-provided base environments are versioned. For example,
 	// `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_v5` corresponds to the ML
@@ -61,11 +60,10 @@ type EnvironmentsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// Databricks provides the following base environments:
 	//
-	// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
-	// deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
-	//
-	// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
-	// packages for serverless compute.
+	//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
+	//     deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
+	//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
+	//     packages for serverless compute.
 	//
 	// Databricks-provided base environments are versioned. For example,
 	// `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_v5` corresponds to the ML
diff --git a/service/environments/impl.go b/service/environments/impl.go
index 284cfcd51..2f63565c5 100755
--- a/service/environments/impl.go
+++ b/service/environments/impl.go
@@ -106,11 +106,10 @@ func (a *environmentsImpl) GetWorkspaceBaseEnvironment(ctx context.Context, requ
 //
 // Databricks provides the following base environments:
 //
-// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
-// deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
-//
-// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
-// packages for serverless compute.
+//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
+//     deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
+//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
+//     packages for serverless compute.
 //
 // Databricks-provided base environments are versioned. For example,
 // `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_v5` corresponds to the ML
@@ -143,11 +142,10 @@ func (a *environmentsImpl) ListWorkspaceBaseEnvironments(ctx context.Context, re
 //
 // Databricks provides the following base environments:
 //
-// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
-// deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
-//
-// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
-// packages for serverless compute.
+//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI and
+//     deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
+//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
+//     packages for serverless compute.
 //
 // Databricks-provided base environments are versioned. For example,
 // `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_v5` corresponds to the ML
diff --git a/service/environments/interface.go b/service/environments/interface.go
index 81b36036e..d1c7f2232 100755
--- a/service/environments/interface.go
+++ b/service/environments/interface.go
@@ -44,11 +44,10 @@ type EnvironmentsService interface {
 	//
 	// Databricks provides the following base environments:
 	//
-	// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI
-	// and deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
-	//
-	// - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
-	// packages for serverless compute.
+	//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ai_...`: includes popular AI
+	//     and deep learning packages for serverless GPU compute.
+	//   - `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_...`: includes popular ML
+	//     packages for serverless compute.
 	//
 	// Databricks-provided base environments are versioned. For example,
 	// `workspace-base-environments/databricks_ml_v5` corresponds to the ML
diff --git a/service/files/api.go b/service/files/api.go
index 432828c39..e0b9605e2 100755
--- a/service/files/api.go
+++ b/service/files/api.go
@@ -15,30 +15,30 @@ type DbfsInterface interface {
 
 	// Appends a block of data to the stream specified by the input handle. If the
 	// handle does not exist, this call will throw an exception with
-	// ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST``.
+	// `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
 	//
 	// If the block of data exceeds 1 MB, this call will throw an exception with
-	// ``MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED``.
+	// `MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED`.
 	AddBlock(ctx context.Context, request AddBlock) error
 
 	// Closes the stream specified by the input handle. If the handle does not
-	// exist, this call throws an exception with ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST``.
+	// exist, this call throws an exception with `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
 	Close(ctx context.Context, request Close) error
 
 	// Closes the stream specified by the input handle. If the handle does not
-	// exist, this call throws an exception with ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST``.
+	// exist, this call throws an exception with `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
 	CloseByHandle(ctx context.Context, handle int64) error
 
 	// Opens a stream to write to a file and returns a handle to this stream. There
 	// is a 10 minute idle timeout on this handle. If a file or directory already
-	// exists on the given path and __overwrite__ is set to false, this call will
-	// throw an exception with ``RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS``.
+	// exists on the given path and **overwrite** is set to false, this call will
+	// throw an exception with `RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS`.
 	//
 	// A typical workflow for file upload would be:
 	//
-	// 1. Issue a ``create`` call and get a handle. 2. Issue one or more
-	// ``add-block`` calls with the handle you have. 3. Issue a ``close`` call with
-	// the handle you have.
+	//  1. Issue a `create` call and get a handle.
+	//  2. Issue one or more `add-block` calls with the handle you have.
+	//  3. Issue a `close` call with the handle you have.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request Create) (*CreateResponse, error)
 
 	// Delete the file or directory (optionally recursively delete all files in the
@@ -53,12 +53,10 @@ type DbfsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// For operations that delete more than 10K files, we discourage using the DBFS
 	// REST API, but advise you to perform such operations in the context of a
-	// cluster, using the [File system utility
-	// (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs). `dbutils.fs`
-	// covers the functional scope of the DBFS REST API, but from notebooks. Running
-	// such operations using notebooks provides better control and manageability,
-	// such as selective deletes, and the possibility to automate periodic delete
-	// jobs.
+	// cluster, using the File system utility (dbutils.fs). `dbutils.fs` covers the
+	// functional scope of the DBFS REST API, but from notebooks. Running such
+	// operations using notebooks provides better control and manageability, such as
+	// selective deletes, and the possibility to automate periodic delete jobs.
 	Delete(ctx context.Context, request Delete) error
 
 	// Gets the file information for a file or directory. If the file or directory
@@ -77,9 +75,9 @@ type DbfsInterface interface {
 	// after approximately 60 seconds. We strongly recommend using list only on
 	// directories containing less than 10K files and discourage using the DBFS REST
 	// API for operations that list more than 10K files. Instead, we recommend that
-	// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the [File
-	// system utility (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs),
-	// which provides the same functionality without timing out.
+	// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the File
+	// system utility (dbutils.fs), which provides the same functionality without
+	// timing out.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListDbfsRequest) listing.Iterator[FileInfo]
@@ -92,9 +90,9 @@ type DbfsInterface interface {
 	// after approximately 60 seconds. We strongly recommend using list only on
 	// directories containing less than 10K files and discourage using the DBFS REST
 	// API for operations that list more than 10K files. Instead, we recommend that
-	// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the [File
-	// system utility (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs),
-	// which provides the same functionality without timing out.
+	// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the File
+	// system utility (dbutils.fs), which provides the same functionality without
+	// timing out.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListAll(ctx context.Context, request ListDbfsRequest) ([]FileInfo, error)
@@ -107,9 +105,9 @@ type DbfsInterface interface {
 	// after approximately 60 seconds. We strongly recommend using list only on
 	// directories containing less than 10K files and discourage using the DBFS REST
 	// API for operations that list more than 10K files. Instead, we recommend that
-	// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the [File
-	// system utility (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs),
-	// which provides the same functionality without timing out.
+	// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the File
+	// system utility (dbutils.fs), which provides the same functionality without
+	// timing out.
 	ListByPath(ctx context.Context, path string) (*ListStatusResponse, error)
 
 	// Creates the given directory and necessary parent directories if they do not
@@ -140,7 +138,7 @@ type DbfsInterface interface {
 	// Alternatively you can pass contents as base64 string.
 	//
 	// The amount of data that can be passed (when not streaming) using the
-	// __contents__ parameter is limited to 1 MB. `MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED` will be
+	// **contents** parameter is limited to 1 MB. `MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED` will be
 	// thrown if this limit is exceeded.
 	//
 	// If you want to upload large files, use the streaming upload. For details, see
@@ -173,7 +171,7 @@ type DbfsAPI struct {
 }
 
 // Closes the stream specified by the input handle. If the handle does not
-// exist, this call throws an exception with “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“.
+// exist, this call throws an exception with `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
 func (a *DbfsAPI) CloseByHandle(ctx context.Context, handle int64) error {
 	return a.dbfsImpl.Close(ctx, Close{
 		Handle: handle,
@@ -196,9 +194,9 @@ func (a *DbfsAPI) GetStatusByPath(ctx context.Context, path string) (*FileInfo,
 // after approximately 60 seconds. We strongly recommend using list only on
 // directories containing less than 10K files and discourage using the DBFS REST
 // API for operations that list more than 10K files. Instead, we recommend that
-// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the [File
-// system utility (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs),
-// which provides the same functionality without timing out.
+// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the File
+// system utility (dbutils.fs), which provides the same functionality without
+// timing out.
 func (a *DbfsAPI) ListByPath(ctx context.Context, path string) (*ListStatusResponse, error) {
 	return a.dbfsImpl.internalList(ctx, ListDbfsRequest{
 		Path: path,
diff --git a/service/files/impl.go b/service/files/impl.go
index d413a2430..a95f9cf04 100755
--- a/service/files/impl.go
+++ b/service/files/impl.go
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ func (a *dbfsImpl) GetStatus(ctx context.Context, request GetStatusRequest) (*Fi
 // after approximately 60 seconds. We strongly recommend using list only on
 // directories containing less than 10K files and discourage using the DBFS REST
 // API for operations that list more than 10K files. Instead, we recommend that
-// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the [File
-// system utility (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs),
-// which provides the same functionality without timing out.
+// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the File
+// system utility (dbutils.fs), which provides the same functionality without
+// timing out.
 func (a *dbfsImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListDbfsRequest) listing.Iterator[FileInfo] {
 
 	getNextPage := func(ctx context.Context, req ListDbfsRequest) (*ListStatusResponse, error) {
@@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ func (a *dbfsImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListDbfsRequest) listing.It
 // after approximately 60 seconds. We strongly recommend using list only on
 // directories containing less than 10K files and discourage using the DBFS REST
 // API for operations that list more than 10K files. Instead, we recommend that
-// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the [File
-// system utility (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs),
-// which provides the same functionality without timing out.
+// you perform such operations in the context of a cluster, using the File
+// system utility (dbutils.fs), which provides the same functionality without
+// timing out.
 func (a *dbfsImpl) ListAll(ctx context.Context, request ListDbfsRequest) ([]FileInfo, error) {
 	iterator := a.List(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[FileInfo](ctx, iterator)
diff --git a/service/files/interface.go b/service/files/interface.go
index b9ab2cac3..d17f84cd8 100755
--- a/service/files/interface.go
+++ b/service/files/interface.go
@@ -14,26 +14,26 @@ type DbfsService interface {
 
 	// Appends a block of data to the stream specified by the input handle. If
 	// the handle does not exist, this call will throw an exception with
-	// ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST``.
+	// `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
 	//
 	// If the block of data exceeds 1 MB, this call will throw an exception with
-	// ``MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED``.
+	// `MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED`.
 	AddBlock(ctx context.Context, request AddBlock) error
 
 	// Closes the stream specified by the input handle. If the handle does not
-	// exist, this call throws an exception with ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST``.
+	// exist, this call throws an exception with `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
 	Close(ctx context.Context, request Close) error
 
 	// Opens a stream to write to a file and returns a handle to this stream.
 	// There is a 10 minute idle timeout on this handle. If a file or directory
-	// already exists on the given path and __overwrite__ is set to false, this
-	// call will throw an exception with ``RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS``.
+	// already exists on the given path and **overwrite** is set to false, this
+	// call will throw an exception with `RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS`.
 	//
 	// A typical workflow for file upload would be:
 	//
-	// 1. Issue a ``create`` call and get a handle. 2. Issue one or more
-	// ``add-block`` calls with the handle you have. 3. Issue a ``close`` call
-	// with the handle you have.
+	//  1. Issue a `create` call and get a handle.
+	//  2. Issue one or more `add-block` calls with the handle you have.
+	//  3. Issue a `close` call with the handle you have.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request Create) (*CreateResponse, error)
 
 	// Delete the file or directory (optionally recursively delete all files in
@@ -48,8 +48,7 @@ type DbfsService interface {
 	//
 	// For operations that delete more than 10K files, we discourage using the
 	// DBFS REST API, but advise you to perform such operations in the context
-	// of a cluster, using the [File system utility
-	// (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs). `dbutils.fs`
+	// of a cluster, using the File system utility (dbutils.fs). `dbutils.fs`
 	// covers the functional scope of the DBFS REST API, but from notebooks.
 	// Running such operations using notebooks provides better control and
 	// manageability, such as selective deletes, and the possibility to automate
@@ -70,9 +69,8 @@ type DbfsService interface {
 	// directories containing less than 10K files and discourage using the DBFS
 	// REST API for operations that list more than 10K files. Instead, we
 	// recommend that you perform such operations in the context of a cluster,
-	// using the [File system utility
-	// (dbutils.fs)](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-fs), which
-	// provides the same functionality without timing out.
+	// using the File system utility (dbutils.fs), which provides the same
+	// functionality without timing out.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListDbfsRequest) (*ListStatusResponse, error)
 
 	// Creates the given directory and necessary parent directories if they do
@@ -97,7 +95,7 @@ type DbfsService interface {
 	// Alternatively you can pass contents as base64 string.
 	//
 	// The amount of data that can be passed (when not streaming) using the
-	// __contents__ parameter is limited to 1 MB. `MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED` will
+	// **contents** parameter is limited to 1 MB. `MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_EXCEEDED` will
 	// be thrown if this limit is exceeded.
 	//
 	// If you want to upload large files, use the streaming upload. For details,
diff --git a/service/files/model.go b/service/files/model.go
index 351201244..11686a648 100755
--- a/service/files/model.go
+++ b/service/files/model.go
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ func (s ReadDbfsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type ReadResponse struct {
-	// The number of bytes read (could be less than ``length`` if we hit end of
+	// The number of bytes read (could be less than `length` if we hit end of
 	// file). This refers to number of bytes read in unencoded version (response
 	// data is base64-encoded).
 	BytesRead int64 `json:"bytes_read,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/iam/api.go b/service/iam/api.go
index ea2f89799..22056c2e9 100755
--- a/service/iam/api.go
+++ b/service/iam/api.go
@@ -379,34 +379,36 @@ func NewPermissions(client *client.DatabricksClient) *PermissionsAPI {
 }
 
 // Permissions API are used to create read, write, edit, update and manage
-// access for various users on different objects and endpoints. * **[Apps
-// permissions](:service:apps)** — Manage which users can manage or use apps.
-// * **[Cluster permissions](:service:clusters)** — Manage which users can
-// manage, restart, or attach to clusters. * **[Cluster policy
-// permissions](:service:clusterpolicies)** — Manage which users can use
-// cluster policies. * **[Spark Declarative Pipelines
-// permissions](:service:pipelines)** — Manage which users can view, manage,
-// run, cancel, or own a Spark Declarative Pipeline. * **[Job
-// permissions](:service:jobs)** — Manage which users can view, manage,
-// trigger, cancel, or own a job. * **[MLflow experiment
-// permissions](:service:experiments)** — Manage which users can read, edit,
-// or manage MLflow experiments. * **[MLflow registered model
-// permissions](:service:modelregistry)** — Manage which users can read, edit,
-// or manage MLflow registered models. * **[Instance Pool
-// permissions](:service:instancepools)** — Manage which users can manage or
-// attach to pools. * **[Repo permissions](repos)** — Manage which users can
-// read, run, edit, or manage a repo. * **[Serving endpoint
-// permissions](:service:servingendpoints)** — Manage which users can view,
-// query, or manage a serving endpoint. * **[SQL warehouse
-// permissions](:service:warehouses)** — Manage which users can use or manage
-// SQL warehouses. * **[Token permissions](:service:tokenmanagement)** —
-// Manage which users can create or use tokens. * **[Workspace object
-// permissions](:service:workspace)** — Manage which users can read, run,
-// edit, or manage alerts, dbsql-dashboards, directories, files, notebooks and
-// queries. For the mapping of the required permissions for specific actions or
-// abilities and other important information, see [Access Control]. Note that to
-// manage access control on service principals, use **[Account Access Control
-// Proxy](:service:accountaccesscontrolproxy)**.
+// access for various users on different objects and endpoints.
+//
+//   - **Apps permissions** — Manage which users can manage or use apps.
+//   - **Cluster permissions** — Manage which users can manage, restart, or
+//     attach to clusters.
+//   - **Cluster policy permissions** — Manage which users can use cluster
+//     policies.
+//   - **Spark Declarative Pipelines permissions** — Manage which users can
+//     view, manage, run, cancel, or own a Spark Declarative Pipeline.
+//   - **Job permissions** — Manage which users can view, manage, trigger,
+//     cancel, or own a job.
+//   - **MLflow experiment permissions** — Manage which users can read, edit,
+//     or manage MLflow experiments.
+//   - **MLflow registered model permissions** — Manage which users can read,
+//     edit, or manage MLflow registered models.
+//   - **Instance Pool permissions** — Manage which users can manage or attach
+//     to pools.
+//   - **Repo permissions** — Manage which users can read, run, edit, or
+//     manage a repo.
+//   - **Serving endpoint permissions** — Manage which users can view, query,
+//     or manage a serving endpoint.
+//   - **SQL warehouse permissions** — Manage which users can use or manage
+//     SQL warehouses.
+//   - **Token permissions** — Manage which users can create or use tokens.
+//   - **Workspace object permissions** — Manage which users can read, run,
+//     edit, or manage alerts, dbsql-dashboards, directories, files, notebooks
+//     and queries. For the mapping of the required permissions for specific
+//     actions or abilities and other important information, see [Access
+//     Control]. Note that to manage access control on service principals, use
+//     **Account Access Control Proxy**.
 //
 // [Access Control]: https://docs.databricks.com/security/auth-authz/access-control/index.html
 type PermissionsAPI struct {
diff --git a/service/iam/interface.go b/service/iam/interface.go
index 5673c2a4e..9d612a3c0 100755
--- a/service/iam/interface.go
+++ b/service/iam/interface.go
@@ -219,34 +219,36 @@ type PermissionMigrationService interface {
 }
 
 // Permissions API are used to create read, write, edit, update and manage
-// access for various users on different objects and endpoints. * **[Apps
-// permissions](:service:apps)** — Manage which users can manage or use apps.
-// * **[Cluster permissions](:service:clusters)** — Manage which users can
-// manage, restart, or attach to clusters. * **[Cluster policy
-// permissions](:service:clusterpolicies)** — Manage which users can use
-// cluster policies. * **[Spark Declarative Pipelines
-// permissions](:service:pipelines)** — Manage which users can view, manage,
-// run, cancel, or own a Spark Declarative Pipeline. * **[Job
-// permissions](:service:jobs)** — Manage which users can view, manage,
-// trigger, cancel, or own a job. * **[MLflow experiment
-// permissions](:service:experiments)** — Manage which users can read, edit,
-// or manage MLflow experiments. * **[MLflow registered model
-// permissions](:service:modelregistry)** — Manage which users can read, edit,
-// or manage MLflow registered models. * **[Instance Pool
-// permissions](:service:instancepools)** — Manage which users can manage or
-// attach to pools. * **[Repo permissions](repos)** — Manage which users can
-// read, run, edit, or manage a repo. * **[Serving endpoint
-// permissions](:service:servingendpoints)** — Manage which users can view,
-// query, or manage a serving endpoint. * **[SQL warehouse
-// permissions](:service:warehouses)** — Manage which users can use or manage
-// SQL warehouses. * **[Token permissions](:service:tokenmanagement)** —
-// Manage which users can create or use tokens. * **[Workspace object
-// permissions](:service:workspace)** — Manage which users can read, run,
-// edit, or manage alerts, dbsql-dashboards, directories, files, notebooks and
-// queries. For the mapping of the required permissions for specific actions or
-// abilities and other important information, see [Access Control]. Note that to
-// manage access control on service principals, use **[Account Access Control
-// Proxy](:service:accountaccesscontrolproxy)**.
+// access for various users on different objects and endpoints.
+//
+//   - **Apps permissions** — Manage which users can manage or use apps.
+//   - **Cluster permissions** — Manage which users can manage, restart, or
+//     attach to clusters.
+//   - **Cluster policy permissions** — Manage which users can use cluster
+//     policies.
+//   - **Spark Declarative Pipelines permissions** — Manage which users can
+//     view, manage, run, cancel, or own a Spark Declarative Pipeline.
+//   - **Job permissions** — Manage which users can view, manage, trigger,
+//     cancel, or own a job.
+//   - **MLflow experiment permissions** — Manage which users can read, edit,
+//     or manage MLflow experiments.
+//   - **MLflow registered model permissions** — Manage which users can read,
+//     edit, or manage MLflow registered models.
+//   - **Instance Pool permissions** — Manage which users can manage or attach
+//     to pools.
+//   - **Repo permissions** — Manage which users can read, run, edit, or
+//     manage a repo.
+//   - **Serving endpoint permissions** — Manage which users can view, query,
+//     or manage a serving endpoint.
+//   - **SQL warehouse permissions** — Manage which users can use or manage
+//     SQL warehouses.
+//   - **Token permissions** — Manage which users can create or use tokens.
+//   - **Workspace object permissions** — Manage which users can read, run,
+//     edit, or manage alerts, dbsql-dashboards, directories, files, notebooks
+//     and queries. For the mapping of the required permissions for specific
+//     actions or abilities and other important information, see [Access
+//     Control]. Note that to manage access control on service principals, use
+//     **Account Access Control Proxy**.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 //
diff --git a/service/iam/model.go b/service/iam/model.go
index ed6c257f1..0ea453e1a 100755
--- a/service/iam/model.go
+++ b/service/iam/model.go
@@ -719,9 +719,11 @@ type GetWorkspaceAssignmentRequest struct {
 type GrantRule struct {
 	// Principals this grant rule applies to. A principal can be a user (for end
 	// users), a service principal (for applications and compute workloads), or
-	// an account group. Each principal has its own identifier format: *
-	// users/<USERNAME> * groups/<GROUP_NAME> *
-	// servicePrincipals/<SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_APPLICATION_ID>
+	// an account group. Each principal has its own identifier format:
+	//
+	//   - users/<USERNAME>
+	//   - groups/<GROUP_NAME>
+	//   - servicePrincipals/<SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_APPLICATION_ID>
 	Principals []string `json:"principals,omitempty"`
 	// Role that is assigned to the list of principals.
 	Role string `json:"role"`
diff --git a/service/iamv2/api.go b/service/iamv2/api.go
index cd1defeb4..c6d465a90 100755
--- a/service/iamv2/api.go
+++ b/service/iamv2/api.go
@@ -27,10 +27,12 @@ type AccountIamV2Interface interface {
 
 	// Returns the access details for a principal in a workspace. Allows for
 	// checking access details for any provisioned principal (user, service
-	// principal, or group) in a workspace. * Provisioned principal here refers to
-	// one that has been synced into Databricks from the customer's IdP or added
-	// explicitly to Databricks via SCIM/UI. Allows for passing in a "view"
-	// parameter to control what fields are returned (BASIC by default or FULL).
+	// principal, or group) in a workspace.
+	//
+	//   - Provisioned principal here refers to one that has been synced into
+	//     Databricks from the customer's IdP or added explicitly to Databricks via
+	//     SCIM/UI. Allows for passing in a "view" parameter to control what fields
+	//     are returned (BASIC by default or FULL).
 	GetWorkspaceAccessDetail(ctx context.Context, request GetWorkspaceAccessDetailRequest) (*WorkspaceAccessDetail, error)
 
 	// Returns the assignment details for a principal in a workspace.
@@ -96,10 +98,12 @@ type WorkspaceIamV2Interface interface {
 
 	// Returns the access details for a principal in the current workspace. Allows
 	// for checking access details for any provisioned principal (user, service
-	// principal, or group) in the current workspace. * Provisioned principal here
-	// refers to one that has been synced into Databricks from the customer's IdP or
-	// added explicitly to Databricks via SCIM/UI. Allows for passing in a "view"
-	// parameter to control what fields are returned (BASIC by default or FULL).
+	// principal, or group) in the current workspace.
+	//
+	//   - Provisioned principal here refers to one that has been synced into
+	//     Databricks from the customer's IdP or added explicitly to Databricks via
+	//     SCIM/UI. Allows for passing in a "view" parameter to control what fields
+	//     are returned (BASIC by default or FULL).
 	GetWorkspaceAccessDetailLocal(ctx context.Context, request GetWorkspaceAccessDetailLocalRequest) (*WorkspaceAccessDetail, error)
 
 	// Returns the assignment details for a principal in a workspace
diff --git a/service/iamv2/interface.go b/service/iamv2/interface.go
index fd152b5ea..1949ec5bf 100755
--- a/service/iamv2/interface.go
+++ b/service/iamv2/interface.go
@@ -29,11 +29,12 @@ type AccountIamV2Service interface {
 
 	// Returns the access details for a principal in a workspace. Allows for
 	// checking access details for any provisioned principal (user, service
-	// principal, or group) in a workspace. * Provisioned principal here refers
-	// to one that has been synced into Databricks from the customer's IdP or
-	// added explicitly to Databricks via SCIM/UI. Allows for passing in a
-	// "view" parameter to control what fields are returned (BASIC by default or
-	// FULL).
+	// principal, or group) in a workspace.
+	//
+	//   - Provisioned principal here refers to one that has been synced into
+	//     Databricks from the customer's IdP or added explicitly to Databricks
+	//     via SCIM/UI. Allows for passing in a "view" parameter to control what
+	//     fields are returned (BASIC by default or FULL).
 	GetWorkspaceAccessDetail(ctx context.Context, request GetWorkspaceAccessDetailRequest) (*WorkspaceAccessDetail, error)
 
 	// Returns the assignment details for a principal in a workspace.
@@ -90,11 +91,12 @@ type WorkspaceIamV2Service interface {
 
 	// Returns the access details for a principal in the current workspace.
 	// Allows for checking access details for any provisioned principal (user,
-	// service principal, or group) in the current workspace. * Provisioned
-	// principal here refers to one that has been synced into Databricks from
-	// the customer's IdP or added explicitly to Databricks via SCIM/UI. Allows
-	// for passing in a "view" parameter to control what fields are returned
-	// (BASIC by default or FULL).
+	// service principal, or group) in the current workspace.
+	//
+	//   - Provisioned principal here refers to one that has been synced into
+	//     Databricks from the customer's IdP or added explicitly to Databricks
+	//     via SCIM/UI. Allows for passing in a "view" parameter to control what
+	//     fields are returned (BASIC by default or FULL).
 	GetWorkspaceAccessDetailLocal(ctx context.Context, request GetWorkspaceAccessDetailLocalRequest) (*WorkspaceAccessDetail, error)
 
 	// Returns the assignment details for a principal in a workspace
diff --git a/service/jobs/api.go b/service/jobs/api.go
index 3756edce9..00e78a6cc 100644
--- a/service/jobs/api.go
+++ b/service/jobs/api.go
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ type JobsInterface interface {
 	// the first 5 MB of the output. To return a larger result, you can store job
 	// results in a cloud storage service.
 	//
-	// This endpoint validates that the __run_id__ parameter is valid and returns an
-	// HTTP status code 400 if the __run_id__ parameter is invalid. Runs are
+	// This endpoint validates that the **run_id** parameter is valid and returns an
+	// HTTP status code 400 if the **run_id** parameter is invalid. Runs are
 	// automatically removed after 60 days. If you to want to reference them beyond
 	// 60 days, you must save old run results before they expire.
 	GetRunOutput(ctx context.Context, request GetRunOutputRequest) (*RunOutput, error)
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ type JobsInterface interface {
 	// the first 5 MB of the output. To return a larger result, you can store job
 	// results in a cloud storage service.
 	//
-	// This endpoint validates that the __run_id__ parameter is valid and returns an
-	// HTTP status code 400 if the __run_id__ parameter is invalid. Runs are
+	// This endpoint validates that the **run_id** parameter is valid and returns an
+	// HTTP status code 400 if the **run_id** parameter is invalid. Runs are
 	// automatically removed after 60 days. If you to want to reference them beyond
 	// 60 days, you must save old run results before they expire.
 	GetRunOutputByRunId(ctx context.Context, runId int64) (*RunOutput, error)
@@ -185,8 +185,8 @@ type JobsInterface interface {
 	// Deprecated: use [JobsAPIInterface.RepairRun].Get() or [JobsAPIInterface.WaitGetRunJobTerminatedOrSkipped]
 	RepairRunAndWait(ctx context.Context, repairRun RepairRun, options ...retries.Option[Run]) (*Run, error)
 
-	// Overwrite all settings for the given job. Use the [_Update_
-	// endpoint](:method:jobs/update) to update job settings partially.
+	// Overwrite all settings for the given job. Use the *Update* endpoint to update
+	// job settings partially.
 	Reset(ctx context.Context, request ResetJob) error
 
 	// Run a job and return the `run_id` of the triggered run.
@@ -227,8 +227,8 @@ type JobsInterface interface {
 	// Deprecated: use [JobsAPIInterface.Submit].Get() or [JobsAPIInterface.WaitGetRunJobTerminatedOrSkipped]
 	SubmitAndWait(ctx context.Context, submitRun SubmitRun, options ...retries.Option[Run]) (*Run, error)
 
-	// Add, update, or remove specific settings of an existing job. Use the [_Reset_
-	// endpoint](:method:jobs/reset) to overwrite all job settings.
+	// Add, update, or remove specific settings of an existing job. Use the *Reset*
+	// endpoint to overwrite all job settings.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateJob) error
 
 	// Updates the permissions on a job. Jobs can inherit permissions from their
@@ -433,8 +433,8 @@ func (a *JobsAPI) GetPermissionsByJobId(ctx context.Context, jobId string) (*Job
 // the first 5 MB of the output. To return a larger result, you can store job
 // results in a cloud storage service.
 //
-// This endpoint validates that the __run_id__ parameter is valid and returns an
-// HTTP status code 400 if the __run_id__ parameter is invalid. Runs are
+// This endpoint validates that the **run_id** parameter is valid and returns an
+// HTTP status code 400 if the **run_id** parameter is invalid. Runs are
 // automatically removed after 60 days. If you to want to reference them beyond
 // 60 days, you must save old run results before they expire.
 func (a *JobsAPI) GetRunOutputByRunId(ctx context.Context, runId int64) (*RunOutput, error) {
diff --git a/service/jobs/interface.go b/service/jobs/interface.go
index 3bf8fff7e..51b6f4364 100644
--- a/service/jobs/interface.go
+++ b/service/jobs/interface.go
@@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ type JobsService interface {
 	// to returning the first 5 MB of the output. To return a larger result, you
 	// can store job results in a cloud storage service.
 	//
-	// This endpoint validates that the __run_id__ parameter is valid and
-	// returns an HTTP status code 400 if the __run_id__ parameter is invalid.
+	// This endpoint validates that the **run_id** parameter is valid and
+	// returns an HTTP status code 400 if the **run_id** parameter is invalid.
 	// Runs are automatically removed after 60 days. If you to want to reference
 	// them beyond 60 days, you must save old run results before they expire.
 	GetRunOutput(ctx context.Context, request GetRunOutputRequest) (*RunOutput, error)
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ type JobsService interface {
 	// history for the original job run.
 	RepairRun(ctx context.Context, request RepairRun) (*RepairRunResponse, error)
 
-	// Overwrite all settings for the given job. Use the [_Update_
-	// endpoint](:method:jobs/update) to update job settings partially.
+	// Overwrite all settings for the given job. Use the *Update* endpoint to
+	// update job settings partially.
 	Reset(ctx context.Context, request ResetJob) error
 
 	// Run a job and return the `run_id` of the triggered run.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ type JobsService interface {
 	Submit(ctx context.Context, request SubmitRun) (*SubmitRunResponse, error)
 
 	// Add, update, or remove specific settings of an existing job. Use the
-	// [_Reset_ endpoint](:method:jobs/reset) to overwrite all job settings.
+	// *Reset* endpoint to overwrite all job settings.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateJob) error
 
 	// Updates the permissions on a job. Jobs can inherit permissions from their
diff --git a/service/jobs/model.go b/service/jobs/model.go
index 43f33306b..1ea707c46 100755
--- a/service/jobs/model.go
+++ b/service/jobs/model.go
@@ -63,9 +63,11 @@ type AlertTask struct {
 	// task.
 	WarehouseId string `json:"warehouse_id,omitempty"`
 	// The workspace_path is the path to the alert file in the workspace. The
-	// path: * must start with "/Workspace" * must be a normalized path. User
-	// has to select only one of alert_id or workspace_path to identify the
-	// alert.
+	// path:
+	//
+	//   - must start with "/Workspace"
+	//   - must be a normalized path. User has to select only one of alert_id or
+	//     workspace_path to identify the alert.
 	WorkspacePath string `json:"workspace_path,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -147,11 +149,12 @@ type BaseJob struct {
 	// the user has already been deleted.
 	CreatorUserName string `json:"creator_user_name,omitempty"`
 	// The id of the budget policy used by this job for cost attribution
-	// purposes. This may be set through (in order of precedence): 1. Budget
-	// admins through the account or workspace console 2. Jobs UI in the job
-	// details page and Jobs API using `budget_policy_id` 3. Inferred default
-	// based on accessible budget policies of the run_as identity on job
-	// creation or modification.
+	// purposes. This may be set through (in order of precedence):
+	//
+	//  1. Budget admins through the account or workspace console
+	//  2. Jobs UI in the job details page and Jobs API using `budget_policy_id`
+	//  3. Inferred default based on accessible budget policies of the run_as
+	//     identity on job creation or modification.
 	EffectiveBudgetPolicyId string `json:"effective_budget_policy_id,omitempty"`
 	// The id of the usage policy used by this job for cost attribution
 	// purposes.
@@ -212,9 +215,9 @@ type BaseRun struct {
 	// request depending on whether the performance mode is supported by the job
 	// type.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	EffectivePerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"effective_performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// The id of the usage policy used by this run for cost attribution
 	// purposes.
@@ -655,12 +658,13 @@ type ConditionTask struct {
 	// The left operand of the condition task. Can be either a string value or a
 	// job state or parameter reference.
 	Left string `json:"left"`
-	// * `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL` operators perform string comparison of their
-	// operands. This means that `“12.0” == “12”` will evaluate to
-	// `false`. * `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL`, `LESS_THAN`,
-	// `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL` operators perform numeric comparison of their
-	// operands. `“12.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to `true`, `“10.0”
-	// >= “12”` will evaluate to `false`.
+	//   - `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL` operators perform string comparison of their
+	//     operands. This means that `“12.0” == “12”` will evaluate to
+	//     `false`.
+	//   - `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL`, `LESS_THAN`,
+	//     `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL` operators perform numeric comparison of their
+	//     operands. `“12.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to `true`,
+	//     `“10.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to `false`.
 	//
 	// The boolean comparison to task values can be implemented with operators
 	// `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL`. If a task value was set to a boolean value, it
@@ -671,12 +675,13 @@ type ConditionTask struct {
 	Right string `json:"right"`
 }
 
-// * `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL` operators perform string comparison of their
-// operands. This means that `“12.0” == “12”` will evaluate to `false`.
-// * `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL`, `LESS_THAN`, `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL`
-// operators perform numeric comparison of their operands. `“12.0” >=
-// “12”` will evaluate to `true`, `“10.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to
-// `false`.
+//   - `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL` operators perform string comparison of their
+//     operands. This means that `“12.0” == “12”` will evaluate to
+//     `false`.
+//   - `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL`, `LESS_THAN`,
+//     `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL` operators perform numeric comparison of their
+//     operands. `“12.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to `true`, `“10.0”
+//     >= “12”` will evaluate to `false`.
 //
 // The boolean comparison to task values can be implemented with operators
 // `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL`. If a task value was set to a boolean value, it will
@@ -758,8 +763,8 @@ type CreateJob struct {
 	Description string `json:"description,omitempty"`
 	// Edit mode of the job.
 	//
-	// * `UI_LOCKED`: The job is in a locked UI state and cannot be modified. *
-	// `EDITABLE`: The job is in an editable state and can be modified.
+	//   - `UI_LOCKED`: The job is in a locked UI state and cannot be modified.
+	//   - `EDITABLE`: The job is in an editable state and can be modified.
 	EditMode JobEditMode `json:"edit_mode,omitempty"`
 	// An optional set of email addresses that is notified when runs of this job
 	// begin or complete as well as when this job is deleted.
@@ -818,9 +823,9 @@ type CreateJob struct {
 	// of compute performance or cost-efficiency for the run. The performance
 	// target does not apply to tasks that run on Serverless GPU compute.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	PerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// The queue settings of the job.
 	Queue *QueueSettings `json:"queue,omitempty"`
@@ -927,13 +932,16 @@ type DashboardTask struct {
 	// Dashboard task parameters. Used to apply dashboard filter values during
 	// dashboard task execution. Parameter values get applied to any dashboard
 	// filters that have a matching URL identifier as the parameter key. The
-	// parameter value format is dependent on the filter type: - For text and
-	// single-select filters, provide a single value (e.g. `"value"`) - For date
-	// and datetime filters, provide the value in ISO 8601 format (e.g.
-	// `"2000-01-01T00:00:00"`) - For multi-select filters, provide a JSON array
-	// of values (e.g. `"[\"value1\",\"value2\"]"`) - For range and date range
-	// filters, provide a JSON object with `start` and `end` (e.g.
-	// `"{\"start\":\"1\",\"end\":\"10\"}"`)
+	// parameter value format is dependent on the filter type:
+	//
+	//   - For text and single-select filters, provide a single value (e.g.
+	//     `"value"`)
+	//   - For date and datetime filters, provide the value in ISO 8601 format
+	//     (e.g. `"2000-01-01T00:00:00"`)
+	//   - For multi-select filters, provide a JSON array of values (e.g.
+	//     `"[\"value1\",\"value2\"]"`)
+	//   - For range and date range filters, provide a JSON object with `start`
+	//     and `end` (e.g. `"{\"start\":\"1\",\"end\":\"10\"}"`)
 	Filters map[string]string `json:"filters,omitempty"`
 	// Optional: subscription configuration for sending the dashboard snapshot.
 	Subscription *Subscription `json:"subscription,omitempty"`
@@ -1188,8 +1196,8 @@ type DbtTask struct {
 	// in `git_source`. If the value is empty, the task will use `GIT` if
 	// `git_source` is defined and `WORKSPACE` otherwise.
 	//
-	// * `WORKSPACE`: Project is located in Databricks workspace. * `GIT`:
-	// Project is located in cloud Git provider.
+	//   - `WORKSPACE`: Project is located in Databricks workspace.
+	//   - `GIT`: Project is located in cloud Git provider.
 	Source Source `json:"source,omitempty"`
 	// ID of the SQL warehouse to connect to. If provided, we automatically
 	// generate and provide the profile and connection details to dbt. It can be
@@ -1294,8 +1302,8 @@ func (s EnforcePolicyComplianceResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 // Run was exported successfully.
 type ExportRunOutput struct {
 	// The exported content in HTML format (one for every view item). To extract
-	// the HTML notebook from the JSON response, download and run this [Python
-	// script](/_static/examples/extract.py).
+	// the HTML notebook from the JSON response, download and run this Python
+	// script.
 	Views []ViewItem `json:"views,omitempty"`
 }
 
@@ -1479,9 +1487,10 @@ type GenAiComputeTask struct {
 	// the script will be retrieved from the local Databricks workspace. When
 	// set to `GIT`, the script will be retrieved from a Git repository defined
 	// in `git_source`. If the value is empty, the task will use `GIT` if
-	// `git_source` is defined and `WORKSPACE` otherwise. * `WORKSPACE`: Script
-	// is located in Databricks workspace. * `GIT`: Script is located in cloud
-	// Git provider.
+	// `git_source` is defined and `WORKSPACE` otherwise.
+	//
+	//   - `WORKSPACE`: Script is located in Databricks workspace.
+	//   - `GIT`: Script is located in cloud Git provider.
 	Source Source `json:"source,omitempty"`
 	// The training script file path to be executed. Cloud file URIs (such as
 	// dbfs:/, s3:/, adls:/, gcs:/) and workspace paths are supported. For
@@ -1729,11 +1738,12 @@ type Job struct {
 	// the user has already been deleted.
 	CreatorUserName string `json:"creator_user_name,omitempty"`
 	// The id of the budget policy used by this job for cost attribution
-	// purposes. This may be set through (in order of precedence): 1. Budget
-	// admins through the account or workspace console 2. Jobs UI in the job
-	// details page and Jobs API using `budget_policy_id` 3. Inferred default
-	// based on accessible budget policies of the run_as identity on job
-	// creation or modification.
+	// purposes. This may be set through (in order of precedence):
+	//
+	//  1. Budget admins through the account or workspace console
+	//  2. Jobs UI in the job details page and Jobs API using `budget_policy_id`
+	//  3. Inferred default based on accessible budget policies of the run_as
+	//     identity on job creation or modification.
 	EffectiveBudgetPolicyId string `json:"effective_budget_policy_id,omitempty"`
 	// The id of the usage policy used by this job for cost attribution
 	// purposes.
@@ -1855,8 +1865,8 @@ type JobDeployment struct {
 	DeploymentId string `json:"deployment_id,omitempty"`
 	// The kind of deployment that manages the job.
 	//
-	// * `BUNDLE`: The job is managed by Databricks Asset Bundle. *
-	// `SYSTEM_MANAGED`: The job is managed by Databricks and is read-only.
+	//   - `BUNDLE`: The job is managed by Databricks Asset Bundle.
+	//   - `SYSTEM_MANAGED`: The job is managed by Databricks and is read-only.
 	Kind JobDeploymentKind `json:"kind"`
 	// Path of the file that contains deployment metadata.
 	MetadataFilePath string `json:"metadata_file_path,omitempty"`
@@ -1876,8 +1886,8 @@ func (s JobDeployment) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// * `BUNDLE`: The job is managed by Databricks Asset Bundle. *
-// `SYSTEM_MANAGED`: The job is managed by Databricks and is read-only.
+// - `BUNDLE`: The job is managed by Databricks Asset Bundle.
+// - `SYSTEM_MANAGED`: The job is managed by Databricks and is read-only.
 type JobDeploymentKind string
 
 // The job is managed by Databricks Asset Bundle.
@@ -1919,8 +1929,8 @@ func (f *JobDeploymentKind) Type() string {
 
 // Edit mode of the job.
 //
-// * `UI_LOCKED`: The job is in a locked UI state and cannot be modified. *
-// `EDITABLE`: The job is in an editable state and can be modified.
+//   - `UI_LOCKED`: The job is in a locked UI state and cannot be modified.
+//   - `EDITABLE`: The job is in an editable state and can be modified.
 type JobEditMode string
 
 // The job is in an editable state and can be modified.
@@ -2205,8 +2215,8 @@ type JobSettings struct {
 	Description string `json:"description,omitempty"`
 	// Edit mode of the job.
 	//
-	// * `UI_LOCKED`: The job is in a locked UI state and cannot be modified. *
-	// `EDITABLE`: The job is in an editable state and can be modified.
+	//   - `UI_LOCKED`: The job is in a locked UI state and cannot be modified.
+	//   - `EDITABLE`: The job is in an editable state and can be modified.
 	EditMode JobEditMode `json:"edit_mode,omitempty"`
 	// An optional set of email addresses that is notified when runs of this job
 	// begin or complete as well as when this job is deleted.
@@ -2265,9 +2275,9 @@ type JobSettings struct {
 	// of compute performance or cost-efficiency for the run. The performance
 	// target does not apply to tasks that run on Serverless GPU compute.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	PerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// The queue settings of the job.
 	Queue *QueueSettings `json:"queue,omitempty"`
@@ -2326,12 +2336,14 @@ type JobSource struct {
 	// Dirty state indicates the job is not fully synced with the job
 	// specification in the remote repository.
 	//
-	// Possible values are: * `NOT_SYNCED`: The job is not yet synced with the
-	// remote job specification. Import the remote job specification from UI to
-	// make the job fully synced. * `DISCONNECTED`: The job is temporary
-	// disconnected from the remote job specification and is allowed for live
-	// edit. Import the remote job specification again from UI to make the job
-	// fully synced.
+	// Possible values are:
+	//
+	//   - `NOT_SYNCED`: The job is not yet synced with the remote job
+	//     specification. Import the remote job specification from UI to make
+	//     the job fully synced.
+	//   - `DISCONNECTED`: The job is temporary disconnected from the remote job
+	//     specification and is allowed for live edit. Import the remote job
+	//     specification again from UI to make the job fully synced.
 	DirtyState JobSourceDirtyState `json:"dirty_state,omitempty"`
 	// Name of the branch which the job is imported from.
 	ImportFromGitBranch string `json:"import_from_git_branch"`
@@ -2342,11 +2354,14 @@ type JobSource struct {
 // Dirty state indicates the job is not fully synced with the job specification
 // in the remote repository.
 //
-// Possible values are: * `NOT_SYNCED`: The job is not yet synced with the
-// remote job specification. Import the remote job specification from UI to make
-// the job fully synced. * `DISCONNECTED`: The job is temporary disconnected
-// from the remote job specification and is allowed for live edit. Import the
-// remote job specification again from UI to make the job fully synced.
+// Possible values are:
+//
+//   - `NOT_SYNCED`: The job is not yet synced with the remote job
+//     specification. Import the remote job specification from UI to make the
+//     job fully synced.
+//   - `DISCONNECTED`: The job is temporary disconnected from the remote job
+//     specification and is allowed for live edit. Import the remote job
+//     specification again from UI to make the job fully synced.
 type JobSourceDirtyState string
 
 // The job is temporary disconnected from the remote job specification and is
@@ -2392,15 +2407,16 @@ func (f *JobSourceDirtyState) Type() string {
 // Specifies the health metric that is being evaluated for a particular health
 // rule.
 //
-// * `RUN_DURATION_SECONDS`: Expected total time for a run in seconds. *
-// `STREAMING_BACKLOG_BYTES`: An estimate of the maximum bytes of data waiting
-// to be consumed across all streams. This metric is in Public Preview. *
-// `STREAMING_BACKLOG_RECORDS`: An estimate of the maximum offset lag across all
-// streams. This metric is in Public Preview. * `STREAMING_BACKLOG_SECONDS`: An
-// estimate of the maximum consumer delay across all streams. This metric is in
-// Public Preview. * `STREAMING_BACKLOG_FILES`: An estimate of the maximum
-// number of outstanding files across all streams. This metric is in Public
-// Preview.
+//   - `RUN_DURATION_SECONDS`: Expected total time for a run in seconds.
+//   - `STREAMING_BACKLOG_BYTES`: An estimate of the maximum bytes of data
+//     waiting to be consumed across all streams. This metric is in Public
+//     Preview.
+//   - `STREAMING_BACKLOG_RECORDS`: An estimate of the maximum offset lag across
+//     all streams. This metric is in Public Preview.
+//   - `STREAMING_BACKLOG_SECONDS`: An estimate of the maximum consumer delay
+//     across all streams. This metric is in Public Preview.
+//   - `STREAMING_BACKLOG_FILES`: An estimate of the maximum number of
+//     outstanding files across all streams. This metric is in Public Preview.
 type JobsHealthMetric string
 
 // Expected total time for a run in seconds.
@@ -2636,12 +2652,12 @@ type ListRunsRequest struct {
 	// The type of runs to return. For a description of run types, see
 	// :method:jobs/getRun.
 	RunType RunType `json:"-" url:"run_type,omitempty"`
-	// Show runs that started _at or after_ this value. The value must be a UTC
-	// timestamp in milliseconds. Can be combined with _start_time_to_ to filter
+	// Show runs that started *at or after* this value. The value must be a UTC
+	// timestamp in milliseconds. Can be combined with *start_time_to* to filter
 	// by a time range.
 	StartTimeFrom int64 `json:"-" url:"start_time_from,omitempty"`
-	// Show runs that started _at or before_ this value. The value must be a UTC
-	// timestamp in milliseconds. Can be combined with _start_time_from_ to
+	// Show runs that started *at or before* this value. The value must be a UTC
+	// timestamp in milliseconds. Can be combined with *start_time_from* to
 	// filter by a time range.
 	StartTimeTo int64 `json:"-" url:"start_time_to,omitempty"`
 
@@ -2753,12 +2769,10 @@ func (f *ModelTriggerConfigurationCondition) Type() string {
 }
 
 type NotebookOutput struct {
-	// The value passed to
-	// [dbutils.notebook.exit()](/notebooks/notebook-workflows.html#notebook-workflows-exit).
-	// Databricks restricts this API to return the first 5 MB of the value. For
-	// a larger result, your job can store the results in a cloud storage
-	// service. This field is absent if `dbutils.notebook.exit()` was never
-	// called.
+	// The value passed to dbutils.notebook.exit(). Databricks restricts this
+	// API to return the first 5 MB of the value. For a larger result, your job
+	// can store the results in a cloud storage service. This field is absent if
+	// `dbutils.notebook.exit()` was never called.
 	Result string `json:"result,omitempty"`
 	// Whether or not the result was truncated.
 	Truncated bool `json:"truncated,omitempty"`
@@ -2802,9 +2816,10 @@ type NotebookTask struct {
 	// notebook will be retrieved from the local Databricks workspace. When set
 	// to `GIT`, the notebook will be retrieved from a Git repository defined in
 	// `git_source`. If the value is empty, the task will use `GIT` if
-	// `git_source` is defined and `WORKSPACE` otherwise. * `WORKSPACE`:
-	// Notebook is located in Databricks workspace. * `GIT`: Notebook is located
-	// in cloud Git provider.
+	// `git_source` is defined and `WORKSPACE` otherwise.
+	//
+	//   - `WORKSPACE`: Notebook is located in Databricks workspace.
+	//   - `GIT`: Notebook is located in cloud Git provider.
 	Source Source `json:"source,omitempty"`
 	// Optional `warehouse_id` to run the notebook on a SQL warehouse. Classic
 	// SQL warehouses are NOT supported, please use serverless or pro SQL
@@ -3162,11 +3177,14 @@ func (s QueueDetails) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// The reason for queuing the run. * `ACTIVE_RUNS_LIMIT_REACHED`: The run was
-// queued due to reaching the workspace limit of active task runs. *
-// `MAX_CONCURRENT_RUNS_REACHED`: The run was queued due to reaching the per-job
-// limit of concurrent job runs. * `ACTIVE_RUN_JOB_TASKS_LIMIT_REACHED`: The run
-// was queued due to reaching the workspace limit of active run job tasks.
+// The reason for queuing the run.
+//
+//   - `ACTIVE_RUNS_LIMIT_REACHED`: The run was queued due to reaching the
+//     workspace limit of active task runs.
+//   - `MAX_CONCURRENT_RUNS_REACHED`: The run was queued due to reaching the
+//     per-job limit of concurrent job runs.
+//   - `ACTIVE_RUN_JOB_TASKS_LIMIT_REACHED`: The run was queued due to reaching
+//     the workspace limit of active run job tasks.
 type QueueDetailsCodeCode string
 
 // The run was queued due to reaching the workspace limit of active task runs.
@@ -3222,9 +3240,9 @@ type RepairHistoryItem struct {
 	// request depending on whether the performance mode is supported by the job
 	// type.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	EffectivePerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"effective_performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// The end time of the (repaired) run.
 	EndTime int64 `json:"end_time,omitempty"`
@@ -3349,9 +3367,9 @@ type RepairRun struct {
 	// run. This field overrides the performance target defined on the job
 	// level.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	PerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// Controls whether the pipeline should perform a full refresh
 	PipelineParams *PipelineParams `json:"pipeline_params,omitempty"`
@@ -3561,9 +3579,9 @@ type Run struct {
 	// request depending on whether the performance mode is supported by the job
 	// type.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	EffectivePerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"effective_performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// The id of the usage policy used by this run for cost attribution
 	// purposes.
@@ -3686,12 +3704,13 @@ type RunConditionTask struct {
 	// The left operand of the condition task. Can be either a string value or a
 	// job state or parameter reference.
 	Left string `json:"left"`
-	// * `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL` operators perform string comparison of their
-	// operands. This means that `“12.0” == “12”` will evaluate to
-	// `false`. * `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL`, `LESS_THAN`,
-	// `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL` operators perform numeric comparison of their
-	// operands. `“12.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to `true`, `“10.0”
-	// >= “12”` will evaluate to `false`.
+	//   - `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL` operators perform string comparison of their
+	//     operands. This means that `“12.0” == “12”` will evaluate to
+	//     `false`.
+	//   - `GREATER_THAN`, `GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL`, `LESS_THAN`,
+	//     `LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL` operators perform numeric comparison of their
+	//     operands. `“12.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to `true`,
+	//     `“10.0” >= “12”` will evaluate to `false`.
 	//
 	// The boolean comparison to task values can be implemented with operators
 	// `EQUAL_TO`, `NOT_EQUAL`. If a task value was set to a boolean value, it
@@ -3744,12 +3763,15 @@ func (s RunForEachTask) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 // should be run once its dependencies have been completed. When omitted,
 // defaults to `ALL_SUCCESS`.
 //
-// Possible values are: * `ALL_SUCCESS`: All dependencies have executed and
-// succeeded * `AT_LEAST_ONE_SUCCESS`: At least one dependency has succeeded *
-// `NONE_FAILED`: None of the dependencies have failed and at least one was
-// executed * `ALL_DONE`: All dependencies have been completed *
-// `AT_LEAST_ONE_FAILED`: At least one dependency failed * `ALL_FAILED`: ALl
-// dependencies have failed
+// Possible values are:
+//
+//   - `ALL_SUCCESS`: All dependencies have executed and succeeded
+//   - `AT_LEAST_ONE_SUCCESS`: At least one dependency has succeeded
+//   - `NONE_FAILED`: None of the dependencies have failed and at least one was
+//     executed
+//   - `ALL_DONE`: All dependencies have been completed
+//   - `AT_LEAST_ONE_FAILED`: At least one dependency failed
+//   - `ALL_FAILED`: ALl dependencies have failed
 type RunIf string
 
 // All dependencies have been completed
@@ -3919,20 +3941,24 @@ type RunJobTask struct {
 	SqlParams map[string]string `json:"sql_params,omitempty"`
 }
 
-// A value indicating the run's lifecycle state. The possible values are: *
-// `QUEUED`: The run is queued. * `PENDING`: The run is waiting to be executed
-// while the cluster and execution context are being prepared. * `RUNNING`: The
-// task of this run is being executed. * `TERMINATING`: The task of this run has
-// completed, and the cluster and execution context are being cleaned up. *
-// `TERMINATED`: The task of this run has completed, and the cluster and
-// execution context have been cleaned up. This state is terminal. * `SKIPPED`:
-// This run was aborted because a previous run of the same job was already
-// active. This state is terminal. * `INTERNAL_ERROR`: An exceptional state that
-// indicates a failure in the Jobs service, such as network failure over a long
-// period. If a run on a new cluster ends in the `INTERNAL_ERROR` state, the
-// Jobs service terminates the cluster as soon as possible. This state is
-// terminal. * `BLOCKED`: The run is blocked on an upstream dependency. *
-// `WAITING_FOR_RETRY`: The run is waiting for a retry.
+// A value indicating the run's lifecycle state. The possible values are:
+//
+//   - `QUEUED`: The run is queued.
+//   - `PENDING`: The run is waiting to be executed while the cluster and
+//     execution context are being prepared.
+//   - `RUNNING`: The task of this run is being executed.
+//   - `TERMINATING`: The task of this run has completed, and the cluster and
+//     execution context are being cleaned up.
+//   - `TERMINATED`: The task of this run has completed, and the cluster and
+//     execution context have been cleaned up. This state is terminal.
+//   - `SKIPPED`: This run was aborted because a previous run of the same job
+//     was already active. This state is terminal.
+//   - `INTERNAL_ERROR`: An exceptional state that indicates a failure in the
+//     Jobs service, such as network failure over a long period. If a run on a
+//     new cluster ends in the `INTERNAL_ERROR` state, the Jobs service
+//     terminates the cluster as soon as possible. This state is terminal.
+//   - `BLOCKED`: The run is blocked on an upstream dependency.
+//   - `WAITING_FOR_RETRY`: The run is waiting for a retry.
 type RunLifeCycleState string
 
 // The run is blocked on an upstream dependency.
@@ -4131,9 +4157,9 @@ type RunNow struct {
 	// run. This field overrides the performance target defined on the job
 	// level.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	PerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// Controls whether the pipeline should perform a full refresh
 	PipelineParams *PipelineParams `json:"pipeline_params,omitempty"`
@@ -4373,18 +4399,23 @@ type RunParameters struct {
 	SqlParams map[string]string `json:"sql_params,omitempty"`
 }
 
-// A value indicating the run's result. The possible values are: * `SUCCESS`:
-// The task completed successfully. * `FAILED`: The task completed with an
-// error. * `TIMEDOUT`: The run was stopped after reaching the timeout. *
-// `CANCELED`: The run was canceled at user request. *
-// `MAXIMUM_CONCURRENT_RUNS_REACHED`: The run was skipped because the maximum
-// concurrent runs were reached. * `EXCLUDED`: The run was skipped because the
-// necessary conditions were not met. * `SUCCESS_WITH_FAILURES`: The job run
-// completed successfully with some failures; leaf tasks were successful. *
-// `UPSTREAM_FAILED`: The run was skipped because of an upstream failure. *
-// `UPSTREAM_CANCELED`: The run was skipped because an upstream task was
-// canceled. * `DISABLED`: The run was skipped because it was disabled
-// explicitly by the user.
+// A value indicating the run's result. The possible values are:
+//
+//   - `SUCCESS`: The task completed successfully.
+//   - `FAILED`: The task completed with an error.
+//   - `TIMEDOUT`: The run was stopped after reaching the timeout.
+//   - `CANCELED`: The run was canceled at user request.
+//   - `MAXIMUM_CONCURRENT_RUNS_REACHED`: The run was skipped because the
+//     maximum concurrent runs were reached.
+//   - `EXCLUDED`: The run was skipped because the necessary conditions were not
+//     met.
+//   - `SUCCESS_WITH_FAILURES`: The job run completed successfully with some
+//     failures; leaf tasks were successful.
+//   - `UPSTREAM_FAILED`: The run was skipped because of an upstream failure.
+//   - `UPSTREAM_CANCELED`: The run was skipped because an upstream task was
+//     canceled.
+//   - `DISABLED`: The run was skipped because it was disabled explicitly by the
+//     user.
 type RunResultState string
 
 // The run was canceled at user request.
@@ -4561,9 +4592,9 @@ type RunTask struct {
 	// request depending on whether the performance mode is supported by the job
 	// type.
 	//
-	// * `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads. *
-	// `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
-	// through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
+	//   - `STANDARD`: Enables cost-efficient execution of serverless workloads.
+	//   - `PERFORMANCE_OPTIMIZED`: Prioritizes fast startup and execution times
+	//     through rapid scaling and optimized cluster performance.
 	EffectivePerformanceTarget PerformanceTarget `json:"effective_performance_target,omitempty"`
 	// An optional set of email addresses notified when the task run begins or
 	// completes. The default behavior is to not send any emails.
@@ -4673,7 +4704,7 @@ type RunTask struct {
 	SparkPythonTask *SparkPythonTask `json:"spark_python_task,omitempty"`
 	// (Legacy) The task runs the spark-submit script when the spark_submit_task
 	// field is present. Databricks recommends using the spark_jar_task instead;
-	// see [Spark Submit task for jobs](/jobs/spark-submit).
+	// see Spark Submit task for jobs.
 	SparkSubmitTask *SparkSubmitTask `json:"spark_submit_task,omitempty"`
 	// The task runs a SQL query or file, or it refreshes a SQL alert or a
 	// legacy SQL dashboard when the `sql_task` field is present.
@@ -4711,10 +4742,11 @@ func (s RunTask) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// The type of a run. * `JOB_RUN`: Normal job run. A run created with
-// :method:jobs/runNow. * `WORKFLOW_RUN`: Workflow run. A run created with
-// [dbutils.notebook.run]. * `SUBMIT_RUN`: Submit run. A run created with
-// :method:jobs/submit.
+// The type of a run.
+//
+//   - `JOB_RUN`: Normal job run. A run created with :method:jobs/runNow.
+//   - `WORKFLOW_RUN`: Workflow run. A run created with [dbutils.notebook.run].
+//   - `SUBMIT_RUN`: Submit run. A run created with :method:jobs/submit.
 //
 // [dbutils.notebook.run]: https://docs.databricks.com/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-workflow
 type RunType string
@@ -4725,8 +4757,7 @@ const RunTypeJobRun RunType = `JOB_RUN`
 // Submit run. A run created with :method:jobs/submit.
 const RunTypeSubmitRun RunType = `SUBMIT_RUN`
 
-// Workflow run. A run created with
-// [dbutils.notebook.run](/dev-tools/databricks-utils.html#dbutils-workflow).
+// Workflow run. A run created with dbutils.notebook.run.
 const RunTypeWorkflowRun RunType = `WORKFLOW_RUN`
 
 // String representation for [fmt.Print]
@@ -4762,13 +4793,13 @@ func (f *RunType) Type() string {
 }
 
 // Optional location type of the SQL file. When set to `WORKSPACE`, the SQL file
-// will be retrieved\ from the local Databricks workspace. When set to `GIT`,
-// the SQL file will be retrieved from a Git repository defined in `git_source`.
-// If the value is empty, the task will use `GIT` if `git_source` is defined and
+// will be retrieved from the local Databricks workspace. When set to `GIT`, the
+// SQL file will be retrieved from a Git repository defined in `git_source`. If
+// the value is empty, the task will use `GIT` if `git_source` is defined and
 // `WORKSPACE` otherwise.
 //
-// * `WORKSPACE`: SQL file is located in Databricks workspace. * `GIT`: SQL file
-// is located in cloud Git provider.
+//   - `WORKSPACE`: SQL file is located in Databricks workspace.
+//   - `GIT`: SQL file is located in cloud Git provider.
 type Source string
 
 // SQL file is located in cloud Git provider.
@@ -4863,9 +4894,9 @@ type SparkPythonTask struct {
 	// `GIT`, the Python file will be retrieved from a Git repository defined in
 	// `git_source`.
 	//
-	// * `WORKSPACE`: The Python file is located in a Databricks workspace or at
-	// a cloud filesystem URI. * `GIT`: The Python file is located in a remote
-	// Git repository.
+	//   - `WORKSPACE`: The Python file is located in a Databricks workspace or
+	//     at a cloud filesystem URI.
+	//   - `GIT`: The Python file is located in a remote Git repository.
 	Source Source `json:"source,omitempty"`
 }
 
@@ -4909,9 +4940,9 @@ func (s SqlAlertOutput) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 // The state of the SQL alert.
 //
-// * UNKNOWN: alert yet to be evaluated * OK: alert evaluated and did not
-// fulfill trigger conditions * TRIGGERED: alert evaluated and fulfilled trigger
-// conditions
+//   - UNKNOWN: alert yet to be evaluated
+//   - OK: alert evaluated and did not fulfill trigger conditions
+//   - TRIGGERED: alert evaluated and fulfilled trigger conditions
 type SqlAlertState string
 
 const SqlAlertStateOk SqlAlertState = `OK`
@@ -5175,8 +5206,8 @@ type SqlTaskFile struct {
 	// `git_source`. If the value is empty, the task will use `GIT` if
 	// `git_source` is defined and `WORKSPACE` otherwise.
 	//
-	// * `WORKSPACE`: SQL file is located in Databricks workspace. * `GIT`: SQL
-	// file is located in cloud Git provider.
+	//   - `WORKSPACE`: SQL file is located in Databricks workspace.
+	//   - `GIT`: SQL file is located in cloud Git provider.
 	Source Source `json:"source,omitempty"`
 }
 
@@ -5446,7 +5477,7 @@ type SubmitTask struct {
 	SparkPythonTask *SparkPythonTask `json:"spark_python_task,omitempty"`
 	// (Legacy) The task runs the spark-submit script when the spark_submit_task
 	// field is present. Databricks recommends using the spark_jar_task instead;
-	// see [Spark Submit task for jobs](/jobs/spark-submit).
+	// see Spark Submit task for jobs.
 	SparkSubmitTask *SparkSubmitTask `json:"spark_submit_task,omitempty"`
 	// The task runs a SQL query or file, or it refreshes a SQL alert or a
 	// legacy SQL dashboard when the `sql_task` field is present.
@@ -5676,12 +5707,13 @@ type Task struct {
 	// An optional value specifying the condition determining whether the task
 	// is run once its dependencies have been completed.
 	//
-	// * `ALL_SUCCESS`: All dependencies have executed and succeeded *
-	// `AT_LEAST_ONE_SUCCESS`: At least one dependency has succeeded *
-	// `NONE_FAILED`: None of the dependencies have failed and at least one was
-	// executed * `ALL_DONE`: All dependencies have been completed *
-	// `AT_LEAST_ONE_FAILED`: At least one dependency failed * `ALL_FAILED`: ALl
-	// dependencies have failed
+	//   - `ALL_SUCCESS`: All dependencies have executed and succeeded
+	//   - `AT_LEAST_ONE_SUCCESS`: At least one dependency has succeeded
+	//   - `NONE_FAILED`: None of the dependencies have failed and at least one
+	//     was executed
+	//   - `ALL_DONE`: All dependencies have been completed
+	//   - `AT_LEAST_ONE_FAILED`: At least one dependency failed
+	//   - `ALL_FAILED`: ALl dependencies have failed
 	RunIf RunIf `json:"run_if,omitempty"`
 	// The task triggers another job when the `run_job_task` field is present.
 	RunJobTask *RunJobTask `json:"run_job_task,omitempty"`
@@ -5692,7 +5724,7 @@ type Task struct {
 	SparkPythonTask *SparkPythonTask `json:"spark_python_task,omitempty"`
 	// (Legacy) The task runs the spark-submit script when the spark_submit_task
 	// field is present. Databricks recommends using the spark_jar_task instead;
-	// see [Spark Submit task for jobs](/jobs/spark-submit).
+	// see Spark Submit task for jobs.
 	SparkSubmitTask *SparkSubmitTask `json:"spark_submit_task,omitempty"`
 	// The task runs a SQL query or file, or it refreshes a SQL alert or a
 	// legacy SQL dashboard when the `sql_task` field is present.
@@ -5808,11 +5840,13 @@ func (s TaskNotificationSettings) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// task retry mode of the continuous job * NEVER: The failed task will not be
-// retried. * ON_FAILURE: Retry a failed task if at least one other task in the
-// job is still running its first attempt. When this condition is no longer met
-// or the retry limit is reached, the job run is cancelled and a new run is
-// started.
+// task retry mode of the continuous job
+//
+//   - NEVER: The failed task will not be retried.
+//   - ON_FAILURE: Retry a failed task if at least one other task in the job is
+//     still running its first attempt. When this condition is no longer met or
+//     the retry limit is reached, the job run is cancelled and a new run is
+//     started.
 type TaskRetryMode string
 
 const TaskRetryModeNever TaskRetryMode = `NEVER`
@@ -5851,53 +5885,67 @@ func (f *TaskRetryMode) Type() string {
 }
 
 // The code indicates why the run was terminated. Additional codes might be
-// introduced in future releases. * `SUCCESS`: The run was completed
-// successfully. * `SUCCESS_WITH_FAILURES`: The run was completed successfully
-// but some child runs failed. * `USER_CANCELED`: The run was successfully
-// canceled during execution by a user. * `CANCELED`: The run was canceled
-// during execution by the Databricks platform; for example, if the maximum run
-// duration was exceeded. * `SKIPPED`: Run was never executed, for example, if
-// the upstream task run failed, the dependency type condition was not met, or
-// there were no material tasks to execute. * `INTERNAL_ERROR`: The run
-// encountered an unexpected error. Refer to the state message for further
-// details. * `DRIVER_ERROR`: The run encountered an error while communicating
-// with the Spark Driver. * `CLUSTER_ERROR`: The run failed due to a cluster
-// error. Refer to the state message for further details. *
-// `REPOSITORY_CHECKOUT_FAILED`: Failed to complete the checkout due to an error
-// when communicating with the third party service. * `INVALID_CLUSTER_REQUEST`:
-// The run failed because it issued an invalid request to start the cluster. *
-// `WORKSPACE_RUN_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`: The workspace has reached the quota for the
-// maximum number of concurrent active runs. Consider scheduling the runs over a
-// larger time frame. * `FEATURE_DISABLED`: The run failed because it tried to
-// access a feature unavailable for the workspace. *
-// `CLUSTER_REQUEST_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`: The number of cluster creation, start, and
-// upsize requests have exceeded the allotted rate limit. Consider spreading the
-// run execution over a larger time frame. * `STORAGE_ACCESS_ERROR`: The run
-// failed due to an error when accessing the customer blob storage. Refer to the
-// state message for further details. * `RUN_EXECUTION_ERROR`: The run was
-// completed with task failures. For more details, refer to the state message or
-// run output. * `UNAUTHORIZED_ERROR`: The run failed due to a permission issue
-// while accessing a resource. Refer to the state message for further details. *
-// `LIBRARY_INSTALLATION_ERROR`: The run failed while installing the
-// user-requested library. Refer to the state message for further details. The
-// causes might include, but are not limited to: The provided library is
-// invalid, there are insufficient permissions to install the library, and so
-// forth. * `MAX_CONCURRENT_RUNS_EXCEEDED`: The scheduled run exceeds the limit
-// of maximum concurrent runs set for the job. * `MAX_SPARK_CONTEXTS_EXCEEDED`:
-// The run is scheduled on a cluster that has already reached the maximum number
-// of contexts it is configured to create. See: [Link]. * `RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND`:
-// A resource necessary for run execution does not exist. Refer to the state
-// message for further details. * `INVALID_RUN_CONFIGURATION`: The run failed
-// due to an invalid configuration. Refer to the state message for further
-// details. * `CLOUD_FAILURE`: The run failed due to a cloud provider issue.
-// Refer to the state message for further details. *
-// `MAX_JOB_QUEUE_SIZE_EXCEEDED`: The run was skipped due to reaching the job
-// level queue size limit. * `DISABLED`: The run was never executed because it
-// was disabled explicitly by the user. * `BREAKING_CHANGE`: Run failed because
-// of an intentional breaking change in Spark, but it will be retried with a
-// mitigation config. * `CLUSTER_TERMINATED_BY_USER`: The run failed because the
-// externally managed cluster entered an unusable state, likely due to the user
-// terminating or restarting it outside the jobs service.
+// introduced in future releases.
+//
+//   - `SUCCESS`: The run was completed successfully.
+//   - `SUCCESS_WITH_FAILURES`: The run was completed successfully but some
+//     child runs failed.
+//   - `USER_CANCELED`: The run was successfully canceled during execution by a
+//     user.
+//   - `CANCELED`: The run was canceled during execution by the Databricks
+//     platform; for example, if the maximum run duration was exceeded.
+//   - `SKIPPED`: Run was never executed, for example, if the upstream task run
+//     failed, the dependency type condition was not met, or there were no
+//     material tasks to execute.
+//   - `INTERNAL_ERROR`: The run encountered an unexpected error. Refer to the
+//     state message for further details.
+//   - `DRIVER_ERROR`: The run encountered an error while communicating with the
+//     Spark Driver.
+//   - `CLUSTER_ERROR`: The run failed due to a cluster error. Refer to the
+//     state message for further details.
+//   - `REPOSITORY_CHECKOUT_FAILED`: Failed to complete the checkout due to an
+//     error when communicating with the third party service.
+//   - `INVALID_CLUSTER_REQUEST`: The run failed because it issued an invalid
+//     request to start the cluster.
+//   - `WORKSPACE_RUN_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`: The workspace has reached the quota for
+//     the maximum number of concurrent active runs. Consider scheduling the
+//     runs over a larger time frame.
+//   - `FEATURE_DISABLED`: The run failed because it tried to access a feature
+//     unavailable for the workspace.
+//   - `CLUSTER_REQUEST_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`: The number of cluster creation, start,
+//     and upsize requests have exceeded the allotted rate limit. Consider
+//     spreading the run execution over a larger time frame.
+//   - `STORAGE_ACCESS_ERROR`: The run failed due to an error when accessing the
+//     customer blob storage. Refer to the state message for further details.
+//   - `RUN_EXECUTION_ERROR`: The run was completed with task failures. For more
+//     details, refer to the state message or run output.
+//   - `UNAUTHORIZED_ERROR`: The run failed due to a permission issue while
+//     accessing a resource. Refer to the state message for further details.
+//   - `LIBRARY_INSTALLATION_ERROR`: The run failed while installing the
+//     user-requested library. Refer to the state message for further details.
+//     The causes might include, but are not limited to: The provided library is
+//     invalid, there are insufficient permissions to install the library, and
+//     so forth.
+//   - `MAX_CONCURRENT_RUNS_EXCEEDED`: The scheduled run exceeds the limit of
+//     maximum concurrent runs set for the job.
+//   - `MAX_SPARK_CONTEXTS_EXCEEDED`: The run is scheduled on a cluster that has
+//     already reached the maximum number of contexts it is configured to
+//     create. See: [Link].
+//   - `RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND`: A resource necessary for run execution does not
+//     exist. Refer to the state message for further details.
+//   - `INVALID_RUN_CONFIGURATION`: The run failed due to an invalid
+//     configuration. Refer to the state message for further details.
+//   - `CLOUD_FAILURE`: The run failed due to a cloud provider issue. Refer to
+//     the state message for further details.
+//   - `MAX_JOB_QUEUE_SIZE_EXCEEDED`: The run was skipped due to reaching the
+//     job level queue size limit.
+//   - `DISABLED`: The run was never executed because it was disabled explicitly
+//     by the user.
+//   - `BREAKING_CHANGE`: Run failed because of an intentional breaking change
+//     in Spark, but it will be retried with a mitigation config.
+//   - `CLUSTER_TERMINATED_BY_USER`: The run failed because the externally
+//     managed cluster entered an unusable state, likely due to the user
+//     terminating or restarting it outside the jobs service.
 //
 // [Link]: https://kb.databricks.com/en_US/notebooks/too-many-execution-contexts-are-open-right-now
 type TerminationCodeCode string
@@ -6077,12 +6125,13 @@ func (s TerminationDetails) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// * `SUCCESS`: The run terminated without any issues * `INTERNAL_ERROR`: An
-// error occurred in the Databricks platform. Please look at the [status page]
-// or contact support if the issue persists. * `CLIENT_ERROR`: The run was
-// terminated because of an error caused by user input or the job configuration.
-// * `CLOUD_FAILURE`: The run was terminated because of an issue with your cloud
-// provider.
+//   - `SUCCESS`: The run terminated without any issues
+//   - `INTERNAL_ERROR`: An error occurred in the Databricks platform. Please
+//     look at the [status page] or contact support if the issue persists.
+//   - `CLIENT_ERROR`: The run was terminated because of an error caused by user
+//     input or the job configuration.
+//   - `CLOUD_FAILURE`: The run was terminated because of an issue with your
+//     cloud provider.
 //
 // [status page]: https://status.databricks.com/
 type TerminationTypeType string
@@ -6173,18 +6222,20 @@ type TriggerStateProto struct {
 
 // The type of trigger that fired this run.
 //
-// * `PERIODIC`: Schedules that periodically trigger runs, such as a cron
-// scheduler. * `ONE_TIME`: One time triggers that fire a single run. This
-// occurs you triggered a single run on demand through the UI or the API. *
-// `RETRY`: Indicates a run that is triggered as a retry of a previously failed
-// run. This occurs when you request to re-run the job in case of failures. *
-// `RUN_JOB_TASK`: Indicates a run that is triggered using a Run Job task. *
-// `FILE_ARRIVAL`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a file arrival. *
-// `CONTINUOUS`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a continuous job. *
-// `TABLE`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a table update. *
-// `CONTINUOUS_RESTART`: Indicates a run created by user to manually restart a
-// continuous job run. * `MODEL`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a model
-// update.
+//   - `PERIODIC`: Schedules that periodically trigger runs, such as a cron
+//     scheduler.
+//   - `ONE_TIME`: One time triggers that fire a single run. This occurs you
+//     triggered a single run on demand through the UI or the API.
+//   - `RETRY`: Indicates a run that is triggered as a retry of a previously
+//     failed run. This occurs when you request to re-run the job in case of
+//     failures.
+//   - `RUN_JOB_TASK`: Indicates a run that is triggered using a Run Job task.
+//   - `FILE_ARRIVAL`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a file arrival.
+//   - `CONTINUOUS`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a continuous job.
+//   - `TABLE`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a table update.
+//   - `CONTINUOUS_RESTART`: Indicates a run created by user to manually restart
+//     a continuous job run.
+//   - `MODEL`: Indicates a run that is triggered by a model update.
 type TriggerType string
 
 // Indicates a run that is triggered by a continuous job.
@@ -6292,7 +6343,8 @@ func (s ViewItem) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// * `NOTEBOOK`: Notebook view item. * `DASHBOARD`: Dashboard view item.
+// - `NOTEBOOK`: Notebook view item.
+// - `DASHBOARD`: Dashboard view item.
 type ViewType string
 
 // Dashboard view item.
@@ -6332,8 +6384,9 @@ func (f *ViewType) Type() string {
 	return "ViewType"
 }
 
-// * `CODE`: Code view of the notebook. * `DASHBOARDS`: All dashboard views of
-// the notebook. * `ALL`: All views of the notebook.
+// - `CODE`: Code view of the notebook.
+// - `DASHBOARDS`: All dashboard views of the notebook.
+// - `ALL`: All views of the notebook.
 type ViewsToExport string
 
 // All views of the notebook.
diff --git a/service/knowledgeassistants/model.go b/service/knowledgeassistants/model.go
index 90d0a7eed..af2819922 100755
--- a/service/knowledgeassistants/model.go
+++ b/service/knowledgeassistants/model.go
@@ -577,7 +577,10 @@ type UpdateExampleRequest struct {
 	// knowledge-assistants/{knowledge_assistant_id}/examples/{example_id}
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Comma-delimited list of fields to update on the example. Allowed values:
-	// `question`, `guidelines`. Examples: - `question` - `question,guidelines`
+	// `question`, `guidelines`. Examples:
+	//
+	//   - `question`
+	//   - `question,guidelines`
 	UpdateMask fieldmask.FieldMask `json:"-" url:"update_mask"`
 }
 
@@ -592,7 +595,9 @@ type UpdateKnowledgeAssistantRequest struct {
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Comma-delimited list of fields to update on the Knowledge Assistant.
 	// Allowed values: `display_name`, `description`, `instructions`. Examples:
-	// - `display_name` - `description,instructions`
+	//
+	//   - `display_name`
+	//   - `description,instructions`
 	UpdateMask fieldmask.FieldMask `json:"-" url:"update_mask"`
 }
 
@@ -606,7 +611,9 @@ type UpdateKnowledgeSourceRequest struct {
 	// knowledge-assistants/{knowledge_assistant_id}/knowledge-sources/{knowledge_source_id}
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Comma-delimited list of fields to update on the Knowledge Source. Allowed
-	// values: `display_name`, `description`. Examples: - `display_name` -
-	// `display_name,description`
+	// values: `display_name`, `description`. Examples:
+	//
+	//   - `display_name`
+	//   - `display_name,description`
 	UpdateMask fieldmask.FieldMask `json:"-" url:"update_mask"`
 }
diff --git a/service/marketplace/api.go b/service/marketplace/api.go
index a6c8b1342..a76842a6c 100755
--- a/service/marketplace/api.go
+++ b/service/marketplace/api.go
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ type ConsumerFulfillmentsInterface interface {
 	// Get a high level preview of the metadata of listing installable content.
 	GetByListingId(ctx context.Context, listingId string) (*GetListingContentMetadataResponse, error)
 
-	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A _fulfillment_ is a
+	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A *fulfillment* is a
 	// potential installation. Standard installations contain metadata about the
 	// attached share or git repo. Only one of these fields will be present.
 	// Personalized installations contain metadata about the attached share or git
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ type ConsumerFulfillmentsInterface interface {
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListFulfillmentsRequest) listing.Iterator[ListingFulfillment]
 
-	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A _fulfillment_ is a
+	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A *fulfillment* is a
 	// potential installation. Standard installations contain metadata about the
 	// attached share or git repo. Only one of these fields will be present.
 	// Personalized installations contain metadata about the attached share or git
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ type ConsumerFulfillmentsInterface interface {
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListAll(ctx context.Context, request ListFulfillmentsRequest) ([]ListingFulfillment, error)
 
-	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A _fulfillment_ is a
+	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A *fulfillment* is a
 	// potential installation. Standard installations contain metadata about the
 	// attached share or git repo. Only one of these fields will be present.
 	// Personalized installations contain metadata about the attached share or git
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (a *ConsumerFulfillmentsAPI) GetByListingId(ctx context.Context, listingId
 	})
 }
 
-// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A _fulfillment_ is a
+// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A *fulfillment* is a
 // potential installation. Standard installations contain metadata about the
 // attached share or git repo. Only one of these fields will be present.
 // Personalized installations contain metadata about the attached share or git
@@ -120,9 +120,11 @@ type ConsumerInstallationsInterface interface {
 
 	// This is a update API that will update the part of the fields defined in the
 	// installation table as well as interact with external services according to
-	// the fields not included in the installation table 1. the token will be rotate
-	// if the rotateToken flag is true 2. the token will be forcibly rotate if the
-	// rotateToken flag is true and the tokenInfo field is empty
+	// the fields not included in the installation table
+	//
+	//  1. the token will be rotate if the rotateToken flag is true
+	//  2. the token will be forcibly rotate if the rotateToken flag is true and the
+	//     tokenInfo field is empty
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateInstallationRequest) (*UpdateInstallationResponse, error)
 }
 
diff --git a/service/marketplace/impl.go b/service/marketplace/impl.go
index 8784a4970..17a992c72 100755
--- a/service/marketplace/impl.go
+++ b/service/marketplace/impl.go
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (a *consumerFulfillmentsImpl) internalGet(ctx context.Context, request GetL
 	return &getListingContentMetadataResponse, err
 }
 
-// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A _fulfillment_ is a
+// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A *fulfillment* is a
 // potential installation. Standard installations contain metadata about the
 // attached share or git repo. Only one of these fields will be present.
 // Personalized installations contain metadata about the attached share or git
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ func (a *consumerFulfillmentsImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListFulfill
 	return iterator
 }
 
-// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A _fulfillment_ is a
+// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A *fulfillment* is a
 // potential installation. Standard installations contain metadata about the
 // attached share or git repo. Only one of these fields will be present.
 // Personalized installations contain metadata about the attached share or git
diff --git a/service/marketplace/interface.go b/service/marketplace/interface.go
index 48610cdf1..050b0e63a 100755
--- a/service/marketplace/interface.go
+++ b/service/marketplace/interface.go
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ type ConsumerFulfillmentsService interface {
 	// Get a high level preview of the metadata of listing installable content.
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetListingContentMetadataRequest) (*GetListingContentMetadataResponse, error)
 
-	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A _fulfillment_
+	// Get all listings fulfillments associated with a listing. A *fulfillment*
 	// is a potential installation. Standard installations contain metadata
 	// about the attached share or git repo. Only one of these fields will be
 	// present. Personalized installations contain metadata about the attached
@@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ type ConsumerInstallationsService interface {
 
 	// This is a update API that will update the part of the fields defined in
 	// the installation table as well as interact with external services
-	// according to the fields not included in the installation table 1. the
-	// token will be rotate if the rotateToken flag is true 2. the token will be
-	// forcibly rotate if the rotateToken flag is true and the tokenInfo field
-	// is empty
+	// according to the fields not included in the installation table
+	//
+	//  1. the token will be rotate if the rotateToken flag is true
+	//  2. the token will be forcibly rotate if the rotateToken flag is true and
+	//     the tokenInfo field is empty
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateInstallationRequest) (*UpdateInstallationResponse, error)
 }
 
diff --git a/service/marketplace/model.go b/service/marketplace/model.go
index 8c1db1fad..d817d5227 100755
--- a/service/marketplace/model.go
+++ b/service/marketplace/model.go
@@ -1515,10 +1515,12 @@ type ListingDetail struct {
 	// Listing tags - Simple key value pair to annotate listings. When should I
 	// use tags vs dedicated fields? Using tags avoids the need to add new
 	// columns in the database for new annotations. However, this should be used
-	// sparingly since tags are stored as key value pair. Use tags only: 1. If
-	// the field is optional and won't need to have NOT NULL integrity check 2.
-	// The value is fairly fixed, static and low cardinality (eg. enums). 3. The
-	// value won't be used in filters or joins with other tables.
+	// sparingly since tags are stored as key value pair. Use tags only:
+	//
+	//  1. If the field is optional and won't need to have NOT NULL integrity
+	//     check
+	//  2. The value is fairly fixed, static and low cardinality (eg. enums).
+	//  3. The value won't be used in filters or joins with other tables.
 	Tags []ListingTag `json:"tags,omitempty"`
 
 	TermsOfService string `json:"terms_of_service,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/ml/api.go b/service/ml/api.go
index 3e26199e2..956b0d6c4 100755
--- a/service/ml/api.go
+++ b/service/ml/api.go
@@ -123,8 +123,7 @@ type ExperimentsInterface interface {
 	// specified, the response contains only artifacts with the specified prefix. A
 	// maximum of 1000 artifacts will be retrieved for UC Volumes. Please call
 	// `/api/2.0/fs/directories{directory_path}` for listing artifacts in UC
-	// Volumes, which supports pagination. See [List directory contents | Files
-	// API](/api/workspace/files/listdirectorycontents).
+	// Volumes, which supports pagination. See List directory contents | Files API.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListArtifacts(ctx context.Context, request ListArtifactsRequest) listing.Iterator[FileInfo]
@@ -133,8 +132,7 @@ type ExperimentsInterface interface {
 	// specified, the response contains only artifacts with the specified prefix. A
 	// maximum of 1000 artifacts will be retrieved for UC Volumes. Please call
 	// `/api/2.0/fs/directories{directory_path}` for listing artifacts in UC
-	// Volumes, which supports pagination. See [List directory contents | Files
-	// API](/api/workspace/files/listdirectorycontents).
+	// Volumes, which supports pagination. See List directory contents | Files API.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListArtifactsAll(ctx context.Context, request ListArtifactsRequest) ([]FileInfo, error)
@@ -161,37 +159,36 @@ type ExperimentsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// The overwrite behavior for metrics, params, and tags is as follows:
 	//
-	// * Metrics: metric values are never overwritten. Logging a metric (key, value,
-	// timestamp) appends to the set of values for the metric with the provided key.
+	//   - Metrics: metric values are never overwritten. Logging a metric (key,
+	//     value, timestamp) appends to the set of values for the metric with the
+	//     provided key.
+	//   - Tags: tag values can be overwritten by successive writes to the same tag
+	//     key. That is, if multiple tag values with the same key are provided in
+	//     the same API request, the last-provided tag value is written. Logging the
+	//     same tag (key, value) is permitted. Specifically, logging a tag is
+	//     idempotent.
+	//   - Parameters: once written, param values cannot be changed (attempting to
+	//     overwrite a param value will result in an error). However, logging the
+	//     same param (key, value) is permitted. Specifically, logging a param is
+	//     idempotent.
 	//
-	// * Tags: tag values can be overwritten by successive writes to the same tag
-	// key. That is, if multiple tag values with the same key are provided in the
-	// same API request, the last-provided tag value is written. Logging the same
-	// tag (key, value) is permitted. Specifically, logging a tag is idempotent.
+	// # Request Limits
 	//
-	// * Parameters: once written, param values cannot be changed (attempting to
-	// overwrite a param value will result in an error). However, logging the same
-	// param (key, value) is permitted. Specifically, logging a param is idempotent.
+	// A single JSON-serialized API request may be up to 1 MB in size and contain:
 	//
-	// Request Limits ------------------------------- A single JSON-serialized API
-	// request may be up to 1 MB in size and contain:
-	//
-	// * No more than 1000 metrics, params, and tags in total
-	//
-	// * Up to 1000 metrics
-	//
-	// * Up to 100 params
-	//
-	// * Up to 100 tags
+	//   - No more than 1000 metrics, params, and tags in total
+	//   - Up to 1000 metrics
+	//   - Up to 100 params
+	//   - Up to 100 tags
 	//
 	// For example, a valid request might contain 900 metrics, 50 params, and 50
 	// tags, but logging 900 metrics, 50 params, and 51 tags is invalid.
 	//
 	// The following limits also apply to metric, param, and tag keys and values:
 	//
-	// * Metric keys, param keys, and tag keys can be up to 250 characters in length
-	//
-	// * Parameter and tag values can be up to 250 characters in length
+	//   - Metric keys, param keys, and tag keys can be up to 250 characters in
+	//     length
+	//   - Parameter and tag values can be up to 250 characters in length
 	LogBatch(ctx context.Context, request LogBatch) error
 
 	// Logs inputs, such as datasets and models, to an MLflow Run.
@@ -208,9 +205,7 @@ type ExperimentsInterface interface {
 	// that represent ML model accuracy. A metric can be logged multiple times.
 	LogMetric(ctx context.Context, request LogMetric) error
 
-	// **Note:** the [Create a logged
-	// model](/api/workspace/experiments/createloggedmodel) API replaces this
-	// endpoint.
+	// **Note:** the Create a logged model API replaces this endpoint.
 	//
 	// Log a model to an MLflow Run.
 	LogModel(ctx context.Context, request LogModel) error
@@ -860,13 +855,13 @@ type ModelRegistryInterface interface {
 	GetPermissionsByRegisteredModelId(ctx context.Context, registeredModelId string) (*RegisteredModelPermissions, error)
 
 	// Lists all available registered models, up to the limit specified in
-	// __max_results__.
+	// **max_results**.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListModels(ctx context.Context, request ListModelsRequest) listing.Iterator[Model]
 
 	// Lists all available registered models, up to the limit specified in
-	// __max_results__.
+	// **max_results**.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListModelsAll(ctx context.Context, request ListModelsRequest) ([]Model, error)
@@ -897,22 +892,22 @@ type ModelRegistryInterface interface {
 	// Renames a registered model.
 	RenameModel(ctx context.Context, request RenameModelRequest) (*RenameModelResponse, error)
 
-	// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied __filter__.
+	// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied **filter**.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	SearchModelVersions(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelVersionsRequest) listing.Iterator[ModelVersion]
 
-	// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied __filter__.
+	// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied **filter**.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	SearchModelVersionsAll(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelVersionsRequest) ([]ModelVersion, error)
 
-	// Search for registered models based on the specified __filter__.
+	// Search for registered models based on the specified **filter**.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	SearchModels(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelsRequest) listing.Iterator[Model]
 
-	// Search for registered models based on the specified __filter__.
+	// Search for registered models based on the specified **filter**.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	SearchModelsAll(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelsRequest) ([]Model, error)
@@ -964,10 +959,10 @@ func NewModelRegistry(client *client.DatabricksClient) *ModelRegistryAPI {
 }
 
 // Note: This API reference documents APIs for the Workspace Model Registry.
-// Databricks recommends using [Models in Unity
-// Catalog](/api/workspace/registeredmodels) instead. Models in Unity Catalog
-// provides centralized model governance, cross-workspace access, lineage, and
-// deployment. Workspace Model Registry will be deprecated in the future.
+// Databricks recommends using Models in Unity Catalog instead. Models in Unity
+// Catalog provides centralized model governance, cross-workspace access,
+// lineage, and deployment. Workspace Model Registry will be deprecated in the
+// future.
 //
 // The Workspace Model Registry is a centralized model repository and a UI and
 // set of APIs that enable you to manage the full lifecycle of MLflow Models.
diff --git a/service/ml/impl.go b/service/ml/impl.go
index 23f688b1a..aa1321197 100755
--- a/service/ml/impl.go
+++ b/service/ml/impl.go
@@ -296,8 +296,7 @@ func (a *experimentsImpl) GetRun(ctx context.Context, request GetRunRequest) (*G
 // specified, the response contains only artifacts with the specified prefix. A
 // maximum of 1000 artifacts will be retrieved for UC Volumes. Please call
 // `/api/2.0/fs/directories{directory_path}` for listing artifacts in UC
-// Volumes, which supports pagination. See [List directory contents | Files
-// API](/api/workspace/files/listdirectorycontents).
+// Volumes, which supports pagination. See List directory contents | Files API.
 func (a *experimentsImpl) ListArtifacts(ctx context.Context, request ListArtifactsRequest) listing.Iterator[FileInfo] {
 
 	getNextPage := func(ctx context.Context, req ListArtifactsRequest) (*ListArtifactsResponse, error) {
@@ -326,8 +325,7 @@ func (a *experimentsImpl) ListArtifacts(ctx context.Context, request ListArtifac
 // specified, the response contains only artifacts with the specified prefix. A
 // maximum of 1000 artifacts will be retrieved for UC Volumes. Please call
 // `/api/2.0/fs/directories{directory_path}` for listing artifacts in UC
-// Volumes, which supports pagination. See [List directory contents | Files
-// API](/api/workspace/files/listdirectorycontents).
+// Volumes, which supports pagination. See List directory contents | Files API.
 func (a *experimentsImpl) ListArtifactsAll(ctx context.Context, request ListArtifactsRequest) ([]FileInfo, error) {
 	iterator := a.ListArtifacts(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[FileInfo](ctx, iterator)
@@ -1795,7 +1793,7 @@ func (a *modelRegistryImpl) GetPermissions(ctx context.Context, request GetRegis
 }
 
 // Lists all available registered models, up to the limit specified in
-// __max_results__.
+// **max_results**.
 func (a *modelRegistryImpl) ListModels(ctx context.Context, request ListModelsRequest) listing.Iterator[Model] {
 
 	getNextPage := func(ctx context.Context, req ListModelsRequest) (*ListModelsResponse, error) {
@@ -1821,7 +1819,7 @@ func (a *modelRegistryImpl) ListModels(ctx context.Context, request ListModelsRe
 }
 
 // Lists all available registered models, up to the limit specified in
-// __max_results__.
+// **max_results**.
 func (a *modelRegistryImpl) ListModelsAll(ctx context.Context, request ListModelsRequest) ([]Model, error) {
 	iterator := a.ListModels(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[Model](ctx, iterator)
@@ -1955,7 +1953,7 @@ func (a *modelRegistryImpl) RenameModel(ctx context.Context, request RenameModel
 	return &renameModelResponse, err
 }
 
-// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied __filter__.
+// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied **filter**.
 func (a *modelRegistryImpl) SearchModelVersions(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelVersionsRequest) listing.Iterator[ModelVersion] {
 
 	getNextPage := func(ctx context.Context, req SearchModelVersionsRequest) (*SearchModelVersionsResponse, error) {
@@ -1980,7 +1978,7 @@ func (a *modelRegistryImpl) SearchModelVersions(ctx context.Context, request Sea
 	return iterator
 }
 
-// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied __filter__.
+// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied **filter**.
 func (a *modelRegistryImpl) SearchModelVersionsAll(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelVersionsRequest) ([]ModelVersion, error) {
 	iterator := a.SearchModelVersions(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[ModelVersion](ctx, iterator)
@@ -2000,7 +1998,7 @@ func (a *modelRegistryImpl) internalSearchModelVersions(ctx context.Context, req
 	return &searchModelVersionsResponse, err
 }
 
-// Search for registered models based on the specified __filter__.
+// Search for registered models based on the specified **filter**.
 func (a *modelRegistryImpl) SearchModels(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelsRequest) listing.Iterator[Model] {
 
 	getNextPage := func(ctx context.Context, req SearchModelsRequest) (*SearchModelsResponse, error) {
@@ -2025,7 +2023,7 @@ func (a *modelRegistryImpl) SearchModels(ctx context.Context, request SearchMode
 	return iterator
 }
 
-// Search for registered models based on the specified __filter__.
+// Search for registered models based on the specified **filter**.
 func (a *modelRegistryImpl) SearchModelsAll(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelsRequest) ([]Model, error) {
 	iterator := a.SearchModels(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[Model](ctx, iterator)
diff --git a/service/ml/interface.go b/service/ml/interface.go
index 11f2f3e4c..7e04950c5 100755
--- a/service/ml/interface.go
+++ b/service/ml/interface.go
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ type ExperimentsService interface {
 	// if specified, the response contains only artifacts with the specified
 	// prefix. A maximum of 1000 artifacts will be retrieved for UC Volumes.
 	// Please call `/api/2.0/fs/directories{directory_path}` for listing
-	// artifacts in UC Volumes, which supports pagination. See [List directory
-	// contents | Files API](/api/workspace/files/listdirectorycontents).
+	// artifacts in UC Volumes, which supports pagination. See List directory
+	// contents | Files API.
 	ListArtifacts(ctx context.Context, request ListArtifactsRequest) (*ListArtifactsResponse, error)
 
 	// Gets a list of all experiments.
@@ -125,31 +125,28 @@ type ExperimentsService interface {
 	//
 	// The overwrite behavior for metrics, params, and tags is as follows:
 	//
-	// * Metrics: metric values are never overwritten. Logging a metric (key,
-	// value, timestamp) appends to the set of values for the metric with the
-	// provided key.
+	//   - Metrics: metric values are never overwritten. Logging a metric (key,
+	//     value, timestamp) appends to the set of values for the metric with
+	//     the provided key.
+	//   - Tags: tag values can be overwritten by successive writes to the same
+	//     tag key. That is, if multiple tag values with the same key are
+	//     provided in the same API request, the last-provided tag value is
+	//     written. Logging the same tag (key, value) is permitted.
+	//     Specifically, logging a tag is idempotent.
+	//   - Parameters: once written, param values cannot be changed (attempting
+	//     to overwrite a param value will result in an error). However, logging
+	//     the same param (key, value) is permitted. Specifically, logging a
+	//     param is idempotent.
 	//
-	// * Tags: tag values can be overwritten by successive writes to the same
-	// tag key. That is, if multiple tag values with the same key are provided
-	// in the same API request, the last-provided tag value is written. Logging
-	// the same tag (key, value) is permitted. Specifically, logging a tag is
-	// idempotent.
+	// # Request Limits
 	//
-	// * Parameters: once written, param values cannot be changed (attempting to
-	// overwrite a param value will result in an error). However, logging the
-	// same param (key, value) is permitted. Specifically, logging a param is
-	// idempotent.
+	// A single JSON-serialized API request may be up to 1 MB in size and
+	// contain:
 	//
-	// Request Limits ------------------------------- A single JSON-serialized
-	// API request may be up to 1 MB in size and contain:
-	//
-	// * No more than 1000 metrics, params, and tags in total
-	//
-	// * Up to 1000 metrics
-	//
-	// * Up to 100 params
-	//
-	// * Up to 100 tags
+	//   - No more than 1000 metrics, params, and tags in total
+	//   - Up to 1000 metrics
+	//   - Up to 100 params
+	//   - Up to 100 tags
 	//
 	// For example, a valid request might contain 900 metrics, 50 params, and 50
 	// tags, but logging 900 metrics, 50 params, and 51 tags is invalid.
@@ -157,10 +154,9 @@ type ExperimentsService interface {
 	// The following limits also apply to metric, param, and tag keys and
 	// values:
 	//
-	// * Metric keys, param keys, and tag keys can be up to 250 characters in
-	// length
-	//
-	// * Parameter and tag values can be up to 250 characters in length
+	//   - Metric keys, param keys, and tag keys can be up to 250 characters in
+	//     length
+	//   - Parameter and tag values can be up to 250 characters in length
 	LogBatch(ctx context.Context, request LogBatch) error
 
 	// Logs inputs, such as datasets and models, to an MLflow Run.
@@ -178,9 +174,7 @@ type ExperimentsService interface {
 	// that represent ML model accuracy. A metric can be logged multiple times.
 	LogMetric(ctx context.Context, request LogMetric) error
 
-	// **Note:** the [Create a logged
-	// model](/api/workspace/experiments/createloggedmodel) API replaces this
-	// endpoint.
+	// **Note:** the Create a logged model API replaces this endpoint.
 	//
 	// Log a model to an MLflow Run.
 	LogModel(ctx context.Context, request LogModel) error
@@ -405,10 +399,10 @@ type MaterializedFeaturesService interface {
 }
 
 // Note: This API reference documents APIs for the Workspace Model Registry.
-// Databricks recommends using [Models in Unity
-// Catalog](/api/workspace/registeredmodels) instead. Models in Unity Catalog
-// provides centralized model governance, cross-workspace access, lineage, and
-// deployment. Workspace Model Registry will be deprecated in the future.
+// Databricks recommends using Models in Unity Catalog instead. Models in Unity
+// Catalog provides centralized model governance, cross-workspace access,
+// lineage, and deployment. Workspace Model Registry will be deprecated in the
+// future.
 //
 // The Workspace Model Registry is a centralized model repository and a UI and
 // set of APIs that enable you to manage the full lifecycle of MLflow Models.
@@ -483,7 +477,7 @@ type ModelRegistryService interface {
 	GetPermissions(ctx context.Context, request GetRegisteredModelPermissionsRequest) (*RegisteredModelPermissions, error)
 
 	// Lists all available registered models, up to the limit specified in
-	// __max_results__.
+	// **max_results**.
 	ListModels(ctx context.Context, request ListModelsRequest) (*ListModelsResponse, error)
 
 	// Gets a list of all open stage transition requests for the model version.
@@ -499,10 +493,10 @@ type ModelRegistryService interface {
 	// Renames a registered model.
 	RenameModel(ctx context.Context, request RenameModelRequest) (*RenameModelResponse, error)
 
-	// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied __filter__.
+	// Searches for specific model versions based on the supplied **filter**.
 	SearchModelVersions(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelVersionsRequest) (*SearchModelVersionsResponse, error)
 
-	// Search for registered models based on the specified __filter__.
+	// Search for registered models based on the specified **filter**.
 	SearchModels(ctx context.Context, request SearchModelsRequest) (*SearchModelsResponse, error)
 
 	// Sets a tag on a registered model.
diff --git a/service/ml/model.go b/service/ml/model.go
index 86aa0e6ae..750c72487 100755
--- a/service/ml/model.go
+++ b/service/ml/model.go
@@ -24,13 +24,10 @@ type Activity struct {
 	// Source stage of the transition (if the activity is stage transition
 	// related). Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	FromStage string `json:"from_stage,omitempty"`
 	// Unique identifier for the object.
 	Id string `json:"id,omitempty"`
@@ -44,13 +41,10 @@ type Activity struct {
 	// Target stage of the transition (if the activity is stage transition
 	// related). Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	ToStage string `json:"to_stage,omitempty"`
 	// The username of the user that created the object.
 	UserId string `json:"user_id,omitempty"`
@@ -69,16 +63,16 @@ func (s Activity) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 // An action that a user (with sufficient permissions) could take on an activity
 // or comment.
 //
-// For activities, valid values are: * `APPROVE_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Approve a
-// transition request
+// For activities, valid values are:
 //
-// * `REJECT_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Reject a transition request
+//   - `APPROVE_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Approve a transition request
+//   - `REJECT_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Reject a transition request
+//   - `CANCEL_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Cancel (delete) a transition request
 //
-// * `CANCEL_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Cancel (delete) a transition request
+// For comments, valid values are:
 //
-// For comments, valid values are: * `EDIT_COMMENT`: Edit the comment
-//
-// * `DELETE_COMMENT`: Delete the comment
+//   - `EDIT_COMMENT`: Edit the comment
+//   - `DELETE_COMMENT`: Delete the comment
 type ActivityAction string
 
 // Approve a transition request
@@ -130,19 +124,16 @@ func (f *ActivityAction) Type() string {
 	return "ActivityAction"
 }
 
-// Type of activity. Valid values are: * `APPLIED_TRANSITION`: User applied the
-// corresponding stage transition.
-//
-// * `REQUESTED_TRANSITION`: User requested the corresponding stage transition.
-//
-// * `CANCELLED_REQUEST`: User cancelled an existing transition request.
-//
-// * `APPROVED_REQUEST`: User approved the corresponding stage transition.
-//
-// * `REJECTED_REQUEST`: User rejected the coressponding stage transition.
+// Type of activity. Valid values are:
 //
-// * `SYSTEM_TRANSITION`: For events performed as a side effect, such as
-// archiving existing model versions in a stage.
+//   - `APPLIED_TRANSITION`: User applied the corresponding stage transition.
+//   - `REQUESTED_TRANSITION`: User requested the corresponding stage
+//     transition.
+//   - `CANCELLED_REQUEST`: User cancelled an existing transition request.
+//   - `APPROVED_REQUEST`: User approved the corresponding stage transition.
+//   - `REJECTED_REQUEST`: User rejected the coressponding stage transition.
+//   - `SYSTEM_TRANSITION`: For events performed as a side effect, such as
+//     archiving existing model versions in a stage.
 type ActivityType string
 
 // User applied the corresponding stage transition.
@@ -245,13 +236,10 @@ type ApproveTransitionRequest struct {
 	Name string `json:"name"`
 	// Target stage of the transition. Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	Stage string `json:"stage"`
 	// Version of the model.
 	Version string `json:"version"`
@@ -390,16 +378,16 @@ type ColumnSelection struct {
 // An action that a user (with sufficient permissions) could take on an activity
 // or comment.
 //
-// For activities, valid values are: * `APPROVE_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Approve a
-// transition request
+// For activities, valid values are:
 //
-// * `REJECT_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Reject a transition request
+//   - `APPROVE_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Approve a transition request
+//   - `REJECT_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Reject a transition request
+//   - `CANCEL_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Cancel (delete) a transition request
 //
-// * `CANCEL_TRANSITION_REQUEST`: Cancel (delete) a transition request
+// For comments, valid values are:
 //
-// For comments, valid values are: * `EDIT_COMMENT`: Edit the comment
-//
-// * `DELETE_COMMENT`: Delete the comment
+//   - `EDIT_COMMENT`: Edit the comment
+//   - `DELETE_COMMENT`: Delete the comment
 type CommentActivityAction string
 
 // Approve a transition request
@@ -600,9 +588,11 @@ type CreateForecastingExperimentRequest struct {
 	// Specifies the list of feature columns to include in model training. These
 	// columns must exist in the training data and be of type string, numerical,
 	// or boolean. If not specified, no additional features will be included.
-	// Note: Certain columns are automatically handled: - Automatically
-	// excluded: split_column, target_column, custom_weights_column. -
-	// Automatically included: time_column.
+	// Note: Certain columns are automatically handled:
+	//
+	//   - Automatically excluded: split_column, target_column,
+	//     custom_weights_column.
+	//   - Automatically included: time_column.
 	IncludeFeatures []string `json:"include_features,omitempty"`
 	// The maximum duration for the experiment in minutes. The experiment stops
 	// automatically if it exceeds this limit.
@@ -670,7 +660,7 @@ type CreateKafkaConfigRequest struct {
 type CreateLoggedModelRequest struct {
 	// The ID of the experiment that owns the model.
 	ExperimentId string `json:"experiment_id"`
-	// The type of the model, such as ``"Agent"``, ``"Classifier"``, ``"LLM"``.
+	// The type of the model, such as `"Agent"`, `"Classifier"`, `"LLM"`.
 	ModelType string `json:"model_type,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the model (optional). If not specified one will be generated.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
@@ -766,39 +756,31 @@ type CreateOnlineStoreRequest struct {
 type CreateRegistryWebhook struct {
 	// User-specified description for the webhook.
 	Description string `json:"description,omitempty"`
-	// Events that can trigger a registry webhook: * `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A
-	// new model version was created for the associated model.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
-	// changed.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
-	// stage be transitioned.
-	//
-	// * `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
-	//
-	// * `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
-	// event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which can
-	// be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
+	// Events that can trigger a registry webhook:
 	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to production.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was archived.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to production.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be archived.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A new model version was created for the
+	//     associated model.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
+	//     changed.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
+	//     stage be transitioned.
+	//   - `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
+	//   - `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
+	//     event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which
+	//     can be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to production.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was
+	//     archived.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to production.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be archived.
 	Events []RegistryWebhookEvent `json:"events"`
 	// External HTTPS URL called on event trigger (by using a POST request).
 	HttpUrlSpec *HttpUrlSpec `json:"http_url_spec,omitempty"`
@@ -809,13 +791,12 @@ type CreateRegistryWebhook struct {
 	// models.
 	ModelName string `json:"model_name,omitempty"`
 	// Enable or disable triggering the webhook, or put the webhook into test
-	// mode. The default is `ACTIVE`: * `ACTIVE`: Webhook is triggered when an
-	// associated event happens.
+	// mode. The default is `ACTIVE`:
 	//
-	// * `DISABLED`: Webhook is not triggered.
-	//
-	// * `TEST_MODE`: Webhook can be triggered through the test endpoint, but is
-	// not triggered on a real event.
+	//   - `ACTIVE`: Webhook is triggered when an associated event happens.
+	//   - `DISABLED`: Webhook is not triggered.
+	//   - `TEST_MODE`: Webhook can be triggered through the test endpoint, but
+	//     is not triggered on a real event.
 	Status RegistryWebhookStatus `json:"status,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -872,13 +853,10 @@ type CreateTransitionRequest struct {
 	Name string `json:"name"`
 	// Target stage of the transition. Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	Stage string `json:"stage"`
 	// Version of the model.
 	Version string `json:"version"`
@@ -1128,13 +1106,10 @@ type DeleteTransitionRequestRequest struct {
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"name"`
 	// Target stage of the transition request. Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	Stage string `json:"-" url:"stage"`
 	// Version of the model.
 	Version string `json:"-" url:"version"`
@@ -1592,9 +1567,9 @@ func (s FileInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 type FinalizeLoggedModelRequest struct {
 	// The ID of the logged model to finalize.
 	ModelId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
-	// Whether or not the model is ready for use.
-	// ``"LOGGED_MODEL_UPLOAD_FAILED"`` indicates that something went wrong when
-	// logging the model weights / agent code.
+	// Whether or not the model is ready for use. `"LOGGED_MODEL_UPLOAD_FAILED"`
+	// indicates that something went wrong when logging the model weights /
+	// agent code.
 	Status LoggedModelStatus `json:"status"`
 }
 
@@ -2335,8 +2310,8 @@ type ListArtifactsRequest struct {
 	// is not supported when listing artifacts in UC Volumes. A maximum of 1000
 	// artifacts will be retrieved for UC Volumes. Please call
 	// `/api/2.0/fs/directories{directory_path}` for listing artifacts in UC
-	// Volumes, which supports pagination. See [List directory contents | Files
-	// API](/api/workspace/files/listdirectorycontents).
+	// Volumes, which supports pagination. See List directory contents | Files
+	// API.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
 	// Filter artifacts matching this path (a relative path from the root
 	// artifact directory).
@@ -2675,11 +2650,12 @@ func (s ListStreamsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 // Response to a ListStreamsRequest.
 //
 // NOTE: Results are post-filtered by access permission on each stream's
-// ingestion table. This means: - Returned results may be fewer than page_size
-// (including zero) - Page token points to next unfiltered batch, not next
-// filtered batch, and may point to an item that will be filtered out Callers
-// should paginate until next_page_token is empty to retrieve all accessible
-// streams.
+// ingestion table. This means:
+//
+//   - Returned results may be fewer than page_size (including zero)
+//   - Page token points to next unfiltered batch, not next filtered batch, and
+//     may point to an item that will be filtered out Callers should paginate
+//     until next_page_token is empty to retrieve all accessible streams.
 type ListStreamsResponse struct {
 	// Pagination token to request the next page of results for this query.
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -2710,39 +2686,31 @@ type ListTransitionRequestsResponse struct {
 }
 
 type ListWebhooksRequest struct {
-	// Events that trigger the webhook. * `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A new model
-	// version was created for the associated model.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
-	// changed.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
-	// stage be transitioned.
-	//
-	// * `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
-	//
-	// * `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
-	// event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which can
-	// be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to production.
+	// Events that trigger the webhook.
 	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was archived.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to production.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be archived.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A new model version was created for the
+	//     associated model.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
+	//     changed.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
+	//     stage be transitioned.
+	//   - `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
+	//   - `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
+	//     event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which
+	//     can be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to production.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was
+	//     archived.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to production.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be archived.
 	//
 	// If `events` is specified, any webhook with one or more of the specified
 	// trigger events is included in the output. If `events` is not specified,
@@ -2922,7 +2890,7 @@ type LoggedModelInfo struct {
 	LastUpdatedTimestampMs int64 `json:"last_updated_timestamp_ms,omitempty"`
 	// The unique identifier for the logged model.
 	ModelId string `json:"model_id,omitempty"`
-	// The type of model, such as ``"Agent"``, ``"Classifier"``, ``"LLM"``.
+	// The type of model, such as `"Agent"`, `"Classifier"`, `"LLM"`.
 	ModelType string `json:"model_type,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the model.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
@@ -3347,13 +3315,13 @@ func (s ModelVersionDatabricks) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// The status of the model version. Valid values are: * `PENDING_REGISTRATION`:
-// Request to register a new model version is pending as server performs
-// background tasks.
-//
-// * `FAILED_REGISTRATION`: Request to register a new model version has failed.
+// The status of the model version. Valid values are:
 //
-// * `READY`: Model version is ready for use.
+//   - `PENDING_REGISTRATION`: Request to register a new model version is
+//     pending as server performs background tasks.
+//   - `FAILED_REGISTRATION`: Request to register a new model version has
+//     failed.
+//   - `READY`: Model version is ready for use.
 type ModelVersionStatus string
 
 // Request to register a new model version has failed.
@@ -3596,7 +3564,7 @@ func (s Param) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 // Permission level of the requesting user on the object. For what is allowed at
-// each level, see [MLflow Model permissions](..).
+// each level, see MLflow Model permissions.
 type PermissionLevel string
 
 const PermissionLevelCanCreateRegisteredModel PermissionLevel = `CAN_CREATE_REGISTERED_MODEL`
@@ -3871,9 +3839,11 @@ type RegisteredModelPermissionsRequest struct {
 
 // .. note:: Experimental: This entity may change or be removed in a future
 // release without warning. Email subscription types for registry notifications:
-// - `ALL_EVENTS`: Subscribed to all events. - `DEFAULT`: Default subscription
-// type. - `SUBSCRIBED`: Subscribed to notifications. - `UNSUBSCRIBED`: Not
-// subscribed to notifications.
+//
+//   - `ALL_EVENTS`: Subscribed to all events.
+//   - `DEFAULT`: Default subscription type.
+//   - `SUBSCRIBED`: Subscribed to notifications.
+//   - `UNSUBSCRIBED`: Not subscribed to notifications.
 type RegistryEmailSubscriptionType string
 
 // Subscribed to all events.
@@ -3926,39 +3896,31 @@ type RegistryWebhook struct {
 	CreationTimestamp int64 `json:"creation_timestamp,omitempty"`
 	// User-specified description for the webhook.
 	Description string `json:"description,omitempty"`
-	// Events that can trigger a registry webhook: * `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A
-	// new model version was created for the associated model.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
-	// changed.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
-	// stage be transitioned.
-	//
-	// * `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
-	//
-	// * `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
-	// event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which can
-	// be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
+	// Events that can trigger a registry webhook:
 	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to production.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was archived.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to production.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be archived.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A new model version was created for the
+	//     associated model.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
+	//     changed.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
+	//     stage be transitioned.
+	//   - `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
+	//   - `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
+	//     event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which
+	//     can be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to production.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was
+	//     archived.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to production.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be archived.
 	Events []RegistryWebhookEvent `json:"events,omitempty"`
 
 	HttpUrlSpec *HttpUrlSpecWithoutSecret `json:"http_url_spec,omitempty"`
@@ -4052,13 +4014,12 @@ func (f *RegistryWebhookEvent) Type() string {
 }
 
 // Enable or disable triggering the webhook, or put the webhook into test mode.
-// The default is `ACTIVE`: * `ACTIVE`: Webhook is triggered when an associated
-// event happens.
-//
-// * `DISABLED`: Webhook is not triggered.
+// The default is `ACTIVE`:
 //
-// * `TEST_MODE`: Webhook can be triggered through the test endpoint, but is not
-// triggered on a real event.
+//   - `ACTIVE`: Webhook is triggered when an associated event happens.
+//   - `DISABLED`: Webhook is not triggered.
+//   - `TEST_MODE`: Webhook can be triggered through the test endpoint, but is
+//     not triggered on a real event.
 type RegistryWebhookStatus string
 
 // Webhook is triggered when an associated event happens.
@@ -4112,13 +4073,10 @@ type RejectTransitionRequest struct {
 	Name string `json:"name"`
 	// Target stage of the transition. Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	Stage string `json:"stage"`
 	// Version of the model.
 	Version string `json:"version"`
@@ -4260,8 +4218,8 @@ type RunData struct {
 type RunInfo struct {
 	// URI of the directory where artifacts should be uploaded. This can be a
 	// local path (starting with "/"), or a distributed file system (DFS) path,
-	// like ``s3://bucket/directory`` or ``dbfs:/my/directory``. If not set, the
-	// local ``./mlruns`` directory is chosen.
+	// like `s3://bucket/directory` or `dbfs:/my/directory`. If not set, the
+	// local `./mlruns` directory is chosen.
 	ArtifactUri string `json:"artifact_uri,omitempty"`
 	// Unix timestamp of when the run ended in milliseconds.
 	EndTime int64 `json:"end_time,omitempty"`
@@ -4517,15 +4475,15 @@ func (s SearchLoggedModelsDataset) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 type SearchLoggedModelsOrderBy struct {
 	// Whether the search results order is ascending or not.
 	Ascending bool `json:"ascending,omitempty"`
-	// If ``field_name`` refers to a metric, this field specifies the digest of
+	// If `field_name` refers to a metric, this field specifies the digest of
 	// the dataset associated with the metric. Only metrics associated with the
 	// specified dataset name and digest will be considered for ordering. This
-	// field may only be set if ``dataset_name`` is also set.
+	// field may only be set if `dataset_name` is also set.
 	DatasetDigest string `json:"dataset_digest,omitempty"`
-	// If ``field_name`` refers to a metric, this field specifies the name of
-	// the dataset associated with the metric. Only metrics associated with the
+	// If `field_name` refers to a metric, this field specifies the name of the
+	// dataset associated with the metric. Only metrics associated with the
 	// specified dataset name will be considered for ordering. This field may
-	// only be set if ``field_name`` refers to a metric.
+	// only be set if `field_name` refers to a metric.
 	DatasetName string `json:"dataset_name,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the field to order by, e.g. "metrics.accuracy".
 	FieldName string `json:"field_name"`
@@ -4555,7 +4513,7 @@ type SearchLoggedModelsRequest struct {
 	// a subset of logged models. The syntax is a subset of SQL that supports
 	// AND'ing together binary operations.
 	//
-	// Example: ``params.alpha < 0.3 AND metrics.accuracy > 0.9``.
+	// Example: `params.alpha < 0.3 AND metrics.accuracy > 0.9`.
 	Filter string `json:"filter,omitempty"`
 	// The maximum number of Logged Models to return. The maximum limit is 50.
 	MaxResults int `json:"max_results,omitempty"`
@@ -4825,13 +4783,13 @@ type SlidingWindow struct {
 	WindowDuration string `json:"window_duration"`
 }
 
-// The status of the model version. Valid values are: * `PENDING_REGISTRATION`:
-// Request to register a new model version is pending as server performs
-// background tasks.
+// The status of the model version. Valid values are:
 //
-// * `FAILED_REGISTRATION`: Request to register a new model version has failed.
-//
-// * `READY`: Model version is ready for use.
+//   - `PENDING_REGISTRATION`: Request to register a new model version is
+//     pending as server performs background tasks.
+//   - `FAILED_REGISTRATION`: Request to register a new model version has
+//     failed.
+//   - `READY`: Model version is ready for use.
 type Status string
 
 // Request to register a new model version has failed.
@@ -5130,13 +5088,10 @@ type TransitionModelVersionStageDatabricks struct {
 	Name string `json:"name"`
 	// Target stage of the transition. Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	Stage string `json:"stage"`
 	// Version of the model.
 	Version string `json:"version"`
@@ -5166,13 +5121,10 @@ type TransitionRequest struct {
 	// Target stage of the transition (if the activity is stage transition
 	// related). Valid values are:
 	//
-	// * `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
-	//
-	// * `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Production`: Production stage.
-	//
-	// * `Archived`: Archived stage.
+	//   - `None`: The initial stage of a model version.
+	//   - `Staging`: Staging or pre-production stage.
+	//   - `Production`: Production stage.
+	//   - `Archived`: Archived stage.
 	ToStage string `json:"to_stage,omitempty"`
 	// The username of the user that created the object.
 	UserId string `json:"user_id,omitempty"`
@@ -5345,39 +5297,31 @@ type UpdateOnlineStoreRequest struct {
 type UpdateRegistryWebhook struct {
 	// User-specified description for the webhook.
 	Description string `json:"description,omitempty"`
-	// Events that can trigger a registry webhook: * `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A
-	// new model version was created for the associated model.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
-	// changed.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
-	// stage be transitioned.
-	//
-	// * `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
-	//
-	// * `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
-	// event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which can
-	// be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
-	// transitioned to production.
-	//
-	// * `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was archived.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to staging.
-	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be transitioned to production.
+	// Events that can trigger a registry webhook:
 	//
-	// * `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
-	// version be archived.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_CREATED`: A new model version was created for the
+	//     associated model.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_STAGE`: A model version’s stage was
+	//     changed.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_CREATED`: A user requested a model version’s
+	//     stage be transitioned.
+	//   - `COMMENT_CREATED`: A user wrote a comment on a registered model.
+	//   - `REGISTERED_MODEL_CREATED`: A new registered model was created. This
+	//     event type can only be specified for a registry-wide webhook, which
+	//     can be created by not specifying a model name in the create request.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TAG_SET`: A user set a tag on the model version.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_STAGING`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_PRODUCTION`: A model version was
+	//     transitioned to production.
+	//   - `MODEL_VERSION_TRANSITIONED_TO_ARCHIVED`: A model version was
+	//     archived.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_STAGING_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to staging.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_PRODUCTION_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be transitioned to production.
+	//   - `TRANSITION_REQUEST_TO_ARCHIVED_CREATED`: A user requested a model
+	//     version be archived.
 	Events []RegistryWebhookEvent `json:"events,omitempty"`
 
 	HttpUrlSpec *HttpUrlSpec `json:"http_url_spec,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/oauth2/api.go b/service/oauth2/api.go
index 79685232b..ae74525ef 100755
--- a/service/oauth2/api.go
+++ b/service/oauth2/api.go
@@ -64,32 +64,43 @@ func NewAccountFederationPolicy(client *client.DatabricksClient) *AccountFederat
 // account.
 //
 // Token federation is configured in your Databricks account using an account
-// federation policy. An account federation policy specifies: * which IdP, or
-// issuer, your Databricks account should accept tokens from * how to determine
-// which Databricks user, or subject, a token is issued for
+// federation policy. An account federation policy specifies:
 //
-// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following: * The required
-// token __issuer__, as specified in the “iss” claim of your tokens. The
-// issuer is an https URL that identifies your IdP. * The allowed token
-// __audiences__, as specified in the “aud” claim of your tokens. This
-// identifier is intended to represent the recipient of the token. As long as
-// the audience in the token matches at least one audience in the policy, the
-// token is considered a match. If unspecified, the default value is your
-// Databricks account id. * The __subject claim__, which indicates which token
-// claim contains the Databricks username of the user the token was issued for.
-// If unspecified, the default value is “sub”. * Optionally, the public keys
-// used to validate the signature of your tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified
-// (recommended), Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from your
-// issuer’s well known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on
-// your issuer’s well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
+//   - which IdP, or issuer, your Databricks account should accept tokens from
+//   - how to determine which Databricks user, or subject, a token is issued for
 //
-// An example federation policy is: ``` issuer: "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc"
-// audiences: ["databricks"] subject_claim: "sub" ```
+// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following:
+//
+//   - The required token **issuer**, as specified in the “iss” claim of
+//     your tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies your IdP.
+//   - The allowed token **audiences**, as specified in the “aud” claim of
+//     your tokens. This identifier is intended to represent the recipient of
+//     the token. As long as the audience in the token matches at least one
+//     audience in the policy, the token is considered a match. If unspecified,
+//     the default value is your Databricks account id.
+//   - The **subject claim**, which indicates which token claim contains the
+//     Databricks username of the user the token was issued for. If unspecified,
+//     the default value is “sub”.
+//   - Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature of your
+//     tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified (recommended), Databricks
+//     automatically fetches the public keys from your issuer’s well known
+//     endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on your issuer’s well
+//     known endpoint for discovering public keys.
+//
+// An example federation policy is:
+//
+//	issuer: "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc"
+//	audiences: ["databricks"]
+//	subject_claim: "sub"
 //
 // An example JWT token body that matches this policy and could be used to
-// authenticate to Databricks as user `username@mycompany.com` is: ``` { "iss":
-// "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc", "aud": "databricks", "sub":
-// "username@mycompany.com" } ```
+// authenticate to Databricks as user `username@mycompany.com` is:
+//
+//	{
+//	"iss": "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc",
+//	"aud": "databricks",
+//	"sub": "username@mycompany.com"
+//	}
 //
 // You may also need to configure your IdP to generate tokens for your users to
 // exchange with Databricks, if your users do not already have the ability to
@@ -344,36 +355,47 @@ func NewServicePrincipalFederationPolicy(client *client.DatabricksClient) *Servi
 //
 // Workload identity federation is configured in your Databricks account using a
 // service principal federation policy. A service principal federation policy
-// specifies: * which IdP, or issuer, the service principal is allowed to
-// authenticate from * which workload identity, or subject, is allowed to
-// authenticate as the Databricks service principal
+// specifies:
 //
-// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following: * The required
-// token __issuer__, as specified in the “iss” claim of workload identity
-// tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies the workload identity
-// provider. * The required token __subject__, as specified in the “sub”
-// claim of workload identity tokens. The subject uniquely identifies the
-// workload in the workload runtime environment. * The allowed token
-// __audiences__, as specified in the “aud” claim of workload identity
-// tokens. The audience is intended to represent the recipient of the token. As
-// long as the audience in the token matches at least one audience in the
-// policy, the token is considered a match. If unspecified, the default value is
-// your Databricks account id. * Optionally, the public keys used to validate
-// the signature of the workload identity tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified
-// (recommended), Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from the
-// issuer’s well known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on the
-// issuer’s well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
+//   - which IdP, or issuer, the service principal is allowed to authenticate
+//     from
+//   - which workload identity, or subject, is allowed to authenticate as the
+//     Databricks service principal
+//
+// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following:
+//
+//   - The required token **issuer**, as specified in the “iss” claim of
+//     workload identity tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies the
+//     workload identity provider.
+//   - The required token **subject**, as specified in the “sub” claim of
+//     workload identity tokens. The subject uniquely identifies the workload in
+//     the workload runtime environment.
+//   - The allowed token **audiences**, as specified in the “aud” claim of
+//     workload identity tokens. The audience is intended to represent the
+//     recipient of the token. As long as the audience in the token matches at
+//     least one audience in the policy, the token is considered a match. If
+//     unspecified, the default value is your Databricks account id.
+//   - Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature of the
+//     workload identity tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified (recommended),
+//     Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from the issuer’s well
+//     known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on the issuer’s
+//     well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
 //
 // An example service principal federation policy, for a Github Actions
-// workload, is: ``` issuer: "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com"
-// audiences: ["https://github.com/my-github-org"] subject:
-// "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod" ```
+// workload, is:
+//
+//	issuer: "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com"
+//	audiences: ["https://github.com/my-github-org"]
+//	subject: "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod"
 //
 // An example JWT token body that matches this policy and could be used to
-// authenticate to Databricks is: ``` { "iss":
-// "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com", "aud":
-// "https://github.com/my-github-org", "sub":
-// "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod" } ```
+// authenticate to Databricks is:
+//
+//	{
+//	"iss": "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com",
+//	"aud": "https://github.com/my-github-org",
+//	"sub": "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod"
+//	}
 //
 // You may also need to configure the workload runtime to generate tokens for
 // your workloads.
diff --git a/service/oauth2/interface.go b/service/oauth2/interface.go
index dd27b4797..198d810b3 100755
--- a/service/oauth2/interface.go
+++ b/service/oauth2/interface.go
@@ -21,32 +21,43 @@ import (
 // account.
 //
 // Token federation is configured in your Databricks account using an account
-// federation policy. An account federation policy specifies: * which IdP, or
-// issuer, your Databricks account should accept tokens from * how to determine
-// which Databricks user, or subject, a token is issued for
-//
-// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following: * The required
-// token __issuer__, as specified in the “iss” claim of your tokens. The
-// issuer is an https URL that identifies your IdP. * The allowed token
-// __audiences__, as specified in the “aud” claim of your tokens. This
-// identifier is intended to represent the recipient of the token. As long as
-// the audience in the token matches at least one audience in the policy, the
-// token is considered a match. If unspecified, the default value is your
-// Databricks account id. * The __subject claim__, which indicates which token
-// claim contains the Databricks username of the user the token was issued for.
-// If unspecified, the default value is “sub”. * Optionally, the public keys
-// used to validate the signature of your tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified
-// (recommended), Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from your
-// issuer’s well known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on
-// your issuer’s well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
-//
-// An example federation policy is: ``` issuer: "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc"
-// audiences: ["databricks"] subject_claim: "sub" ```
+// federation policy. An account federation policy specifies:
+//
+//   - which IdP, or issuer, your Databricks account should accept tokens from
+//   - how to determine which Databricks user, or subject, a token is issued for
+//
+// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following:
+//
+//   - The required token **issuer**, as specified in the “iss” claim of
+//     your tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies your IdP.
+//   - The allowed token **audiences**, as specified in the “aud” claim of
+//     your tokens. This identifier is intended to represent the recipient of
+//     the token. As long as the audience in the token matches at least one
+//     audience in the policy, the token is considered a match. If unspecified,
+//     the default value is your Databricks account id.
+//   - The **subject claim**, which indicates which token claim contains the
+//     Databricks username of the user the token was issued for. If unspecified,
+//     the default value is “sub”.
+//   - Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature of your
+//     tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified (recommended), Databricks
+//     automatically fetches the public keys from your issuer’s well known
+//     endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on your issuer’s well
+//     known endpoint for discovering public keys.
+//
+// An example federation policy is:
+//
+//	issuer: "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc"
+//	audiences: ["databricks"]
+//	subject_claim: "sub"
 //
 // An example JWT token body that matches this policy and could be used to
-// authenticate to Databricks as user `username@mycompany.com` is: ``` { "iss":
-// "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc", "aud": "databricks", "sub":
-// "username@mycompany.com" } ```
+// authenticate to Databricks as user `username@mycompany.com` is:
+//
+//	{
+//	"iss": "https://idp.mycompany.com/oidc",
+//	"aud": "databricks",
+//	"sub": "username@mycompany.com"
+//	}
 //
 // You may also need to configure your IdP to generate tokens for your users to
 // exchange with Databricks, if your users do not already have the ability to
@@ -164,36 +175,47 @@ type PublishedAppIntegrationService interface {
 //
 // Workload identity federation is configured in your Databricks account using a
 // service principal federation policy. A service principal federation policy
-// specifies: * which IdP, or issuer, the service principal is allowed to
-// authenticate from * which workload identity, or subject, is allowed to
-// authenticate as the Databricks service principal
-//
-// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following: * The required
-// token __issuer__, as specified in the “iss” claim of workload identity
-// tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies the workload identity
-// provider. * The required token __subject__, as specified in the “sub”
-// claim of workload identity tokens. The subject uniquely identifies the
-// workload in the workload runtime environment. * The allowed token
-// __audiences__, as specified in the “aud” claim of workload identity
-// tokens. The audience is intended to represent the recipient of the token. As
-// long as the audience in the token matches at least one audience in the
-// policy, the token is considered a match. If unspecified, the default value is
-// your Databricks account id. * Optionally, the public keys used to validate
-// the signature of the workload identity tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified
-// (recommended), Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from the
-// issuer’s well known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on the
-// issuer’s well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
+// specifies:
+//
+//   - which IdP, or issuer, the service principal is allowed to authenticate
+//     from
+//   - which workload identity, or subject, is allowed to authenticate as the
+//     Databricks service principal
+//
+// To configure a federation policy, you provide the following:
+//
+//   - The required token **issuer**, as specified in the “iss” claim of
+//     workload identity tokens. The issuer is an https URL that identifies the
+//     workload identity provider.
+//   - The required token **subject**, as specified in the “sub” claim of
+//     workload identity tokens. The subject uniquely identifies the workload in
+//     the workload runtime environment.
+//   - The allowed token **audiences**, as specified in the “aud” claim of
+//     workload identity tokens. The audience is intended to represent the
+//     recipient of the token. As long as the audience in the token matches at
+//     least one audience in the policy, the token is considered a match. If
+//     unspecified, the default value is your Databricks account id.
+//   - Optionally, the public keys used to validate the signature of the
+//     workload identity tokens, in JWKS format. If unspecified (recommended),
+//     Databricks automatically fetches the public keys from the issuer’s well
+//     known endpoint. Databricks strongly recommends relying on the issuer’s
+//     well known endpoint for discovering public keys.
 //
 // An example service principal federation policy, for a Github Actions
-// workload, is: ``` issuer: "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com"
-// audiences: ["https://github.com/my-github-org"] subject:
-// "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod" ```
+// workload, is:
+//
+//	issuer: "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com"
+//	audiences: ["https://github.com/my-github-org"]
+//	subject: "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod"
 //
 // An example JWT token body that matches this policy and could be used to
-// authenticate to Databricks is: ``` { "iss":
-// "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com", "aud":
-// "https://github.com/my-github-org", "sub":
-// "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod" } ```
+// authenticate to Databricks is:
+//
+//	{
+//	"iss": "https://token.actions.githubusercontent.com",
+//	"aud": "https://github.com/my-github-org",
+//	"sub": "repo:my-github-org/my-repo:environment:prod"
+//	}
 //
 // You may also need to configure the workload runtime to generate tokens for
 // your workloads.
diff --git a/service/pipelines/api.go b/service/pipelines/api.go
index 25754e9af..e4135ab40 100755
--- a/service/pipelines/api.go
+++ b/service/pipelines/api.go
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ type PipelinesInterface interface {
 	WaitGetPipelineIdle(ctx context.Context, pipelineId string,
 		timeout time.Duration, callback func(*GetPipelineResponse)) (*GetPipelineResponse, error)
 
-	// * Applies the current pipeline environment onto the pipeline compute. The
+	// Applies the current pipeline environment onto the pipeline compute. The
 	// environment applied can be used by subsequent dev-mode updates.
 	ApplyEnvironment(ctx context.Context, request ApplyEnvironmentRequest) (*ApplyEnvironmentRequestResponse, error)
 
diff --git a/service/pipelines/interface.go b/service/pipelines/interface.go
index 09f28ad7c..f5497cb42 100755
--- a/service/pipelines/interface.go
+++ b/service/pipelines/interface.go
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ import (
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type PipelinesService interface {
 
-	// * Applies the current pipeline environment onto the pipeline compute. The
+	// Applies the current pipeline environment onto the pipeline compute. The
 	// environment applied can be used by subsequent dev-mode updates.
 	ApplyEnvironment(ctx context.Context, request ApplyEnvironmentRequest) (*ApplyEnvironmentRequestResponse, error)
 
diff --git a/service/pipelines/model.go b/service/pipelines/model.go
index 6a689d0a1..47d09a313 100755
--- a/service/pipelines/model.go
+++ b/service/pipelines/model.go
@@ -515,8 +515,9 @@ func (s DeletePipelineRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// The deployment method that manages the pipeline: - BUNDLE: The pipeline is
-// managed by a Databricks Asset Bundle.
+// The deployment method that manages the pipeline:
+//
+//   - BUNDLE: The pipeline is managed by a Databricks Asset Bundle.
 type DeploymentKind string
 
 const DeploymentKindBundle DeploymentKind = `BUNDLE`
@@ -1314,10 +1315,13 @@ type IngestionPipelineDefinitionWorkdayReportParametersQueryKeyValue struct {
 	// Key for the report parameter, can be a column name or other metadata
 	Key string `json:"key,omitempty"`
 	// Value for the report parameter. Possible values it can take are these sql
-	// functions: 1. coalesce(current_offset(), date("YYYY-MM-DD")) -> if
-	// current_offset() is null, then the passed date, else current_offset() 2.
-	// current_date() 3. date_sub(current_date(), x) -> subtract x (some
-	// non-negative integer) days from current date
+	// functions:
+	//
+	//  1. coalesce(current_offset(), date("YYYY-MM-DD")) -> if current_offset()
+	//     is null, then the passed date, else current_offset()
+	//  2. current_date()
+	//  3. date_sub(current_date(), x) -> subtract x (some non-negative integer)
+	//     days from current date
 	Value string `json:"value,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -1488,9 +1492,12 @@ func (s KafkaOptions) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListPipelineEventsRequest struct {
 	// Criteria to select a subset of results, expressed using a SQL-like
-	// syntax. The supported filters are: 1. level='INFO' (or WARN or ERROR) 2.
-	// level in ('INFO', 'WARN') 3. id='[event-id]' 4. timestamp > 'TIMESTAMP'
-	// (or >=,<,<=,=)
+	// syntax. The supported filters are:
+	//
+	//  1. level='INFO' (or WARN or ERROR)
+	//  2. level in ('INFO', 'WARN')
+	//  3. id='[event-id]'
+	//  4. timestamp > 'TIMESTAMP' (or >=,<,<=,=)
 	//
 	// Composite expressions are supported, for example: level in ('ERROR',
 	// 'WARN') AND timestamp> '2021-07-22T06:37:33.083Z'
@@ -1545,10 +1552,11 @@ type ListPipelinesRequest struct {
 	// Select a subset of results based on the specified criteria. The supported
 	// filters are:
 	//
-	// * `notebook='<path>'` to select pipelines that reference the provided
-	// notebook path. * `name LIKE '[pattern]'` to select pipelines with a name
-	// that matches pattern. Wildcards are supported, for example: `name LIKE
-	// '%shopping%'`
+	//   - `notebook='<path>'` to select pipelines that reference the provided
+	//     notebook path.
+	//   - `name LIKE '[pattern]'` to select pipelines with a name that matches
+	//     pattern. Wildcards are supported, for example: `name LIKE
+	//     '%shopping%'`
 	//
 	// Composite filters are not supported. This field is optional.
 	Filter string `json:"-" url:"filter,omitempty"`
@@ -1738,10 +1746,11 @@ type Notifications struct {
 	// A list of alerts that trigger the sending of notifications to the
 	// configured destinations. The supported alerts are:
 	//
-	// * `on-update-success`: A pipeline update completes successfully. *
-	// `on-update-failure`: Each time a pipeline update fails. *
-	// `on-update-fatal-failure`: A pipeline update fails with a non-retryable
-	// (fatal) error. * `on-flow-failure`: A single data flow fails.
+	//   - `on-update-success`: A pipeline update completes successfully.
+	//   - `on-update-failure`: Each time a pipeline update fails.
+	//   - `on-update-fatal-failure`: A pipeline update fails with a
+	//     non-retryable (fatal) error.
+	//   - `on-flow-failure`: A single data flow fails.
 	Alerts []string `json:"alerts,omitempty"`
 	// A list of email addresses notified when a configured alert is triggered.
 	EmailRecipients []string `json:"email_recipients,omitempty"`
@@ -2053,10 +2062,9 @@ type PipelineCluster struct {
 	// resources (e.g., AWS instances and EBS volumes) with these tags in
 	// addition to `default_tags`. Notes:
 	//
-	// - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
-	//
-	// - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
-	// subset of the cluster tags
+	//   - Currently, Databricks allows at most 45 custom tags
+	//   - Clusters can only reuse cloud resources if the resources' tags are a
+	//     subset of the cluster tags
 	CustomTags map[string]string `json:"custom_tags,omitempty"`
 	// The optional ID of the instance pool for the driver of the cluster
 	// belongs. The pool cluster uses the instance pool with id
diff --git a/service/postgres/model.go b/service/postgres/model.go
index 5a277a647..f591d9fe7 100755
--- a/service/postgres/model.go
+++ b/service/postgres/model.go
@@ -425,9 +425,10 @@ type CreateSyncedTableRequest struct {
 	//
 	// synced_table_id represents both of the following:
 	//
-	// 1. An online VIEW virtual table in the Unity Catalog accessible via the
-	// Lakehouse Federation. 2. Postgres table named "{table}" in schema
-	// "{schema}" in the connected Postgres database
+	//  1. An online VIEW virtual table in the Unity Catalog accessible via the
+	//     Lakehouse Federation.
+	//  2. Postgres table named "{table}" in schema "{schema}" in the connected
+	//     Postgres database
 	SyncedTableId string `json:"-" url:"synced_table_id"`
 }
 
@@ -2029,21 +2030,24 @@ type RoleRoleSpec struct {
 	// Controls how the Postgres role authenticates when a client opens a
 	// database connection. Supported values:
 	//
-	// * LAKEBASE_OAUTH_V1: the role authenticates by presenting a Databricks
-	// OAuth access token derived from the backing managed identity (the
-	// Databricks user, service principal, or group named by the role's
-	// `postgres_role`). No static password exists for roles using this method.
-	// * PG_PASSWORD_SCRAM_SHA_256: the role authenticates with a Postgres
-	// password verified server-side using the SCRAM-SHA-256 mechanism. Lakebase
-	// generates a password for the role. * NO_LOGIN: the role cannot open a
-	// Postgres session at all. Useful for roles that exist only to own objects
-	// or to aggregate privileges that are then granted to other, loginable
-	// roles.
+	//   - LAKEBASE_OAUTH_V1: the role authenticates by presenting a Databricks
+	//     OAuth access token derived from the backing managed identity (the
+	//     Databricks user, service principal, or group named by the role's
+	//     `postgres_role`). No static password exists for roles using this
+	//     method.
+	//   - PG_PASSWORD_SCRAM_SHA_256: the role authenticates with a Postgres
+	//     password verified server-side using the SCRAM-SHA-256 mechanism.
+	//     Lakebase generates a password for the role.
+	//   - NO_LOGIN: the role cannot open a Postgres session at all. Useful for
+	//     roles that exist only to own objects or to aggregate privileges that
+	//     are then granted to other, loginable roles.
 	//
 	// If auth_method is left unspecified, a meaningful authentication method is
-	// derived from the identity_type: * For the managed identities, OAUTH is
-	// used. * For the regular postgres roles, authentication based on postgres
-	// passwords is used.
+	// derived from the identity_type:
+	//
+	//   - For the managed identities, OAUTH is used.
+	//   - For the regular postgres roles, authentication based on postgres
+	//     passwords is used.
 	//
 	// NOTE: for the Databricks identity type GROUP, LAKEBASE_OAUTH_V1 is the
 	// default auth method (group can login as well).
@@ -2051,8 +2055,9 @@ type RoleRoleSpec struct {
 	// The type of role. When specifying a managed-identity, the chosen role_id
 	// must be a valid:
 	//
-	// * application ID for SERVICE_PRINCIPAL * user email for USER * group name
-	// for GROUP
+	//   - application ID for SERVICE_PRINCIPAL
+	//   - user email for USER
+	//   - group name for GROUP
 	IdentityType RoleIdentityType `json:"identity_type,omitempty"`
 	// An enum value for a standard role that this role is a member of.
 	MembershipRoles []RoleMembershipRole `json:"membership_roles,omitempty"`
@@ -2066,8 +2071,9 @@ type RoleRoleSpec struct {
 	// If you wish to create a Postgres Role backed by a managed Databricks
 	// identity, then postgres_role must be one of the following:
 	//
-	// 1. user email for IdentityType.USER 2. app ID for
-	// IdentityType.SERVICE_PRINCIPAL 2. group name for IdentityType.GROUP
+	//  1. user email for IdentityType.USER
+	//  2. app ID for IdentityType.SERVICE_PRINCIPAL
+	//  3. group name for IdentityType.GROUP
 	PostgresRole string `json:"postgres_role,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -2300,9 +2306,9 @@ type SyncedTableSyncedTableSpec struct {
 	//
 	// For the corresponding destination table, use any of the two:
 	//
-	// * synced_table_id used at the creation of the SyncedTable * "name"
-	// consisting of "synced_tables/" prefix and the full name of the
-	// destination table.
+	//   - synced_table_id used at the creation of the SyncedTable
+	//   - "name" consisting of "synced_tables/" prefix and the full name of the
+	//     destination table.
 	SourceTableFullName string `json:"source_table_full_name,omitempty"`
 	// Time series key to deduplicate (tie-break) rows with the same primary
 	// key.
diff --git a/service/provisioning/api.go b/service/provisioning/api.go
index 85fb40103..28580186c 100755
--- a/service/provisioning/api.go
+++ b/service/provisioning/api.go
@@ -249,10 +249,11 @@ func NewEncryptionKeys(client *client.DatabricksClient) *EncryptionKeysAPI {
 // some information about how the key configuration can be used. There are two
 // possible uses for key configurations:
 //
-// * Managed services: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a workspace's
-// notebook and secret data in the control plane, as well as Databricks SQL
-// queries and query history. * Storage: A key configuration can be used to
-// encrypt a workspace's DBFS and EBS data in the data plane.
+//   - Managed services: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a
+//     workspace's notebook and secret data in the control plane, as well as
+//     Databricks SQL queries and query history.
+//   - Storage: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a workspace's DBFS
+//     and EBS data in the data plane.
 //
 // In both of these cases, the key configuration's ID is used when creating a
 // new workspace. This Preview feature is available if your account is on the E2
diff --git a/service/provisioning/interface.go b/service/provisioning/interface.go
index 053f4ce7c..286ccd40c 100755
--- a/service/provisioning/interface.go
+++ b/service/provisioning/interface.go
@@ -50,10 +50,11 @@ type CredentialsService interface {
 // some information about how the key configuration can be used. There are two
 // possible uses for key configurations:
 //
-// * Managed services: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a workspace's
-// notebook and secret data in the control plane, as well as Databricks SQL
-// queries and query history. * Storage: A key configuration can be used to
-// encrypt a workspace's DBFS and EBS data in the data plane.
+//   - Managed services: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a
+//     workspace's notebook and secret data in the control plane, as well as
+//     Databricks SQL queries and query history.
+//   - Storage: A key configuration can be used to encrypt a workspace's DBFS
+//     and EBS data in the data plane.
 //
 // In both of these cases, the key configuration's ID is used when creating a
 // new workspace. This Preview feature is available if your account is on the E2
diff --git a/service/provisioning/model.go b/service/provisioning/model.go
index b781e2b38..250392140 100755
--- a/service/provisioning/model.go
+++ b/service/provisioning/model.go
@@ -1105,7 +1105,6 @@ func (f *PrivateAccessLevel) Type() string {
 	return "PrivateAccessLevel"
 }
 
-// *
 type PrivateAccessSettings struct {
 	// The Databricks account ID that hosts the private access settings.
 	AccountId string `json:"account_id,omitempty"`
@@ -1246,7 +1245,6 @@ func (s UpdateWorkspaceRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// *
 type VpcEndpoint struct {
 	// The Databricks account ID that hosts the VPC endpoint configuration.
 	AccountId string `json:"account_id,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/serving/model.go b/service/serving/model.go
index 12d44c9e8..ef457f8e4 100755
--- a/service/serving/model.go
+++ b/service/serving/model.go
@@ -1258,8 +1258,7 @@ type GoogleCloudVertexAiConfig struct {
 	// key using one of the following fields: `private_key` or
 	// `private_key_plaintext`
 	//
-	// [Best practices for managing service account keys]:
-	// https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/best-practices-for-managing-service-account-keys
+	// [Best practices for managing service account keys]: https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/best-practices-for-managing-service-account-keys
 	PrivateKey string `json:"private_key,omitempty"`
 	// The private key for the service account which has access to the Google
 	// Cloud Vertex AI Service provided as a plaintext secret. See [Best
@@ -1268,8 +1267,7 @@ type GoogleCloudVertexAiConfig struct {
 	// API key using one of the following fields: `private_key` or
 	// `private_key_plaintext`.
 	//
-	// [Best practices for managing service account keys]:
-	// https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/best-practices-for-managing-service-account-keys
+	// [Best practices for managing service account keys]: https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/best-practices-for-managing-service-account-keys
 	PrivateKeyPlaintext string `json:"private_key_plaintext,omitempty"`
 	// This is the Google Cloud project id that the service account is
 	// associated with.
@@ -1278,8 +1276,7 @@ type GoogleCloudVertexAiConfig struct {
 	// regions] for more details. Some models are only available in specific
 	// regions.
 	//
-	// [supported regions]:
-	// https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations
+	// [supported regions]: https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/locations
 	Region string `json:"region"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -1539,49 +1536,49 @@ type QueryEndpointInput struct {
 	DataframeRecords []any `json:"dataframe_records,omitempty"`
 	// Pandas Dataframe input in the split orientation.
 	DataframeSplit *DataframeSplitInput `json:"dataframe_split,omitempty"`
-	// The extra parameters field used ONLY for __completions, chat,__ and
-	// __embeddings external & foundation model__ serving endpoints. This is a
+	// The extra parameters field used ONLY for **completions, chat,** and
+	// **embeddings external & foundation model** serving endpoints. This is a
 	// map of strings and should only be used with other external/foundation
 	// model query fields.
 	ExtraParams map[string]string `json:"extra_params,omitempty"`
-	// The input string (or array of strings) field used ONLY for __embeddings
-	// external & foundation model__ serving endpoints and is the only field
+	// The input string (or array of strings) field used ONLY for **embeddings
+	// external & foundation model** serving endpoints and is the only field
 	// (along with extra_params if needed) used by embeddings queries.
 	Input any `json:"input,omitempty"`
 	// Tensor-based input in columnar format.
 	Inputs any `json:"inputs,omitempty"`
 	// Tensor-based input in row format.
 	Instances []any `json:"instances,omitempty"`
-	// The max tokens field used ONLY for __completions__ and __chat external &
-	// foundation model__ serving endpoints. This is an integer and should only
+	// The max tokens field used ONLY for **completions** and **chat external &
+	// foundation model** serving endpoints. This is an integer and should only
 	// be used with other chat/completions query fields.
 	MaxTokens int `json:"max_tokens,omitempty"`
-	// The messages field used ONLY for __chat external & foundation model__
+	// The messages field used ONLY for **chat external & foundation model**
 	// serving endpoints. This is an array of ChatMessage objects and should
 	// only be used with other chat query fields.
 	Messages []ChatMessage `json:"messages,omitempty"`
-	// The n (number of candidates) field used ONLY for __completions__ and
-	// __chat external & foundation model__ serving endpoints. This is an
+	// The n (number of candidates) field used ONLY for **completions** and
+	// **chat external & foundation model** serving endpoints. This is an
 	// integer between 1 and 5 with a default of 1 and should only be used with
 	// other chat/completions query fields.
 	N int `json:"n,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the serving endpoint. This field is required and is provided
 	// via the path parameter.
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
-	// The prompt string (or array of strings) field used ONLY for __completions
-	// external & foundation model__ serving endpoints and should only be used
+	// The prompt string (or array of strings) field used ONLY for **completions
+	// external & foundation model** serving endpoints and should only be used
 	// with other completions query fields.
 	Prompt any `json:"prompt,omitempty"`
-	// The stop sequences field used ONLY for __completions__ and __chat
-	// external & foundation model__ serving endpoints. This is a list of
+	// The stop sequences field used ONLY for **completions** and **chat
+	// external & foundation model** serving endpoints. This is a list of
 	// strings and should only be used with other chat/completions query fields.
 	Stop []string `json:"stop,omitempty"`
-	// The stream field used ONLY for __completions__ and __chat external &
-	// foundation model__ serving endpoints. This is a boolean defaulting to
+	// The stream field used ONLY for **completions** and **chat external &
+	// foundation model** serving endpoints. This is a boolean defaulting to
 	// false and should only be used with other chat/completions query fields.
 	Stream bool `json:"stream,omitempty"`
-	// The temperature field used ONLY for __completions__ and __chat external &
-	// foundation model__ serving endpoints. This is a float between 0.0 and 2.0
+	// The temperature field used ONLY for **completions** and **chat external &
+	// foundation model** serving endpoints. This is a float between 0.0 and 2.0
 	// with a default of 1.0 and should only be used with other chat/completions
 	// query fields.
 	Temperature float64 `json:"temperature,omitempty"`
@@ -1601,22 +1598,22 @@ func (s QueryEndpointInput) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type QueryEndpointResponse struct {
-	// The list of choices returned by the __chat or completions
-	// external/foundation model__ serving endpoint.
+	// The list of choices returned by the **chat or completions
+	// external/foundation model** serving endpoint.
 	Choices []V1ResponseChoiceElement `json:"choices,omitempty"`
 	// The timestamp in seconds when the query was created in Unix time returned
-	// by a __completions or chat external/foundation model__ serving endpoint.
+	// by a **completions or chat external/foundation model** serving endpoint.
 	Created int64 `json:"created,omitempty"`
-	// The list of the embeddings returned by the __embeddings
-	// external/foundation model__ serving endpoint.
+	// The list of the embeddings returned by the **embeddings
+	// external/foundation model** serving endpoint.
 	Data []EmbeddingsV1ResponseEmbeddingElement `json:"data,omitempty"`
-	// The ID of the query that may be returned by a __completions or chat
-	// external/foundation model__ serving endpoint.
+	// The ID of the query that may be returned by a **completions or chat
+	// external/foundation model** serving endpoint.
 	Id string `json:"id,omitempty"`
-	// The name of the __external/foundation model__ used for querying. This is
+	// The name of the **external/foundation model** used for querying. This is
 	// the name of the model that was specified in the endpoint config.
 	Model string `json:"model,omitempty"`
-	// The type of object returned by the __external/foundation model__ serving
+	// The type of object returned by the **external/foundation model** serving
 	// endpoint, one of [text_completion, chat.completion, list (of
 	// embeddings)].
 	Object QueryEndpointResponseObject `json:"object,omitempty"`
@@ -1627,8 +1624,8 @@ type QueryEndpointResponse struct {
 	// The name of the served model that served the request. This is useful when
 	// there are multiple models behind the same endpoint with traffic split.
 	ServedModelName string `json:"-" url:"-" header:"served-model-name,omitempty"`
-	// The usage object that may be returned by the __external/foundation
-	// model__ serving endpoint. This contains information about the number of
+	// The usage object that may be returned by the **external/foundation
+	// model** serving endpoint. This contains information about the number of
 	// tokens used in the prompt and response.
 	Usage *ExternalModelUsageElement `json:"usage,omitempty"`
 
@@ -1643,7 +1640,7 @@ func (s QueryEndpointResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// The type of object returned by the __external/foundation model__ serving
+// The type of object returned by the **external/foundation model** serving
 // endpoint, one of [text_completion, chat.completion, list (of embeddings)].
 type QueryEndpointResponseObject string
 
@@ -2640,13 +2637,13 @@ type UpdateProvisionedThroughputEndpointConfigRequest struct {
 type V1ResponseChoiceElement struct {
 	// The finish reason returned by the endpoint.
 	FinishReason string `json:"finishReason,omitempty"`
-	// The index of the choice in the __chat or completions__ response.
+	// The index of the choice in the **chat or completions** response.
 	Index int `json:"index,omitempty"`
-	// The logprobs returned only by the __completions__ endpoint.
+	// The logprobs returned only by the **completions** endpoint.
 	Logprobs int `json:"logprobs,omitempty"`
-	// The message response from the __chat__ endpoint.
+	// The message response from the **chat** endpoint.
 	Message *ChatMessage `json:"message,omitempty"`
-	// The text response from the __completions__ endpoint.
+	// The text response from the **completions** endpoint.
 	Text string `json:"text,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
diff --git a/service/settings/api.go b/service/settings/api.go
index cdb963c6c..d95e1487d 100755
--- a/service/settings/api.go
+++ b/service/settings/api.go
@@ -21,11 +21,12 @@ type AccountIpAccessListsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// When creating or updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum of
-	// 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts to
-	// exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
-	// * If the new list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
-	// returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum
+	//     of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts
+	//     to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
+	//     `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the new list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
+	//     returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateIpAccessList) (*CreateIpAccessListResponse, error)
@@ -74,12 +75,15 @@ type AccountIpAccessListsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// A list can include allow lists and block lists. See the top of this file for
 	// a description of how the server treats allow lists and block lists at run
-	// time. When replacing an IP access list: * For all allow lists and block lists
-	// combined, the API supports a maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR
-	// counts as a single value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400
-	// with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the resulting list would block
-	// the calling user's current IP, error 400 is returned with `error_code` value
-	// `INVALID_STATE`. It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect.
+	// time. When replacing an IP access list:
+	//
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum
+	//     of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts
+	//     to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
+	//     `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the resulting list would block the calling user's current IP, error
+	//     400 is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`. It can take a
+	//     few minutes for the changes to take effect.
 	Replace(ctx context.Context, request ReplaceIpAccessList) error
 
 	// Updates an existing IP access list, specified by its ID.
@@ -90,11 +94,12 @@ type AccountIpAccessListsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// When updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum of
-	// 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts to
-	// exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
-	// * If the updated list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
-	// returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum
+	//     of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts
+	//     to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
+	//     `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the updated list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400
+	//     is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateIpAccessList) error
@@ -116,10 +121,12 @@ func NewAccountIpAccessLists(client *client.DatabricksClient) *AccountIpAccessLi
 // account, all access is allowed for this account. There is support for allow
 // lists (inclusion) and block lists (exclusion).
 //
-// When a connection is attempted: 1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If
-// the connection IP address matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
-// 2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
-// compared with the allow lists.
+// When a connection is attempted:
+//
+//  1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If the connection IP address
+//     matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
+//  2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
+//     compared with the allow lists.
 //
 // If there is at least one allow list for the account, the connection is
 // allowed only if the IP address matches an allow list. If there are no allow
@@ -215,10 +222,12 @@ type AccountSettingsInterface interface {
 
 	// Disable legacy features for new Databricks workspaces.
 	//
-	// For newly created workspaces: 1. Disables the use of DBFS root and
-	// mounts. 2. Hive Metastore will not be provisioned. 3. Disables the use of
-	// ‘No-isolation clusters’. 4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions
-	// prior to 13.3LTS.
+	// For newly created workspaces:
+	//
+	//  1. Disables the use of DBFS root and mounts.
+	//  2. Hive Metastore will not be provisioned.
+	//  3. Disables the use of ‘No-isolation clusters’.
+	//  4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 	DisableLegacyFeatures() DisableLegacyFeaturesInterface
 
 	// Controls the enforcement of IP access lists for accessing the account
@@ -292,10 +301,12 @@ type AccountSettingsAPI struct {
 
 	// Disable legacy features for new Databricks workspaces.
 	//
-	// For newly created workspaces: 1. Disables the use of DBFS root and
-	// mounts. 2. Hive Metastore will not be provisioned. 3. Disables the use of
-	// ‘No-isolation clusters’. 4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions
-	// prior to 13.3LTS.
+	// For newly created workspaces:
+	//
+	//  1. Disables the use of DBFS root and mounts.
+	//  2. Hive Metastore will not be provisioned.
+	//  3. Disables the use of ‘No-isolation clusters’.
+	//  4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 	disableLegacyFeatures DisableLegacyFeaturesInterface
 
 	// Controls the enforcement of IP access lists for accessing the account
@@ -658,10 +669,10 @@ func NewDisableLegacyAccess(client *client.DatabricksClient) *DisableLegacyAcces
 
 // 'Disabling legacy access' has the following impacts:
 //
-// 1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace. However, you
-// can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore federation. 2.
-// Disables fallback mode on external location access from the workspace. 3.
-// Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
+//  1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace. However,
+//     you can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore federation.
+//  2. Disables fallback mode on external location access from the workspace.
+//  3. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 type DisableLegacyAccessAPI struct {
 	disableLegacyAccessImpl
 }
@@ -689,8 +700,9 @@ func NewDisableLegacyDbfs(client *client.DatabricksClient) *DisableLegacyDbfsAPI
 
 // Disabling legacy DBFS has the following implications:
 //
-// 1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the creation
-// of new mounts). 2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
+//  1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the
+//     creation of new mounts).
+//  2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 //
 // When the setting is off, all DBFS functionality is enabled and no
 // restrictions are imposed on Databricks Runtime versions. This setting can
@@ -722,10 +734,12 @@ func NewDisableLegacyFeatures(client *client.DatabricksClient) *DisableLegacyFea
 
 // Disable legacy features for new Databricks workspaces.
 //
-// For newly created workspaces: 1. Disables the use of DBFS root and mounts. 2.
-// Hive Metastore will not be provisioned. 3. Disables the use of
-// ‘No-isolation clusters’. 4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to
-// 13.3LTS.
+// For newly created workspaces:
+//
+//  1. Disables the use of DBFS root and mounts.
+//  2. Hive Metastore will not be provisioned.
+//  3. Disables the use of ‘No-isolation clusters’.
+//  4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 type DisableLegacyFeaturesAPI struct {
 	disableLegacyFeaturesImpl
 }
@@ -900,11 +914,12 @@ type IpAccessListsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// When creating or updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum of
-	// 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts to
-	// exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
-	// * If the new list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
-	// returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum
+	//     of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts
+	//     to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
+	//     `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the new list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
+	//     returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect. **Note**: Your new
 	// IP access list has no effect until you enable the feature. See
@@ -955,14 +970,17 @@ type IpAccessListsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// A list can include allow lists and block lists. See the top of this file for
 	// a description of how the server treats allow lists and block lists at run
-	// time. When replacing an IP access list: * For all allow lists and block lists
-	// combined, the API supports a maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR
-	// counts as a single value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400
-	// with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the resulting list would block
-	// the calling user's current IP, error 400 is returned with `error_code` value
-	// `INVALID_STATE`. It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect.
-	// Note that your resulting IP access list has no effect until you enable the
-	// feature. See :method:workspaceconf/setStatus.
+	// time. When replacing an IP access list:
+	//
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum
+	//     of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts
+	//     to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
+	//     `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the resulting list would block the calling user's current IP, error
+	//     400 is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`. It can take a
+	//     few minutes for the changes to take effect. Note that your resulting IP
+	//     access list has no effect until you enable the feature. See
+	//     :method:workspaceconf/setStatus.
 	Replace(ctx context.Context, request ReplaceIpAccessList) error
 
 	// Updates an existing IP access list, specified by its ID.
@@ -973,11 +991,12 @@ type IpAccessListsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// When updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum of
-	// 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts to
-	// exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
-	// * If the updated list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
-	// returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a maximum
+	//     of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts
+	//     to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
+	//     `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the updated list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400
+	//     is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect. Note that your
 	// resulting IP access list has no effect until you enable the feature. See
@@ -1000,10 +1019,12 @@ func NewIpAccessLists(client *client.DatabricksClient) *IpAccessListsAPI {
 // allowed for this workspace. There is support for allow lists (inclusion) and
 // block lists (exclusion).
 //
-// When a connection is attempted: 1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If
-// the connection IP address matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
-// 2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
-// compared with the allow lists.
+// When a connection is attempted:
+//
+//  1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If the connection IP address
+//     matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
+//  2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
+//     compared with the allow lists.
 //
 // If there is at least one allow list for the workspace, the connection is
 // allowed only if the IP address matches an allow list. If there are no allow
@@ -1570,17 +1591,19 @@ type SettingsInterface interface {
 
 	// 'Disabling legacy access' has the following impacts:
 	//
-	// 1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace. However,
-	// you can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore federation.
-	// 2. Disables fallback mode on external location access from the workspace.
-	// 3. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
+	//  1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace.
+	//     However, you can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore
+	//     federation.
+	//  2. Disables fallback mode on external location access from the
+	//     workspace.
+	//  3. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 	DisableLegacyAccess() DisableLegacyAccessInterface
 
 	// Disabling legacy DBFS has the following implications:
 	//
-	// 1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the
-	// creation of new mounts). 2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to
-	// 13.3LTS.
+	//  1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the
+	//     creation of new mounts).
+	//  2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 	//
 	// When the setting is off, all DBFS functionality is enabled and no
 	// restrictions are imposed on Databricks Runtime versions. This setting can
@@ -1727,17 +1750,19 @@ type SettingsAPI struct {
 
 	// 'Disabling legacy access' has the following impacts:
 	//
-	// 1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace. However,
-	// you can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore federation.
-	// 2. Disables fallback mode on external location access from the workspace.
-	// 3. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
+	//  1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace.
+	//     However, you can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore
+	//     federation.
+	//  2. Disables fallback mode on external location access from the
+	//     workspace.
+	//  3. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 	disableLegacyAccess DisableLegacyAccessInterface
 
 	// Disabling legacy DBFS has the following implications:
 	//
-	// 1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the
-	// creation of new mounts). 2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to
-	// 13.3LTS.
+	//  1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the
+	//     creation of new mounts).
+	//  2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 	//
 	// When the setting is off, all DBFS functionality is enabled and no
 	// restrictions are imposed on Databricks Runtime versions. This setting can
diff --git a/service/settings/interface.go b/service/settings/interface.go
index 7df6cd29e..7749bdaa0 100755
--- a/service/settings/interface.go
+++ b/service/settings/interface.go
@@ -14,10 +14,12 @@ import (
 // account, all access is allowed for this account. There is support for allow
 // lists (inclusion) and block lists (exclusion).
 //
-// When a connection is attempted: 1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If
-// the connection IP address matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
-// 2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
-// compared with the allow lists.
+// When a connection is attempted:
+//
+//  1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If the connection IP address
+//     matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
+//  2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
+//     compared with the allow lists.
 //
 // If there is at least one allow list for the account, the connection is
 // allowed only if the IP address matches an allow list. If there are no allow
@@ -40,12 +42,12 @@ type AccountIpAccessListsService interface {
 	//
 	// When creating or updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
-	// maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value.
-	// Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
-	// `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the new list would block the calling user's
-	// current IP, error 400 is returned with `error_code` value
-	// `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
+	//     maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single
+	//     value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with
+	//     `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the new list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400
+	//     is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect.
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateIpAccessList) (*CreateIpAccessListResponse, error)
@@ -63,13 +65,15 @@ type AccountIpAccessListsService interface {
 	//
 	// A list can include allow lists and block lists. See the top of this file
 	// for a description of how the server treats allow lists and block lists at
-	// run time. When replacing an IP access list: * For all allow lists and
-	// block lists combined, the API supports a maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values,
-	// where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts to exceed that number
-	// return error 400 with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the
-	// resulting list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
-	// returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`. It can take a few
-	// minutes for the changes to take effect.
+	// run time. When replacing an IP access list:
+	//
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
+	//     maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single
+	//     value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with
+	//     `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the resulting list would block the calling user's current IP,
+	//     error 400 is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`. It can
+	//     take a few minutes for the changes to take effect.
 	Replace(ctx context.Context, request ReplaceIpAccessList) error
 
 	// Updates an existing IP access list, specified by its ID.
@@ -80,12 +84,12 @@ type AccountIpAccessListsService interface {
 	//
 	// When updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
-	// maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value.
-	// Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
-	// `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the updated list would block the calling user's
-	// current IP, error 400 is returned with `error_code` value
-	// `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
+	//     maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single
+	//     value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with
+	//     `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the updated list would block the calling user's current IP, error
+	//     400 is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect.
 	Update(ctx context.Context, request UpdateIpAccessList) error
@@ -291,10 +295,10 @@ type DefaultWarehouseIdService interface {
 
 // 'Disabling legacy access' has the following impacts:
 //
-// 1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace. However, you
-// can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore federation. 2.
-// Disables fallback mode on external location access from the workspace. 3.
-// Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
+//  1. Disables direct access to Hive Metastores from the workspace. However,
+//     you can still access a Hive Metastore through Hive Metastore federation.
+//  2. Disables fallback mode on external location access from the workspace.
+//  3. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type DisableLegacyAccessService interface {
@@ -311,8 +315,9 @@ type DisableLegacyAccessService interface {
 
 // Disabling legacy DBFS has the following implications:
 //
-// 1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the creation
-// of new mounts). 2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
+//  1. Access to DBFS root and DBFS mounts is disallowed (as well as the
+//     creation of new mounts).
+//  2. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 //
 // When the setting is off, all DBFS functionality is enabled and no
 // restrictions are imposed on Databricks Runtime versions. This setting can
@@ -335,10 +340,12 @@ type DisableLegacyDbfsService interface {
 
 // Disable legacy features for new Databricks workspaces.
 //
-// For newly created workspaces: 1. Disables the use of DBFS root and mounts. 2.
-// Hive Metastore will not be provisioned. 3. Disables the use of
-// ‘No-isolation clusters’. 4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to
-// 13.3LTS.
+// For newly created workspaces:
+//
+//  1. Disables the use of DBFS root and mounts.
+//  2. Hive Metastore will not be provisioned.
+//  3. Disables the use of ‘No-isolation clusters’.
+//  4. Disables Databricks Runtime versions prior to 13.3LTS.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type DisableLegacyFeaturesService interface {
@@ -462,10 +469,12 @@ type EsmEnablementAccountService interface {
 // allowed for this workspace. There is support for allow lists (inclusion) and
 // block lists (exclusion).
 //
-// When a connection is attempted: 1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If
-// the connection IP address matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
-// 2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
-// compared with the allow lists.
+// When a connection is attempted:
+//
+//  1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If the connection IP address
+//     matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
+//  2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address is
+//     compared with the allow lists.
 //
 // If there is at least one allow list for the workspace, the connection is
 // allowed only if the IP address matches an allow list. If there are no allow
@@ -488,12 +497,12 @@ type IpAccessListsService interface {
 	//
 	// When creating or updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
-	// maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value.
-	// Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
-	// `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the new list would block the calling user's
-	// current IP, error 400 is returned with `error_code` value
-	// `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
+	//     maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single
+	//     value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with
+	//     `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the new list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400
+	//     is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect. **Note**: Your
 	// new IP access list has no effect until you enable the feature. See
@@ -513,15 +522,17 @@ type IpAccessListsService interface {
 	//
 	// A list can include allow lists and block lists. See the top of this file
 	// for a description of how the server treats allow lists and block lists at
-	// run time. When replacing an IP access list: * For all allow lists and
-	// block lists combined, the API supports a maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values,
-	// where one CIDR counts as a single value. Attempts to exceed that number
-	// return error 400 with `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the
-	// resulting list would block the calling user's current IP, error 400 is
-	// returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`. It can take a few
-	// minutes for the changes to take effect. Note that your resulting IP
-	// access list has no effect until you enable the feature. See
-	// :method:workspaceconf/setStatus.
+	// run time. When replacing an IP access list:
+	//
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
+	//     maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single
+	//     value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with
+	//     `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the resulting list would block the calling user's current IP,
+	//     error 400 is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`. It can
+	//     take a few minutes for the changes to take effect. Note that your
+	//     resulting IP access list has no effect until you enable the feature.
+	//     See :method:workspaceconf/setStatus.
 	Replace(ctx context.Context, request ReplaceIpAccessList) error
 
 	// Updates an existing IP access list, specified by its ID.
@@ -532,12 +543,12 @@ type IpAccessListsService interface {
 	//
 	// When updating an IP access list:
 	//
-	// * For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
-	// maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single value.
-	// Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with `error_code` value
-	// `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`. * If the updated list would block the calling user's
-	// current IP, error 400 is returned with `error_code` value
-	// `INVALID_STATE`.
+	//   - For all allow lists and block lists combined, the API supports a
+	//     maximum of 1000 IP/CIDR values, where one CIDR counts as a single
+	//     value. Attempts to exceed that number return error 400 with
+	//     `error_code` value `QUOTA_EXCEEDED`.
+	//   - If the updated list would block the calling user's current IP, error
+	//     400 is returned with `error_code` value `INVALID_STATE`.
 	//
 	// It can take a few minutes for the changes to take effect. Note that your
 	// resulting IP access list has no effect until you enable the feature. See
diff --git a/service/settings/model.go b/service/settings/model.go
index 7604ad1aa..272494458 100755
--- a/service/settings/model.go
+++ b/service/settings/model.go
@@ -1312,14 +1312,17 @@ type CustomerFacingNetworkConnectivityConfigAwsPrivateEndpointRule struct {
 	// The current status of this private endpoint. The private endpoint rules
 	// are effective only if the connection state is ESTABLISHED. Remember that
 	// you must approve new endpoints on your resources in the AWS console
-	// before they take effect. The possible values are: - PENDING: The endpoint
-	// has been created and pending approval. - ESTABLISHED: The endpoint has
-	// been approved and is ready to use in your serverless compute resources. -
-	// REJECTED: Connection was rejected by the private link resource owner. -
-	// DISCONNECTED: Connection was removed by the private link resource owner,
-	// the private endpoint becomes informative and should be deleted for
-	// clean-up. - EXPIRED: If the endpoint is created but not approved in 14
-	// days, it is EXPIRED.
+	// before they take effect. The possible values are:
+	//
+	//   - PENDING: The endpoint has been created and pending approval.
+	//   - ESTABLISHED: The endpoint has been approved and is ready to use in
+	//     your serverless compute resources.
+	//   - REJECTED: Connection was rejected by the private link resource owner.
+	//   - DISCONNECTED: Connection was removed by the private link resource
+	//     owner, the private endpoint becomes informative and should be deleted
+	//     for clean-up.
+	//   - EXPIRED: If the endpoint is created but not approved in 14 days, it
+	//     is EXPIRED.
 	ConnectionState CustomerFacingNetworkConnectivityConfigAwsPrivateEndpointRulePrivateLinkConnectionState `json:"connection_state,omitempty"`
 	// Time in epoch milliseconds when this object was created.
 	CreationTime int64 `json:"creation_time,omitempty"`
@@ -3688,9 +3691,9 @@ type ListTokensResponse struct {
 
 // Type of IP access list. Valid values are as follows and are case-sensitive:
 //
-// * `ALLOW`: An allow list. Include this IP or range. * `BLOCK`: A block list.
-// Exclude this IP or range. IP addresses in the block list are excluded even if
-// they are included in an allow list.
+//   - `ALLOW`: An allow list. Include this IP or range.
+//   - `BLOCK`: A block list. Exclude this IP or range. IP addresses in the
+//     block list are excluded even if they are included in an allow list.
 type ListType string
 
 // An allow list. Include this IP or range.
@@ -3862,15 +3865,19 @@ type NccAzurePrivateEndpointRule struct {
 	// The current status of this private endpoint. The private endpoint rules
 	// are effective only if the connection state is ESTABLISHED. Remember that
 	// you must approve new endpoints on your resources in the Azure portal
-	// before they take effect. The possible values are: - INIT: (deprecated)
-	// The endpoint has been created and pending approval. - PENDING: The
-	// endpoint has been created and pending approval. - ESTABLISHED: The
-	// endpoint has been approved and is ready to use in your serverless compute
-	// resources. - REJECTED: Connection was rejected by the private link
-	// resource owner. - DISCONNECTED: Connection was removed by the private
-	// link resource owner, the private endpoint becomes informative and should
-	// be deleted for clean-up. - EXPIRED: If the endpoint was created but not
-	// approved in 14 days, it will be EXPIRED.
+	// before they take effect. The possible values are:
+	//
+	//   - INIT: (deprecated) The endpoint has been created and pending
+	//     approval.
+	//   - PENDING: The endpoint has been created and pending approval.
+	//   - ESTABLISHED: The endpoint has been approved and is ready to use in
+	//     your serverless compute resources.
+	//   - REJECTED: Connection was rejected by the private link resource owner.
+	//   - DISCONNECTED: Connection was removed by the private link resource
+	//     owner, the private endpoint becomes informative and should be deleted
+	//     for clean-up.
+	//   - EXPIRED: If the endpoint was created but not approved in 14 days, it
+	//     will be EXPIRED.
 	ConnectionState NccAzurePrivateEndpointRuleConnectionState `json:"connection_state,omitempty"`
 	// Time in epoch milliseconds when this object was created.
 	CreationTime int64 `json:"creation_time,omitempty"`
@@ -4028,17 +4035,21 @@ type NccPrivateEndpointRule struct {
 	// The current status of this private endpoint. The private endpoint rules
 	// are effective only if the connection state is ESTABLISHED. Remember that
 	// you must approve new endpoints on your resources in the Cloud console
-	// before they take effect. The possible values are: - PENDING: The endpoint
-	// has been created and pending approval. - ESTABLISHED: The endpoint has
-	// been approved and is ready to use in your serverless compute resources. -
-	// REJECTED: Connection was rejected by the private link resource owner. -
-	// DISCONNECTED: Connection was removed by the private link resource owner,
-	// the private endpoint becomes informative and should be deleted for
-	// clean-up. - EXPIRED: If the endpoint was created but not approved in 14
-	// days, it will be EXPIRED. - CREATING: The endpoint creation is in
-	// progress. Once successfully created, the state will transition to
-	// PENDING. - CREATE_FAILED: The endpoint creation failed. You can check the
-	// error_message field for more details.
+	// before they take effect. The possible values are:
+	//
+	//   - PENDING: The endpoint has been created and pending approval.
+	//   - ESTABLISHED: The endpoint has been approved and is ready to use in
+	//     your serverless compute resources.
+	//   - REJECTED: Connection was rejected by the private link resource owner.
+	//   - DISCONNECTED: Connection was removed by the private link resource
+	//     owner, the private endpoint becomes informative and should be deleted
+	//     for clean-up.
+	//   - EXPIRED: If the endpoint was created but not approved in 14 days, it
+	//     will be EXPIRED.
+	//   - CREATING: The endpoint creation is in progress. Once successfully
+	//     created, the state will transition to PENDING.
+	//   - CREATE_FAILED: The endpoint creation failed. You can check the
+	//     error_message field for more details.
 	ConnectionState NccPrivateEndpointRulePrivateLinkConnectionState `json:"connection_state,omitempty"`
 	// Time in epoch milliseconds when this object was created.
 	CreationTime int64 `json:"creation_time,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/sharing/api.go b/service/sharing/api.go
index 1c495bc82..7a7940b86 100644
--- a/service/sharing/api.go
+++ b/service/sharing/api.go
@@ -75,21 +75,24 @@ type ProvidersInterface interface {
 
 	// Gets an array of a specified provider's shares within the metastore where:
 	//
-	// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner.
+	//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+	//   - the caller is the owner.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListShares(ctx context.Context, request ListSharesRequest) listing.Iterator[ProviderShare]
 
 	// Gets an array of a specified provider's shares within the metastore where:
 	//
-	// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner.
+	//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+	//   - the caller is the owner.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListSharesAll(ctx context.Context, request ListSharesRequest) ([]ProviderShare, error)
 
 	// Gets an array of a specified provider's shares within the metastore where:
 	//
-	// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner.
+	//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+	//   - the caller is the owner.
 	ListSharesByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*ListProviderSharesResponse, error)
 
 	// Updates the information for an authentication provider, if the caller is a
@@ -167,7 +170,8 @@ func (a *ProvidersAPI) ListProviderShareAssetsByProviderNameAndShareName(ctx con
 
 // Gets an array of a specified provider's shares within the metastore where:
 //
-// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner.
+//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+//   - the caller is the owner.
 func (a *ProvidersAPI) ListSharesByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*ListProviderSharesResponse, error) {
 	return a.providersImpl.internalListShares(ctx, ListSharesRequest{
 		Name: name,
@@ -238,24 +242,29 @@ type RecipientFederationPoliciesInterface interface {
 	// defined at the recipient level. This enables secretless sharing clients to
 	// authenticate using OIDC tokens.
 	//
-	// Supported scenarios for federation policies: 1. **User-to-Machine (U2M)
-	// flow** (e.g., PowerBI): A user accesses a resource using their own identity.
-	// 2. **Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow** (e.g., OAuth App): An OAuth App accesses
-	// a resource using its own identity, typically for tasks like running nightly
-	// jobs.
-	//
-	// For an overview, refer to: - Blog post: Overview of feature:
-	// https://www.databricks.com/blog/announcing-oidc-token-federation-enhanced-delta-sharing-security
-	//
-	// For detailed configuration guides based on your use case: - Creating a
-	// Federation Policy as a provider:
-	// https://docs.databricks.com/en/delta-sharing/create-recipient-oidc-fed -
-	// Configuration and usage for Machine-to-Machine (M2M) applications (e.g.,
-	// Python Delta Sharing Client):
-	// https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-m2m -
-	// Configuration and usage for User-to-Machine (U2M) applications (e.g.,
-	// PowerBI):
-	// https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-u2m
+	// Supported scenarios for federation policies:
+	//
+	//  1. **User-to-Machine (U2M) flow** (e.g., PowerBI): A user accesses a
+	//     resource using their own identity.
+	//  2. **Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow** (e.g., OAuth App): An OAuth App
+	//     accesses a resource using its own identity, typically for tasks like
+	//     running nightly jobs.
+	//
+	// For an overview, refer to:
+	//
+	//   - Blog post: Overview of feature:
+	//     https://www.databricks.com/blog/announcing-oidc-token-federation-enhanced-delta-sharing-security
+	//
+	// For detailed configuration guides based on your use case:
+	//
+	//   - Creating a Federation Policy as a provider:
+	//     https://docs.databricks.com/en/delta-sharing/create-recipient-oidc-fed
+	//   - Configuration and usage for Machine-to-Machine (M2M) applications (e.g.,
+	//     Python Delta Sharing Client):
+	//     https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-m2m
+	//   - Configuration and usage for User-to-Machine (U2M) applications (e.g.,
+	//     PowerBI):
+	//     https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-u2m
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateFederationPolicyRequest) (*FederationPolicy, error)
 
 	// Deletes an existing federation policy for an OIDC_FEDERATION recipient. The
@@ -315,16 +324,18 @@ func NewRecipientFederationPolicies(client *client.DatabricksClient) *RecipientF
 // recipients authenticate using OIDC tokens. It validates the OIDC claims in
 // federated tokens and is set at the recipient level. The caller must be the
 // owner of the recipient to create or manage a federation policy. Federation
-// policies support the following scenarios: - User-to-Machine (U2M) flow: A
-// user accesses Delta Shares using their own identity, such as connecting
-// through PowerBI Delta Sharing Client. - Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow: An
-// application accesses Delta Shares using its own identity, typically for
-// automation tasks like nightly jobs through Python Delta Sharing Client. OIDC
-// Token Federation enables fine-grained access control, supports Multi-Factor
-// Authentication (MFA), and enhances security by minimizing the risk of
-// credential leakage through the use of short-lived, expiring tokens. It is
-// designed for strong identity governance, secure cross-platform data sharing,
-// and reduced operational overhead for credential management.
+// policies support the following scenarios:
+//
+//   - User-to-Machine (U2M) flow: A user accesses Delta Shares using their own
+//     identity, such as connecting through PowerBI Delta Sharing Client.
+//   - Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow: An application accesses Delta Shares using
+//     its own identity, typically for automation tasks like nightly jobs
+//     through Python Delta Sharing Client. OIDC Token Federation enables
+//     fine-grained access control, supports Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA),
+//     and enhances security by minimizing the risk of credential leakage
+//     through the use of short-lived, expiring tokens. It is designed for
+//     strong identity governance, secure cross-platform data sharing, and
+//     reduced operational overhead for credential management.
 //
 // For more information, see
 // https://www.databricks.com/blog/announcing-oidc-token-federation-enhanced-delta-sharing-security
@@ -376,28 +387,34 @@ type RecipientsInterface interface {
 	// owner of the recipient.
 	DeleteByName(ctx context.Context, name string) error
 
-	// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of: * A
-	// user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore * The owner of the
-	// share recipient * A metastore admin
+	// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of:
+	//
+	//   - A user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore
+	//   - The owner of the share recipient
+	//   - A metastore admin
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetRecipientRequest) (*RecipientInfo, error)
 
-	// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of: * A
-	// user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore * The owner of the
-	// share recipient * A metastore admin
+	// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of:
+	//
+	//   - A user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore
+	//   - The owner of the share recipient
+	//   - A metastore admin
 	GetByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*RecipientInfo, error)
 
 	// Gets an array of all share recipients within the current metastore where:
 	//
-	// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner. There is no
-	// guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
+	//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+	//   - the caller is the owner. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
+	//     the elements in the array.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListRecipientsRequest) listing.Iterator[RecipientInfo]
 
 	// Gets an array of all share recipients within the current metastore where:
 	//
-	// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner. There is no
-	// guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
+	//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+	//   - the caller is the owner. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
+	//     the elements in the array.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListAll(ctx context.Context, request ListRecipientsRequest) ([]RecipientInfo, error)
@@ -436,18 +453,17 @@ func NewRecipients(client *client.DatabricksClient) *RecipientsAPI {
 // sharing works differs depending on whether or not your recipient has access
 // to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for Unity Catalog:
 //
-// - For recipients with access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for
-// Unity Catalog, you can create a recipient object along with a unique sharing
-// identifier you get from the recipient. The sharing identifier is the key
-// identifier that enables the secure connection. This sharing mode is called
-// **Databricks-to-Databricks sharing**.
-//
-// - For recipients without access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for
-// Unity Catalog, when you create a recipient object, Databricks generates an
-// activation link you can send to the recipient. The recipient follows the
-// activation link to download the credential file, and then uses the credential
-// file to establish a secure connection to receive the shared data. This
-// sharing mode is called **open sharing**.
+//   - For recipients with access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for
+//     Unity Catalog, you can create a recipient object along with a unique
+//     sharing identifier you get from the recipient. The sharing identifier is
+//     the key identifier that enables the secure connection. This sharing mode
+//     is called **Databricks-to-Databricks sharing**.
+//   - For recipients without access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled
+//     for Unity Catalog, when you create a recipient object, Databricks
+//     generates an activation link you can send to the recipient. The recipient
+//     follows the activation link to download the credential file, and then
+//     uses the credential file to establish a secure connection to receive the
+//     shared data. This sharing mode is called **open sharing**.
 type RecipientsAPI struct {
 	recipientsImpl
 }
@@ -460,9 +476,11 @@ func (a *RecipientsAPI) DeleteByName(ctx context.Context, name string) error {
 	})
 }
 
-// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of: * A
-// user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore * The owner of the
-// share recipient * A metastore admin
+// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of:
+//
+//   - A user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore
+//   - The owner of the share recipient
+//   - A metastore admin
 func (a *RecipientsAPI) GetByName(ctx context.Context, name string) (*RecipientInfo, error) {
 	return a.recipientsImpl.Get(ctx, GetRecipientRequest{
 		Name: name,
@@ -529,13 +547,13 @@ type SharesInterface interface {
 	// Updates the share with the changes and data objects in the request. The
 	// caller must be the owner of the share or a metastore admin.
 	//
-	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the __owner__ field can be
+	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the **owner** field can be
 	// updated.
 	//
 	// In the case the share name is changed, **updateShare** requires that the
 	// caller is the owner of the share and has the CREATE_SHARE privilege.
 	//
-	// If there are notebook files in the share, the __storage_root__ field cannot
+	// If there are notebook files in the share, the **storage_root** field cannot
 	// be updated.
 	//
 	// For each table that is added through this method, the share owner must also
diff --git a/service/sharing/impl.go b/service/sharing/impl.go
index 4734bc2ac..c0d981237 100644
--- a/service/sharing/impl.go
+++ b/service/sharing/impl.go
@@ -131,7 +131,8 @@ func (a *providersImpl) ListProviderShareAssets(ctx context.Context, request Lis
 
 // Gets an array of a specified provider's shares within the metastore where:
 //
-// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner.
+//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+//   - the caller is the owner.
 func (a *providersImpl) ListShares(ctx context.Context, request ListSharesRequest) listing.Iterator[ProviderShare] {
 
 	request.ForceSendFields = append(request.ForceSendFields, "MaxResults")
@@ -160,7 +161,8 @@ func (a *providersImpl) ListShares(ctx context.Context, request ListSharesReques
 
 // Gets an array of a specified provider's shares within the metastore where:
 //
-// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner.
+//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+//   - the caller is the owner.
 func (a *providersImpl) ListSharesAll(ctx context.Context, request ListSharesRequest) ([]ProviderShare, error) {
 	iterator := a.ListShares(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[ProviderShare](ctx, iterator)
@@ -371,8 +373,9 @@ func (a *recipientsImpl) Get(ctx context.Context, request GetRecipientRequest) (
 
 // Gets an array of all share recipients within the current metastore where:
 //
-// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner. There is no
-// guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
+//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+//   - the caller is the owner. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
+//     the elements in the array.
 func (a *recipientsImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListRecipientsRequest) listing.Iterator[RecipientInfo] {
 
 	request.ForceSendFields = append(request.ForceSendFields, "MaxResults")
@@ -401,8 +404,9 @@ func (a *recipientsImpl) List(ctx context.Context, request ListRecipientsRequest
 
 // Gets an array of all share recipients within the current metastore where:
 //
-// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner. There is no
-// guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
+//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+//   - the caller is the owner. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering of
+//     the elements in the array.
 func (a *recipientsImpl) ListAll(ctx context.Context, request ListRecipientsRequest) ([]RecipientInfo, error) {
 	iterator := a.List(ctx, request)
 	return listing.ToSlice[RecipientInfo](ctx, iterator)
diff --git a/service/sharing/interface.go b/service/sharing/interface.go
index 29d872b30..8883fb3a0 100644
--- a/service/sharing/interface.go
+++ b/service/sharing/interface.go
@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ type ProvidersService interface {
 	// Gets an array of a specified provider's shares within the metastore
 	// where:
 	//
-	// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner.
+	//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+	//   - the caller is the owner.
 	ListShares(ctx context.Context, request ListSharesRequest) (*ListProviderSharesResponse, error)
 
 	// Updates the information for an authentication provider, if the caller is
@@ -84,16 +85,18 @@ type RecipientActivationService interface {
 // recipients authenticate using OIDC tokens. It validates the OIDC claims in
 // federated tokens and is set at the recipient level. The caller must be the
 // owner of the recipient to create or manage a federation policy. Federation
-// policies support the following scenarios: - User-to-Machine (U2M) flow: A
-// user accesses Delta Shares using their own identity, such as connecting
-// through PowerBI Delta Sharing Client. - Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow: An
-// application accesses Delta Shares using its own identity, typically for
-// automation tasks like nightly jobs through Python Delta Sharing Client. OIDC
-// Token Federation enables fine-grained access control, supports Multi-Factor
-// Authentication (MFA), and enhances security by minimizing the risk of
-// credential leakage through the use of short-lived, expiring tokens. It is
-// designed for strong identity governance, secure cross-platform data sharing,
-// and reduced operational overhead for credential management.
+// policies support the following scenarios:
+//
+//   - User-to-Machine (U2M) flow: A user accesses Delta Shares using their own
+//     identity, such as connecting through PowerBI Delta Sharing Client.
+//   - Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow: An application accesses Delta Shares using
+//     its own identity, typically for automation tasks like nightly jobs
+//     through Python Delta Sharing Client. OIDC Token Federation enables
+//     fine-grained access control, supports Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA),
+//     and enhances security by minimizing the risk of credential leakage
+//     through the use of short-lived, expiring tokens. It is designed for
+//     strong identity governance, secure cross-platform data sharing, and
+//     reduced operational overhead for credential management.
 //
 // For more information, see
 // https://www.databricks.com/blog/announcing-oidc-token-federation-enhanced-delta-sharing-security
@@ -111,24 +114,29 @@ type RecipientFederationPoliciesService interface {
 	// This enables secretless sharing clients to authenticate using OIDC
 	// tokens.
 	//
-	// Supported scenarios for federation policies: 1. **User-to-Machine (U2M)
-	// flow** (e.g., PowerBI): A user accesses a resource using their own
-	// identity. 2. **Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow** (e.g., OAuth App): An
-	// OAuth App accesses a resource using its own identity, typically for tasks
-	// like running nightly jobs.
+	// Supported scenarios for federation policies:
+	//
+	//  1. **User-to-Machine (U2M) flow** (e.g., PowerBI): A user accesses a
+	//     resource using their own identity.
+	//  2. **Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow** (e.g., OAuth App): An OAuth App
+	//     accesses a resource using its own identity, typically for tasks like
+	//     running nightly jobs.
+	//
+	// For an overview, refer to:
 	//
-	// For an overview, refer to: - Blog post: Overview of feature:
-	// https://www.databricks.com/blog/announcing-oidc-token-federation-enhanced-delta-sharing-security
+	//   - Blog post: Overview of feature:
+	//     https://www.databricks.com/blog/announcing-oidc-token-federation-enhanced-delta-sharing-security
 	//
-	// For detailed configuration guides based on your use case: - Creating a
-	// Federation Policy as a provider:
-	// https://docs.databricks.com/en/delta-sharing/create-recipient-oidc-fed -
-	// Configuration and usage for Machine-to-Machine (M2M) applications (e.g.,
-	// Python Delta Sharing Client):
-	// https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-m2m -
-	// Configuration and usage for User-to-Machine (U2M) applications (e.g.,
-	// PowerBI):
-	// https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-u2m
+	// For detailed configuration guides based on your use case:
+	//
+	//   - Creating a Federation Policy as a provider:
+	//     https://docs.databricks.com/en/delta-sharing/create-recipient-oidc-fed
+	//   - Configuration and usage for Machine-to-Machine (M2M) applications
+	//     (e.g., Python Delta Sharing Client):
+	//     https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-m2m
+	//   - Configuration and usage for User-to-Machine (U2M) applications (e.g.,
+	//     PowerBI):
+	//     https://docs.databricks.com/aws/en/delta-sharing/sharing-over-oidc-u2m
 	Create(ctx context.Context, request CreateFederationPolicyRequest) (*FederationPolicy, error)
 
 	// Deletes an existing federation policy for an OIDC_FEDERATION recipient.
@@ -151,18 +159,17 @@ type RecipientFederationPoliciesService interface {
 // sharing works differs depending on whether or not your recipient has access
 // to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for Unity Catalog:
 //
-// - For recipients with access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for
-// Unity Catalog, you can create a recipient object along with a unique sharing
-// identifier you get from the recipient. The sharing identifier is the key
-// identifier that enables the secure connection. This sharing mode is called
-// **Databricks-to-Databricks sharing**.
-//
-// - For recipients without access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for
-// Unity Catalog, when you create a recipient object, Databricks generates an
-// activation link you can send to the recipient. The recipient follows the
-// activation link to download the credential file, and then uses the credential
-// file to establish a secure connection to receive the shared data. This
-// sharing mode is called **open sharing**.
+//   - For recipients with access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for
+//     Unity Catalog, you can create a recipient object along with a unique
+//     sharing identifier you get from the recipient. The sharing identifier is
+//     the key identifier that enables the secure connection. This sharing mode
+//     is called **Databricks-to-Databricks sharing**.
+//   - For recipients without access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled
+//     for Unity Catalog, when you create a recipient object, Databricks
+//     generates an activation link you can send to the recipient. The recipient
+//     follows the activation link to download the credential file, and then
+//     uses the credential file to establish a secure connection to receive the
+//     shared data. This sharing mode is called **open sharing**.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type RecipientsService interface {
@@ -176,15 +183,18 @@ type RecipientsService interface {
 	// the owner of the recipient.
 	Delete(ctx context.Context, request DeleteRecipientRequest) error
 
-	// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of: * A
-	// user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore * The owner of the
-	// share recipient * A metastore admin
+	// Gets a share recipient from the metastore. The caller must be one of:
+	//
+	//   - A user with **USE_RECIPIENT** privilege on the metastore
+	//   - The owner of the share recipient
+	//   - A metastore admin
 	Get(ctx context.Context, request GetRecipientRequest) (*RecipientInfo, error)
 
 	// Gets an array of all share recipients within the current metastore where:
 	//
-	// * the caller is a metastore admin, or * the caller is the owner. There is
-	// no guarantee of a specific ordering of the elements in the array.
+	//   - the caller is a metastore admin, or
+	//   - the caller is the owner. There is no guarantee of a specific ordering
+	//     of the elements in the array.
 	List(ctx context.Context, request ListRecipientsRequest) (*ListRecipientsResponse, error)
 
 	// Refreshes the specified recipient's delta sharing authentication token
@@ -240,13 +250,13 @@ type SharesService interface {
 	// Updates the share with the changes and data objects in the request. The
 	// caller must be the owner of the share or a metastore admin.
 	//
-	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the __owner__ field can be
+	// When the caller is a metastore admin, only the **owner** field can be
 	// updated.
 	//
 	// In the case the share name is changed, **updateShare** requires that the
 	// caller is the owner of the share and has the CREATE_SHARE privilege.
 	//
-	// If there are notebook files in the share, the __storage_root__ field
+	// If there are notebook files in the share, the **storage_root** field
 	// cannot be updated.
 	//
 	// For each table that is added through this method, the share owner must
diff --git a/service/sharing/model.go b/service/sharing/model.go
index 8b8bde784..26db009bb 100755
--- a/service/sharing/model.go
+++ b/service/sharing/model.go
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ type CreateProvider struct {
 	Comment string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the Provider.
 	Name string `json:"name"`
-	// This field is required when the __authentication_type__ is **TOKEN**,
+	// This field is required when the **authentication_type** is **TOKEN**,
 	// **OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS** or not provided.
 	RecipientProfileStr string `json:"recipient_profile_str,omitempty"`
 
@@ -186,9 +186,9 @@ type CreateRecipient struct {
 	// Description about the recipient.
 	Comment string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
 	// The global Unity Catalog metastore id provided by the data recipient.
-	// This field is only present when the __authentication_type__ is
+	// This field is only present when the **authentication_type** is
 	// **DATABRICKS**. The identifier is of format
-	// __cloud__:__region__:__metastore-uuid__.
+	// **cloud**:**region**:**metastore-uuid**.
 	DataRecipientGlobalMetastoreId string `json:"data_recipient_global_metastore_id,omitempty"`
 	// Expiration timestamp of the token, in epoch milliseconds.
 	ExpirationTime int64 `json:"expiration_time,omitempty"`
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ type CreateRecipient struct {
 	// read-modify-write.
 	PropertiesKvpairs *SecurablePropertiesKvPairs `json:"properties_kvpairs,omitempty"`
 	// The one-time sharing code provided by the data recipient. This field is
-	// only present when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// only present when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	SharingCode string `json:"sharing_code,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ type GetRecipientRequest struct {
 
 type GetRecipientSharePermissionsResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of data share permissions for a recipient.
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ func (s GetRecipientSharePermissionsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type GetSharePermissionsResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// The privileges assigned to each principal
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ type ListProviderShareAssetsResponse struct {
 
 type ListProviderSharesResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of provider shares.
@@ -684,15 +684,19 @@ type ListProvidersRequest struct {
 	// If not provided, all providers will be returned. If no providers exist
 	// with this ID, no results will be returned.
 	DataProviderGlobalMetastoreId string `json:"-" url:"data_provider_global_metastore_id,omitempty"`
-	// Maximum number of providers to return. - when set to 0, the page length
-	// is set to a server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned; - If not set, all valid providers are returned (not
-	// recommended). - Note: The number of returned providers might be less than
-	// the specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
-	// that no further providers can be fetched is when the next_page_token is
-	// unset from the response.
+	// Maximum number of providers to return.
+	//
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all valid providers are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - Note: The number of returned providers might be less than the
+	//     specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
+	//     that no further providers can be fetched is when the next_page_token
+	//     is unset from the response.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -710,7 +714,7 @@ func (s ListProvidersRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListProvidersResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of provider information objects.
@@ -731,15 +735,19 @@ type ListRecipientsRequest struct {
 	// If not provided, all recipients will be returned. If no recipients exist
 	// with this ID, no results will be returned.
 	DataRecipientGlobalMetastoreId string `json:"-" url:"data_recipient_global_metastore_id,omitempty"`
-	// Maximum number of recipients to return. - when set to 0, the page length
-	// is set to a server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned; - If not set, all valid recipients are returned (not
-	// recommended). - Note: The number of returned recipients might be less
-	// than the specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive
-	// indication that no further recipients can be fetched is when the
-	// next_page_token is unset from the response.
+	// Maximum number of recipients to return.
+	//
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all valid recipients are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - Note: The number of returned recipients might be less than the
+	//     specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
+	//     that no further recipients can be fetched is when the next_page_token
+	//     is unset from the response.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -757,7 +765,7 @@ func (s ListRecipientsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListRecipientsResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of recipient information objects.
@@ -775,15 +783,19 @@ func (s ListRecipientsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type ListSharesRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of shares to return. - when set to 0, the page length is
-	// set to a server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned; - If not set, all valid shares are returned (not
-	// recommended). - Note: The number of returned shares might be less than
-	// the specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
-	// that no further shares can be fetched is when the next_page_token is
-	// unset from the response.
+	// Maximum number of shares to return.
+	//
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all valid shares are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - Note: The number of returned shares might be less than the specified
+	//     max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication that no
+	//     further shares can be fetched is when the next_page_token is unset
+	//     from the response.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Name of the provider in which to list shares.
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -803,7 +815,7 @@ func (s ListSharesRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 
 type ListSharesResponse struct {
 	// Opaque token to retrieve the next page of results. Absent if there are no
-	// more pages. __page_token__ should be set to this value for the next
+	// more pages. **page_token** should be set to this value for the next
 	// request (for the next page of results).
 	NextPageToken string `json:"next_page_token,omitempty"`
 	// An array of data share information objects.
@@ -860,22 +872,32 @@ type OidcFederationPolicy struct {
 	Issuer string `json:"issuer"`
 	// The required token subject, as specified in the subject claim of
 	// federated tokens. The subject claim identifies the identity of the user
-	// or machine accessing the resource. Examples for Entra ID (AAD): - U2M
-	// flow (group access): If the subject claim is `groups`, this must be the
-	// Object ID of the group in Entra ID. - U2M flow (user access): If the
-	// subject claim is `oid`, this must be the Object ID of the user in Entra
-	// ID. - M2M flow (OAuth App access): If the subject claim is `azp`, this
-	// must be the client ID of the OAuth app registered in Entra ID.
+	// or machine accessing the resource. Examples for Entra ID (AAD):
+	//
+	//   - U2M flow (group access): If the subject claim is `groups`, this must
+	//     be the Object ID of the group in Entra ID.
+	//   - U2M flow (user access): If the subject claim is `oid`, this must be
+	//     the Object ID of the user in Entra ID.
+	//   - M2M flow (OAuth App access): If the subject claim is `azp`, this must
+	//     be the client ID of the OAuth app registered in Entra ID.
 	Subject string `json:"subject"`
 	// The claim that contains the subject of the token. Depending on the
-	// identity provider and the use case (U2M or M2M), this can vary: - For
-	// Entra ID (AAD): * U2M flow (group access): Use `groups`. * U2M flow (user
-	// access): Use `oid`. * M2M flow (OAuth App access): Use `azp`. - For other
-	// IdPs, refer to the specific IdP documentation.
+	// identity provider and the use case (U2M or M2M), this can vary:
+	//
+	//   - For Entra ID (AAD):
+	//
+	//   - U2M flow (group access): Use `groups`.
+	//   - U2M flow (user access): Use `oid`.
+	//   - M2M flow (OAuth App access): Use `azp`.
+	//
+	//   - For other IdPs, refer to the specific IdP documentation.
+	//
+	// Supported `subject_claim` values are:
 	//
-	// Supported `subject_claim` values are: - `oid`: Object ID of the user. -
-	// `azp`: Client ID of the OAuth app. - `groups`: Object ID of the group. -
-	// `sub`: Subject identifier for other use cases.
+	//   - `oid`: Object ID of the user.
+	//   - `azp`: Client ID of the OAuth app.
+	//   - `groups`: Object ID of the group.
+	//   - `sub`: Subject identifier for other use cases.
 	SubjectClaim string `json:"subject_claim"`
 }
 
@@ -1153,7 +1175,7 @@ func (s PrivilegeAssignment) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 type ProviderInfo struct {
 	AuthenticationType AuthenticationType `json:"authentication_type,omitempty"`
 	// Cloud vendor of the provider's UC metastore. This field is only present
-	// when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	Cloud string `json:"cloud,omitempty"`
 	// Description about the provider.
 	Comment string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
@@ -1162,11 +1184,11 @@ type ProviderInfo struct {
 	// Username of Provider creator.
 	CreatedBy string `json:"created_by,omitempty"`
 	// The global UC metastore id of the data provider. This field is only
-	// present when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**. The
-	// identifier is of format __cloud__:__region__:__metastore-uuid__.
+	// present when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**. The
+	// identifier is of format **cloud**:**region**:**metastore-uuid**.
 	DataProviderGlobalMetastoreId string `json:"data_provider_global_metastore_id,omitempty"`
 	// UUID of the provider's UC metastore. This field is only present when the
-	// __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	MetastoreId string `json:"metastore_id,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the Provider.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
@@ -1175,11 +1197,11 @@ type ProviderInfo struct {
 	// The recipient profile. This field is only present when the
 	// authentication_type is `TOKEN` or `OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS`.
 	RecipientProfile *RecipientProfile `json:"recipient_profile,omitempty"`
-	// This field is required when the __authentication_type__ is **TOKEN**,
+	// This field is required when the **authentication_type** is **TOKEN**,
 	// **OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS** or not provided.
 	RecipientProfileStr string `json:"recipient_profile_str,omitempty"`
 	// Cloud region of the provider's UC metastore. This field is only present
-	// when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	Region string `json:"region,omitempty"`
 	// Time at which this Provider was created, in epoch milliseconds.
 	UpdatedAt int64 `json:"updated_at,omitempty"`
@@ -1222,7 +1244,7 @@ type RecipientInfo struct {
 
 	AuthenticationType AuthenticationType `json:"authentication_type,omitempty"`
 	// Cloud vendor of the recipient's Unity Catalog Metastore. This field is
-	// only present when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// only present when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	Cloud string `json:"cloud,omitempty"`
 	// Description about the recipient.
 	Comment string `json:"comment,omitempty"`
@@ -1231,9 +1253,9 @@ type RecipientInfo struct {
 	// Username of recipient creator.
 	CreatedBy string `json:"created_by,omitempty"`
 	// The global Unity Catalog metastore id provided by the data recipient.
-	// This field is only present when the __authentication_type__ is
+	// This field is only present when the **authentication_type** is
 	// **DATABRICKS**. The identifier is of format
-	// __cloud__:__region__:__metastore-uuid__.
+	// **cloud**:**region**:**metastore-uuid**.
 	DataRecipientGlobalMetastoreId string `json:"data_recipient_global_metastore_id,omitempty"`
 	// Expiration timestamp of the token, in epoch milliseconds.
 	ExpirationTime int64 `json:"expiration_time,omitempty"`
@@ -1242,7 +1264,7 @@ type RecipientInfo struct {
 	// IP Access List
 	IpAccessList *IpAccessList `json:"ip_access_list,omitempty"`
 	// Unique identifier of recipient's Unity Catalog Metastore. This field is
-	// only present when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// only present when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	MetastoreId string `json:"metastore_id,omitempty"`
 	// Name of Recipient.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
@@ -1254,12 +1276,12 @@ type RecipientInfo struct {
 	// read-modify-write.
 	PropertiesKvpairs *SecurablePropertiesKvPairs `json:"properties_kvpairs,omitempty"`
 	// Cloud region of the recipient's Unity Catalog Metastore. This field is
-	// only present when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// only present when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	Region string `json:"region,omitempty"`
 	// The one-time sharing code provided by the data recipient. This field is
-	// only present when the __authentication_type__ is **DATABRICKS**.
+	// only present when the **authentication_type** is **DATABRICKS**.
 	SharingCode string `json:"sharing_code,omitempty"`
-	// This field is only present when the __authentication_type__ is **TOKEN**.
+	// This field is only present when the **authentication_type** is **TOKEN**.
 	Tokens []RecipientTokenInfo `json:"tokens,omitempty"`
 	// Time at which the recipient was updated, in epoch milliseconds.
 	UpdatedAt int64 `json:"updated_at,omitempty"`
@@ -1377,7 +1399,7 @@ type RotateRecipientToken struct {
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 }
 
-// An object with __properties__ containing map of key-value properties attached
+// An object with **properties** containing map of key-value properties attached
 // to the securable.
 type SecurablePropertiesKvPairs struct {
 	// A map of key-value properties attached to the securable.
@@ -1434,15 +1456,19 @@ func (s ShareInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type SharePermissionsRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of permissions to return. - when set to 0, the page length
-	// is set to a server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned; - If not set, all valid permissions are returned (not
-	// recommended). - Note: The number of returned permissions might be less
-	// than the specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive
-	// indication that no further permissions can be fetched is when the
-	// next_page_token is unset from the response.
+	// Maximum number of permissions to return.
+	//
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all valid permissions are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - Note: The number of returned permissions might be less than the
+	//     specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
+	//     that no further permissions can be fetched is when the
+	//     next_page_token is unset from the response.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the Recipient.
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -1512,20 +1538,28 @@ type SharedDataObject struct {
 	// Important: For non-table objects, this field must be omitted entirely.
 	//
 	// Format: Must be a 2-part name `<schema_name>.<table_name>` (e.g.,
-	// "sales_schema.orders_table") - Both schema and table names must contain
-	// only alphanumeric characters and underscores - No periods, spaces,
-	// forward slashes, or control characters are allowed within each part - Do
-	// not include the catalog name (use 2 parts, not 3)
+	// "sales_schema.orders_table")
+	//
+	//   - Both schema and table names must contain only alphanumeric characters
+	//     and underscores
+	//   - No periods, spaces, forward slashes, or control characters are
+	//     allowed within each part
+	//   - Do not include the catalog name (use 2 parts, not 3)
+	//
+	// Behavior:
+	//
+	//   - If not provided, the service automatically generates the alias as
+	//     `<schema>.<table>` from the object's original name
+	//   - If you don't want to specify this field, omit it entirely from the
+	//     request (do not pass an empty string)
+	//   - The `shared_as` name must be unique within the share
 	//
-	// Behavior: - If not provided, the service automatically generates the
-	// alias as `<schema>.<table>` from the object's original name - If you
-	// don't want to specify this field, omit it entirely from the request (do
-	// not pass an empty string) - The `shared_as` name must be unique within
-	// the share
+	// Examples:
 	//
-	// Examples: - Valid: "analytics_schema.customer_view" - Invalid:
-	// "catalog.analytics_schema.customer_view" (3 parts not allowed) - Invalid:
-	// "analytics-schema.customer-view" (hyphens not allowed)
+	//   - Valid: "analytics_schema.customer_view"
+	//   - Invalid: "catalog.analytics_schema.customer_view" (3 parts not
+	//     allowed)
+	//   - Invalid: "analytics-schema.customer-view" (hyphens not allowed)
 	SharedAs string `json:"shared_as,omitempty"`
 	// The start version associated with the object. This allows data providers
 	// to control the lowest object version that is accessible by clients. If
@@ -1546,25 +1580,36 @@ type SharedDataObject struct {
 	//
 	// Important: For table-like objects, this field must be omitted entirely.
 	//
-	// Format: - For VOLUME: Must be a 2-part name `<schema_name>.<volume_name>`
-	// (e.g., "data_schema.ml_models") - For FUNCTION: Must be a 2-part name
-	// `<schema_name>.<function_name>` (e.g., "udf_schema.calculate_tax") - For
-	// MODEL: Must be a 2-part name `<schema_name>.<model_name>` (e.g.,
-	// "models.prediction_model") - For NOTEBOOK_FILE: Should be the notebook
-	// file name (e.g., "analysis_notebook.py") - All names must contain only
-	// alphanumeric characters and underscores - No periods, spaces, forward
-	// slashes, or control characters are allowed within each part
+	// Format:
 	//
-	// Behavior: - If not provided, the service automatically generates the
-	// alias from the object's original name - If you don't want to specify this
-	// field, omit it entirely from the request (do not pass an empty string) -
-	// The `string_shared_as` name must be unique for objects of the same type
-	// within the share
+	//   - For VOLUME: Must be a 2-part name `<schema_name>.<volume_name>`
+	//     (e.g., "data_schema.ml_models")
+	//   - For FUNCTION: Must be a 2-part name `<schema_name>.<function_name>`
+	//     (e.g., "udf_schema.calculate_tax")
+	//   - For MODEL: Must be a 2-part name `<schema_name>.<model_name>` (e.g.,
+	//     "models.prediction_model")
+	//   - For NOTEBOOK_FILE: Should be the notebook file name (e.g.,
+	//     "analysis_notebook.py")
+	//   - All names must contain only alphanumeric characters and underscores
+	//   - No periods, spaces, forward slashes, or control characters are
+	//     allowed within each part
 	//
-	// Examples: - Valid for VOLUME: "data_schema.training_data" - Valid for
-	// FUNCTION: "analytics.calculate_revenue" - Invalid:
-	// "catalog.data_schema.training_data" (3 parts not allowed for volumes) -
-	// Invalid: "data-schema.training-data" (hyphens not allowed)
+	// Behavior:
+	//
+	//   - If not provided, the service automatically generates the alias from
+	//     the object's original name
+	//   - If you don't want to specify this field, omit it entirely from the
+	//     request (do not pass an empty string)
+	//   - The `string_shared_as` name must be unique for objects of the same
+	//     type within the share
+	//
+	// Examples:
+	//
+	//   - Valid for VOLUME: "data_schema.training_data"
+	//   - Valid for FUNCTION: "analytics.calculate_revenue"
+	//   - Invalid: "catalog.data_schema.training_data" (3 parts not allowed for
+	//     volumes)
+	//   - Invalid: "data-schema.training-data" (hyphens not allowed)
 	StringSharedAs string `json:"string_shared_as,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -1806,15 +1851,19 @@ func (f *SharedSecurableKind) Type() string {
 }
 
 type SharesListRequest struct {
-	// Maximum number of shares to return. - when set to 0, the page length is
-	// set to a server configured value (recommended); - when set to a value
-	// greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of this value and a server
-	// configured value; - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter
-	// error is returned; - If not set, all valid shares are returned (not
-	// recommended). - Note: The number of returned shares might be less than
-	// the specified max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication
-	// that no further shares can be fetched is when the next_page_token is
-	// unset from the response.
+	// Maximum number of shares to return.
+	//
+	//   - when set to 0, the page length is set to a server configured value
+	//     (recommended);
+	//   - when set to a value greater than 0, the page length is the minimum of
+	//     this value and a server configured value;
+	//   - when set to a value less than 0, an invalid parameter error is
+	//     returned;
+	//   - If not set, all valid shares are returned (not recommended).
+	//   - Note: The number of returned shares might be less than the specified
+	//     max_results size, even zero. The only definitive indication that no
+	//     further shares can be fetched is when the next_page_token is unset
+	//     from the response.
 	MaxResults int `json:"-" url:"max_results,omitempty"`
 	// Opaque pagination token to go to next page based on previous query.
 	PageToken string `json:"-" url:"page_token,omitempty"`
@@ -1870,7 +1919,7 @@ type UpdateProvider struct {
 	NewName string `json:"new_name,omitempty"`
 	// Username of Provider owner.
 	Owner string `json:"owner,omitempty"`
-	// This field is required when the __authentication_type__ is **TOKEN**,
+	// This field is required when the **authentication_type** is **TOKEN**,
 	// **OAUTH_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS** or not provided.
 	RecipientProfileStr string `json:"recipient_profile_str,omitempty"`
 
diff --git a/service/sql/api.go b/service/sql/api.go
index 146039bc9..3a1881b93 100755
--- a/service/sql/api.go
+++ b/service/sql/api.go
@@ -670,12 +670,10 @@ func NewDbsqlPermissions(client *client.DatabricksClient) *DbsqlPermissionsAPI {
 //
 // There are three levels of permission:
 //
-// - `CAN_VIEW`: Allows read-only access
-//
-// - `CAN_RUN`: Allows read access and run access (superset of `CAN_VIEW`)
-//
-// - `CAN_MANAGE`: Allows all actions: read, run, edit, delete, modify
-// permissions (superset of `CAN_RUN`)
+//   - `CAN_VIEW`: Allows read-only access
+//   - `CAN_RUN`: Allows read access and run access (superset of `CAN_VIEW`)
+//   - `CAN_MANAGE`: Allows all actions: read, run, edit, delete, modify
+//     permissions (superset of `CAN_RUN`)
 //
 // **Warning**: This API is deprecated. Please see the latest version of the
 // Databricks SQL API. [Learn more]
@@ -1197,10 +1195,7 @@ type StatementExecutionInterface interface {
 	// time at which the URL is no longer valid. In `EXTERNAL_LINKS` mode, chunks
 	// can be resolved and fetched multiple times and in parallel.
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
-	// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that
-	// are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+	// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 	//
 	// When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 	// generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -1214,8 +1209,6 @@ type StatementExecutionInterface interface {
 	//
 	// See also [Security best practices].
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
 	// StatementResponse contains `statement_id` and `status`; other fields might be
 	// absent or present depending on context. If the SQL warehouse fails to execute
 	// the provided statement, a 200 response is returned with `status.state` set to
@@ -1317,22 +1310,25 @@ func NewStatementExecution(client *client.DatabricksClient) *StatementExecutionA
 // to either `CONTINUE`, to fallback to asynchronous mode, or it can be set to
 // `CANCEL`, which cancels the statement.
 //
-// In summary: - **Synchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=30s` and
-// `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`): The call waits up to 30 seconds; if the statement
-// execution finishes within this time, the result data is returned directly in
-// the response. If the execution takes longer than 30 seconds, the execution is
-// canceled and the call returns with a `CANCELED` state. - **Asynchronous
-// mode** (`wait_timeout=0s` and `on_wait_timeout` is ignored): The call doesn't
-// wait for the statement to finish but returns directly with a statement ID.
-// The status of the statement execution can be polled by issuing
-// :method:statementexecution/getStatement with the statement ID. Once the
-// execution has succeeded, this call also returns the result and metadata in
-// the response. - **[Default] Hybrid mode** (`wait_timeout=10s` and
-// `on_wait_timeout=CONTINUE`): The call waits for up to 10 seconds; if the
-// statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is returned
-// directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than 10 seconds, a
-// statement ID is returned. The statement ID can be used to fetch status and
-// results in the same way as in the asynchronous mode.
+// In summary:
+//
+//   - **Synchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=30s` and `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`):
+//     The call waits up to 30 seconds; if the statement execution finishes
+//     within this time, the result data is returned directly in the response.
+//     If the execution takes longer than 30 seconds, the execution is canceled
+//     and the call returns with a `CANCELED` state.
+//   - **Asynchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=0s` and `on_wait_timeout` is
+//     ignored): The call doesn't wait for the statement to finish but returns
+//     directly with a statement ID. The status of the statement execution can
+//     be polled by issuing :method:statementexecution/getStatement with the
+//     statement ID. Once the execution has succeeded, this call also returns
+//     the result and metadata in the response.
+//   - **[Default] Hybrid mode** (`wait_timeout=10s` and
+//     `on_wait_timeout=CONTINUE`): The call waits for up to 10 seconds; if the
+//     statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is
+//     returned directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than 10
+//     seconds, a statement ID is returned. The statement ID can be used to
+//     fetch status and results in the same way as in the asynchronous mode.
 //
 // Depending on the size, the result can be split into multiple chunks. If the
 // statement execution is successful, the statement response contains a manifest
@@ -1354,14 +1350,13 @@ func NewStatementExecution(client *client.DatabricksClient) *StatementExecutionA
 // There are two ways to receive statement results, controlled by the
 // `disposition` setting, which can be either `INLINE` or `EXTERNAL_LINKS`:
 //
-// - `INLINE`: In this mode, the result data is directly included in the
-// response. It's best suited for smaller results. This mode can only be used
-// with the `JSON_ARRAY` format.
-//
-// - `EXTERNAL_LINKS`: In this mode, the response provides links that can be
-// used to download the result data in chunks separately. This approach is ideal
-// for larger results and offers higher throughput. This mode can be used with
-// all the formats: `JSON_ARRAY`, `ARROW_STREAM`, and `CSV`.
+//   - `INLINE`: In this mode, the result data is directly included in the
+//     response. It's best suited for smaller results. This mode can only be
+//     used with the `JSON_ARRAY` format.
+//   - `EXTERNAL_LINKS`: In this mode, the response provides links that can be
+//     used to download the result data in chunks separately. This approach is
+//     ideal for larger results and offers higher throughput. This mode can be
+//     used with all the formats: `JSON_ARRAY`, `ARROW_STREAM`, and `CSV`.
 //
 // By default, the API uses `format=JSON_ARRAY` and `disposition=INLINE`.
 //
@@ -1370,23 +1365,27 @@ func NewStatementExecution(client *client.DatabricksClient) *StatementExecutionA
 // Note: The byte limit for INLINE disposition is based on internal storage
 // metrics and will not exactly match the byte count of the actual payload.
 //
-// - Statements with `disposition=INLINE` are limited to 25 MiB and will fail
-// when this limit is exceeded. - Statements with `disposition=EXTERNAL_LINKS`
-// are limited to 100 GiB. Result sets larger than this limit will be truncated.
-// Truncation is indicated by the `truncated` field in the result manifest. -
-// The maximum query text size is 16 MiB. - Cancelation might silently fail. A
-// successful response from a cancel request indicates that the cancel request
-// was successfully received and sent to the processing engine. However, an
-// outstanding statement might have already completed execution when the cancel
-// request arrives. Polling for status until a terminal state is reached is a
-// reliable way to determine the final state. - Wait timeouts are approximate,
-// occur server-side, and cannot account for things such as caller delays and
-// network latency from caller to service. - To guarantee that the statement is
-// kept alive, you must poll at least once every 15 minutes. - The results are
-// only available for one hour after success; polling does not extend this. -
-// The SQL Execution API must be used for the entire lifecycle of the statement.
-// For example, you cannot use the Jobs API to execute the command, and then the
-// SQL Execution API to cancel it.
+//   - Statements with `disposition=INLINE` are limited to 25 MiB and will fail
+//     when this limit is exceeded.
+//   - Statements with `disposition=EXTERNAL_LINKS` are limited to 100 GiB.
+//     Result sets larger than this limit will be truncated. Truncation is
+//     indicated by the `truncated` field in the result manifest.
+//   - The maximum query text size is 16 MiB.
+//   - Cancelation might silently fail. A successful response from a cancel
+//     request indicates that the cancel request was successfully received and
+//     sent to the processing engine. However, an outstanding statement might
+//     have already completed execution when the cancel request arrives. Polling
+//     for status until a terminal state is reached is a reliable way to
+//     determine the final state.
+//   - Wait timeouts are approximate, occur server-side, and cannot account for
+//     things such as caller delays and network latency from caller to service.
+//   - To guarantee that the statement is kept alive, you must poll at least
+//     once every 15 minutes.
+//   - The results are only available for one hour after success; polling does
+//     not extend this.
+//   - The SQL Execution API must be used for the entire lifecycle of the
+//     statement. For example, you cannot use the Jobs API to execute the
+//     command, and then the SQL Execution API to cancel it.
 //
 // [Apache Arrow Columnar]: https://arrow.apache.org/overview/
 // [Databricks SQL Statement Execution API tutorial]: https://docs.databricks.com/sql/api/sql-execution-tutorial.html
diff --git a/service/sql/interface.go b/service/sql/interface.go
index d14e1228d..142f1b607 100755
--- a/service/sql/interface.go
+++ b/service/sql/interface.go
@@ -238,12 +238,10 @@ type DataSourcesService interface {
 //
 // There are three levels of permission:
 //
-// - `CAN_VIEW`: Allows read-only access
-//
-// - `CAN_RUN`: Allows read access and run access (superset of `CAN_VIEW`)
-//
-// - `CAN_MANAGE`: Allows all actions: read, run, edit, delete, modify
-// permissions (superset of `CAN_RUN`)
+//   - `CAN_VIEW`: Allows read-only access
+//   - `CAN_RUN`: Allows read access and run access (superset of `CAN_VIEW`)
+//   - `CAN_MANAGE`: Allows all actions: read, run, edit, delete, modify
+//     permissions (superset of `CAN_RUN`)
 //
 // **Warning**: This API is deprecated. Please see the latest version of the
 // Databricks SQL API. [Learn more]
@@ -506,22 +504,25 @@ type RedashConfigService interface {
 // to either `CONTINUE`, to fallback to asynchronous mode, or it can be set to
 // `CANCEL`, which cancels the statement.
 //
-// In summary: - **Synchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=30s` and
-// `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`): The call waits up to 30 seconds; if the statement
-// execution finishes within this time, the result data is returned directly in
-// the response. If the execution takes longer than 30 seconds, the execution is
-// canceled and the call returns with a `CANCELED` state. - **Asynchronous
-// mode** (`wait_timeout=0s` and `on_wait_timeout` is ignored): The call doesn't
-// wait for the statement to finish but returns directly with a statement ID.
-// The status of the statement execution can be polled by issuing
-// :method:statementexecution/getStatement with the statement ID. Once the
-// execution has succeeded, this call also returns the result and metadata in
-// the response. - **[Default] Hybrid mode** (`wait_timeout=10s` and
-// `on_wait_timeout=CONTINUE`): The call waits for up to 10 seconds; if the
-// statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is returned
-// directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than 10 seconds, a
-// statement ID is returned. The statement ID can be used to fetch status and
-// results in the same way as in the asynchronous mode.
+// In summary:
+//
+//   - **Synchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=30s` and `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`):
+//     The call waits up to 30 seconds; if the statement execution finishes
+//     within this time, the result data is returned directly in the response.
+//     If the execution takes longer than 30 seconds, the execution is canceled
+//     and the call returns with a `CANCELED` state.
+//   - **Asynchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=0s` and `on_wait_timeout` is
+//     ignored): The call doesn't wait for the statement to finish but returns
+//     directly with a statement ID. The status of the statement execution can
+//     be polled by issuing :method:statementexecution/getStatement with the
+//     statement ID. Once the execution has succeeded, this call also returns
+//     the result and metadata in the response.
+//   - **[Default] Hybrid mode** (`wait_timeout=10s` and
+//     `on_wait_timeout=CONTINUE`): The call waits for up to 10 seconds; if the
+//     statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is
+//     returned directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than 10
+//     seconds, a statement ID is returned. The statement ID can be used to
+//     fetch status and results in the same way as in the asynchronous mode.
 //
 // Depending on the size, the result can be split into multiple chunks. If the
 // statement execution is successful, the statement response contains a manifest
@@ -543,14 +544,13 @@ type RedashConfigService interface {
 // There are two ways to receive statement results, controlled by the
 // `disposition` setting, which can be either `INLINE` or `EXTERNAL_LINKS`:
 //
-// - `INLINE`: In this mode, the result data is directly included in the
-// response. It's best suited for smaller results. This mode can only be used
-// with the `JSON_ARRAY` format.
-//
-// - `EXTERNAL_LINKS`: In this mode, the response provides links that can be
-// used to download the result data in chunks separately. This approach is ideal
-// for larger results and offers higher throughput. This mode can be used with
-// all the formats: `JSON_ARRAY`, `ARROW_STREAM`, and `CSV`.
+//   - `INLINE`: In this mode, the result data is directly included in the
+//     response. It's best suited for smaller results. This mode can only be
+//     used with the `JSON_ARRAY` format.
+//   - `EXTERNAL_LINKS`: In this mode, the response provides links that can be
+//     used to download the result data in chunks separately. This approach is
+//     ideal for larger results and offers higher throughput. This mode can be
+//     used with all the formats: `JSON_ARRAY`, `ARROW_STREAM`, and `CSV`.
 //
 // By default, the API uses `format=JSON_ARRAY` and `disposition=INLINE`.
 //
@@ -559,23 +559,27 @@ type RedashConfigService interface {
 // Note: The byte limit for INLINE disposition is based on internal storage
 // metrics and will not exactly match the byte count of the actual payload.
 //
-// - Statements with `disposition=INLINE` are limited to 25 MiB and will fail
-// when this limit is exceeded. - Statements with `disposition=EXTERNAL_LINKS`
-// are limited to 100 GiB. Result sets larger than this limit will be truncated.
-// Truncation is indicated by the `truncated` field in the result manifest. -
-// The maximum query text size is 16 MiB. - Cancelation might silently fail. A
-// successful response from a cancel request indicates that the cancel request
-// was successfully received and sent to the processing engine. However, an
-// outstanding statement might have already completed execution when the cancel
-// request arrives. Polling for status until a terminal state is reached is a
-// reliable way to determine the final state. - Wait timeouts are approximate,
-// occur server-side, and cannot account for things such as caller delays and
-// network latency from caller to service. - To guarantee that the statement is
-// kept alive, you must poll at least once every 15 minutes. - The results are
-// only available for one hour after success; polling does not extend this. -
-// The SQL Execution API must be used for the entire lifecycle of the statement.
-// For example, you cannot use the Jobs API to execute the command, and then the
-// SQL Execution API to cancel it.
+//   - Statements with `disposition=INLINE` are limited to 25 MiB and will fail
+//     when this limit is exceeded.
+//   - Statements with `disposition=EXTERNAL_LINKS` are limited to 100 GiB.
+//     Result sets larger than this limit will be truncated. Truncation is
+//     indicated by the `truncated` field in the result manifest.
+//   - The maximum query text size is 16 MiB.
+//   - Cancelation might silently fail. A successful response from a cancel
+//     request indicates that the cancel request was successfully received and
+//     sent to the processing engine. However, an outstanding statement might
+//     have already completed execution when the cancel request arrives. Polling
+//     for status until a terminal state is reached is a reliable way to
+//     determine the final state.
+//   - Wait timeouts are approximate, occur server-side, and cannot account for
+//     things such as caller delays and network latency from caller to service.
+//   - To guarantee that the statement is kept alive, you must poll at least
+//     once every 15 minutes.
+//   - The results are only available for one hour after success; polling does
+//     not extend this.
+//   - The SQL Execution API must be used for the entire lifecycle of the
+//     statement. For example, you cannot use the Jobs API to execute the
+//     command, and then the SQL Execution API to cancel it.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 //
@@ -614,10 +618,7 @@ type StatementExecutionService interface {
 	// `EXTERNAL_LINKS` mode, chunks can be resolved and fetched multiple times
 	// and in parallel.
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
-	// ### **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs
-	// that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
+	// # **Warning: Databricks strongly recommends that you protect the URLs that are returned by the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition.**
 	//
 	// When you use the `EXTERNAL_LINKS` disposition, a short-lived, URL is
 	// generated, which can be used to download the results directly from . As a
@@ -631,8 +632,6 @@ type StatementExecutionService interface {
 	//
 	// See also [Security best practices].
 	//
-	// ----
-	//
 	// StatementResponse contains `statement_id` and `status`; other fields
 	// might be absent or present depending on context. If the SQL warehouse
 	// fails to execute the provided statement, a 200 response is returned with
diff --git a/service/sql/model.go b/service/sql/model.go
index 525004948..a09a96e5e 100755
--- a/service/sql/model.go
+++ b/service/sql/model.go
@@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ import (
 
 type AccessControl struct {
 	GroupName string `json:"group_name,omitempty"`
-	// * `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query * `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query *
-	// `CAN_EDIT`: Can edit the query * `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
+	//   - `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query
+	//   - `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query
+	//   - `CAN_EDIT`: Can edit the query
+	//   - `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
 	PermissionLevel PermissionLevel `json:"permission_level,omitempty"`
 
 	UserName string `json:"user_name,omitempty"`
@@ -526,11 +528,13 @@ type AlertV2 struct {
 	QueryText string `json:"query_text"`
 	// Specifies the identity that will be used to run the alert. This field
 	// allows you to configure alerts to run as a specific user or service
-	// principal. - For user identity: Set `user_name` to the email of an active
-	// workspace user. Users can only set this to their own email. - For service
-	// principal: Set `service_principal_name` to the application ID. Requires
-	// the `servicePrincipal/user` role. If not specified, the alert will run as
-	// the request user.
+	// principal.
+	//
+	//   - For user identity: Set `user_name` to the email of an active
+	//     workspace user. Users can only set this to their own email.
+	//   - For service principal: Set `service_principal_name` to the
+	//     application ID. Requires the `servicePrincipal/user` role. If not
+	//     specified, the alert will run as the request user.
 	RunAs *AlertV2RunAs `json:"run_as,omitempty"`
 	// The run as username or application ID of service principal. On Create and
 	// Update, this field can be set to application ID of an active service
@@ -1215,7 +1219,10 @@ type CreateWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// The amount of time in minutes that a SQL warehouse must be idle (i.e., no
 	// RUNNING queries) before it is automatically stopped.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins - 0 indicates no autostop.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins
+	//   - 0 indicates no autostop.
 	//
 	// Defaults to 120 mins
 	AutoStopMins int `json:"auto_stop_mins,omitempty"`
@@ -1225,8 +1232,18 @@ type CreateWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// a spark cluster allows you to run larger queries on it. If you want to
 	// increase the number of concurrent queries, please tune max_num_clusters.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - 2X-Small - X-Small - Small - Medium - Large - X-Large
-	// - 2X-Large - 3X-Large - 4X-Large - 5X-Large
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - 2X-Small
+	//   - X-Small
+	//   - Small
+	//   - Medium
+	//   - Large
+	//   - X-Large
+	//   - 2X-Large
+	//   - 3X-Large
+	//   - 4X-Large
+	//   - 5X-Large
 	ClusterSize string `json:"cluster_size,omitempty"`
 	// warehouse creator name
 	CreatorName string `json:"creator_name,omitempty"`
@@ -1241,7 +1258,10 @@ type CreateWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// Maximum number of clusters that the autoscaler will create to handle
 	// concurrent queries.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be >= min_num_clusters - Must be <= 40.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be >= min_num_clusters
+	//   - Must be <= 40.
 	//
 	// Defaults to min_clusters if unset.
 	MaxNumClusters int `json:"max_num_clusters,omitempty"`
@@ -1251,21 +1271,28 @@ type CreateWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// queries. This is similar to reserved vs. revocable cores in a resource
 	// manager.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be > 0 - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be > 0
+	//   - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
 	//
 	// Defaults to 1
 	MinNumClusters int `json:"min_num_clusters,omitempty"`
 	// Logical name for the cluster.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be unique within an org. - Must be less than 100
-	// characters.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be unique within an org.
+	//   - Must be less than 100 characters.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
 	// Configurations whether the endpoint should use spot instances.
 	SpotInstancePolicy SpotInstancePolicy `json:"spot_instance_policy,omitempty"`
 	// A set of key-value pairs that will be tagged on all resources (e.g., AWS
 	// instances and EBS volumes) associated with this SQL warehouse.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Number of tags < 45.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Number of tags < 45.
 	Tags *EndpointTags `json:"tags,omitempty"`
 	// Warehouse type: `PRO` or `CLASSIC`. If you want to use serverless
 	// compute, you must set to `PRO` and also set the field
@@ -1409,8 +1436,10 @@ type Dashboard struct {
 	Options *DashboardOptions `json:"options,omitempty"`
 	// The identifier of the workspace folder containing the object.
 	Parent string `json:"parent,omitempty"`
-	// * `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query * `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query *
-	// `CAN_EDIT`: Can edit the query * `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
+	//   - `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query
+	//   - `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query
+	//   - `CAN_EDIT`: Can edit the query
+	//   - `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
 	PermissionTier PermissionLevel `json:"permission_tier,omitempty"`
 	// URL slug. Usually mirrors the query name with dashes (`-`) instead of
 	// spaces. Appears in the URL for this query.
@@ -1895,7 +1924,10 @@ type EditWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// The amount of time in minutes that a SQL warehouse must be idle (i.e., no
 	// RUNNING queries) before it is automatically stopped.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins - 0 indicates no autostop.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins
+	//   - 0 indicates no autostop.
 	//
 	// Defaults to 120 mins
 	AutoStopMins int `json:"auto_stop_mins,omitempty"`
@@ -1905,8 +1937,18 @@ type EditWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// a spark cluster allows you to run larger queries on it. If you want to
 	// increase the number of concurrent queries, please tune max_num_clusters.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - 2X-Small - X-Small - Small - Medium - Large - X-Large
-	// - 2X-Large - 3X-Large - 4X-Large - 5X-Large
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - 2X-Small
+	//   - X-Small
+	//   - Small
+	//   - Medium
+	//   - Large
+	//   - X-Large
+	//   - 2X-Large
+	//   - 3X-Large
+	//   - 4X-Large
+	//   - 5X-Large
 	ClusterSize string `json:"cluster_size,omitempty"`
 	// warehouse creator name
 	CreatorName string `json:"creator_name,omitempty"`
@@ -1923,7 +1965,10 @@ type EditWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// Maximum number of clusters that the autoscaler will create to handle
 	// concurrent queries.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be >= min_num_clusters - Must be <= 40.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be >= min_num_clusters
+	//   - Must be <= 40.
 	//
 	// Defaults to min_clusters if unset.
 	MaxNumClusters int `json:"max_num_clusters,omitempty"`
@@ -1933,21 +1978,28 @@ type EditWarehouseRequest struct {
 	// queries. This is similar to reserved vs. revocable cores in a resource
 	// manager.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be > 0 - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be > 0
+	//   - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
 	//
 	// Defaults to 1
 	MinNumClusters int `json:"min_num_clusters,omitempty"`
 	// Logical name for the cluster.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be unique within an org. - Must be less than 100
-	// characters.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be unique within an org.
+	//   - Must be less than 100 characters.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
 	// Configurations whether the endpoint should use spot instances.
 	SpotInstancePolicy SpotInstancePolicy `json:"spot_instance_policy,omitempty"`
 	// A set of key-value pairs that will be tagged on all resources (e.g., AWS
 	// instances and EBS volumes) associated with this SQL warehouse.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Number of tags < 45.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Number of tags < 45.
 	Tags *EndpointTags `json:"tags,omitempty"`
 	// Warehouse type: `PRO` or `CLASSIC`. If you want to use serverless
 	// compute, you must set to `PRO` and also set the field
@@ -2050,7 +2102,10 @@ type EndpointInfo struct {
 	// The amount of time in minutes that a SQL warehouse must be idle (i.e., no
 	// RUNNING queries) before it is automatically stopped.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins - 0 indicates no autostop.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins
+	//   - 0 indicates no autostop.
 	//
 	// Defaults to 120 mins
 	AutoStopMins int `json:"auto_stop_mins,omitempty"`
@@ -2060,8 +2115,18 @@ type EndpointInfo struct {
 	// a spark cluster allows you to run larger queries on it. If you want to
 	// increase the number of concurrent queries, please tune max_num_clusters.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - 2X-Small - X-Small - Small - Medium - Large - X-Large
-	// - 2X-Large - 3X-Large - 4X-Large - 5X-Large
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - 2X-Small
+	//   - X-Small
+	//   - Small
+	//   - Medium
+	//   - Large
+	//   - X-Large
+	//   - 2X-Large
+	//   - 3X-Large
+	//   - 4X-Large
+	//   - 5X-Large
 	ClusterSize string `json:"cluster_size,omitempty"`
 	// warehouse creator name
 	CreatorName string `json:"creator_name,omitempty"`
@@ -2083,7 +2148,10 @@ type EndpointInfo struct {
 	// Maximum number of clusters that the autoscaler will create to handle
 	// concurrent queries.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be >= min_num_clusters - Must be <= 40.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be >= min_num_clusters
+	//   - Must be <= 40.
 	//
 	// Defaults to min_clusters if unset.
 	MaxNumClusters int `json:"max_num_clusters,omitempty"`
@@ -2093,14 +2161,19 @@ type EndpointInfo struct {
 	// queries. This is similar to reserved vs. revocable cores in a resource
 	// manager.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be > 0 - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be > 0
+	//   - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
 	//
 	// Defaults to 1
 	MinNumClusters int `json:"min_num_clusters,omitempty"`
 	// Logical name for the cluster.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be unique within an org. - Must be less than 100
-	// characters.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be unique within an org.
+	//   - Must be less than 100 characters.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
 	// Deprecated. current number of active sessions for the warehouse
 	NumActiveSessions int64 `json:"num_active_sessions,omitempty"`
@@ -2115,7 +2188,9 @@ type EndpointInfo struct {
 	// A set of key-value pairs that will be tagged on all resources (e.g., AWS
 	// instances and EBS volumes) associated with this SQL warehouse.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Number of tags < 45.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Number of tags < 45.
 	Tags *EndpointTags `json:"tags,omitempty"`
 	// Warehouse type: `PRO` or `CLASSIC`. If you want to use serverless
 	// compute, you must set to `PRO` and also set the field
@@ -2243,13 +2318,13 @@ type ExecuteStatementRequest struct {
 	// generate arbitrarily sized result sets for fetching up to 100 GiB. The
 	// resulting links have two important properties:
 	//
-	// 1. They point to resources _external_ to the Databricks compute;
-	// therefore any associated authentication information (typically a personal
-	// access token, OAuth token, or similar) _must be removed_ when fetching
-	// from these links.
-	//
-	// 2. These are URLs with a specific expiration, indicated in the response.
-	// The behavior when attempting to use an expired link is cloud specific.
+	//  1. They point to resources *external* to the Databricks compute;
+	//     therefore any associated authentication information (typically a
+	//     personal access token, OAuth token, or similar) *must be removed*
+	//     when fetching from these links.
+	//  2. These are URLs with a specific expiration, indicated in the response.
+	//     The behavior when attempting to use an expired link is cloud
+	//     specific.
 	Disposition Disposition `json:"disposition,omitempty"`
 	// Statement execution supports three result formats: `JSON_ARRAY`
 	// (default), `ARROW_STREAM`, and `CSV`.
@@ -2264,8 +2339,11 @@ type ExecuteStatementRequest struct {
 	// concat('id-', id) AS strCol, id AS intCol, null AS nullCol FROM range(3)`
 	// would look like this:
 	//
-	// ``` [ [ "id-1", "1", null ], [ "id-2", "2", null ], [ "id-3", "3", null
-	// ], ] ```
+	// 	[
+	// 	[ "id-1", "1", null ],
+	// 	[ "id-2", "2", null ],
+	// 	[ "id-3", "3", null ],
+	// 	]
 	//
 	// When specifying `format=JSON_ARRAY` and `disposition=EXTERNAL_LINKS`,
 	// each chunk in the result contains compact JSON with no indentation or
@@ -2283,7 +2361,10 @@ type ExecuteStatementRequest struct {
 	// names. For example, the output of `SELECT concat('id-', id) AS strCol, id
 	// AS intCol, null as nullCol FROM range(3)` would look like this:
 	//
-	// ``` strCol,intCol,nullCol id-1,1,null id-2,2,null id-3,3,null ```
+	// 	strCol,intCol,nullCol
+	// 	id-1,1,null
+	// 	id-2,2,null
+	// 	id-3,3,null
 	//
 	// [Apache Arrow streaming format]: https://arrow.apache.org/docs/format/Columnar.html#ipc-streaming-format
 	// [RFC 4180]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4180
@@ -2312,14 +2393,14 @@ type ExecuteStatementRequest struct {
 	// For example, the following statement contains two parameters, `my_name`
 	// and `my_date`:
 	//
-	// ``` SELECT * FROM my_table WHERE name = :my_name AND date = :my_date ```
+	// 	SELECT * FROM my_table WHERE name = :my_name AND date = :my_date
 	//
 	// The parameters can be passed in the request body as follows:
 	//
-	// ` { ..., "statement": "SELECT * FROM my_table WHERE name = :my_name AND
+	// `{ ..., "statement": "SELECT * FROM my_table WHERE name = :my_name AND
 	// date = :my_date", "parameters": [ { "name": "my_name", "value": "the
-	// name" }, { "name": "my_date", "value": "2020-01-01", "type": "DATE" } ] }
-	// `
+	// name" }, { "name": "my_date", "value": "2020-01-01", "type": "DATE" } ]
+	// }`
 	//
 	// Currently, positional parameters denoted by a `?` marker are not
 	// supported by the Databricks SQL Statement Execution API.
@@ -2449,11 +2530,11 @@ type ExternalLink struct {
 	// values of these headers should be considered sensitive and the client
 	// should not expose these values in a log.
 	HttpHeaders map[string]string `json:"http_headers,omitempty"`
-	// When fetching, provides the `chunk_index` for the _next_ chunk. If
+	// When fetching, provides the `chunk_index` for the *next* chunk. If
 	// absent, indicates there are no more chunks. The next chunk can be fetched
 	// with a :method:statementexecution/getstatementresultchunkn request.
 	NextChunkIndex int `json:"next_chunk_index,omitempty"`
-	// When fetching, provides a link to fetch the _next_ chunk. If absent,
+	// When fetching, provides a link to fetch the *next* chunk. If absent,
 	// indicates there are no more chunks. This link is an absolute `path` to be
 	// joined with your `$DATABRICKS_HOST`, and should be treated as an opaque
 	// link. This is an alternative to using `next_chunk_index`.
@@ -2656,7 +2737,10 @@ type GetWarehouseResponse struct {
 	// The amount of time in minutes that a SQL warehouse must be idle (i.e., no
 	// RUNNING queries) before it is automatically stopped.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins - 0 indicates no autostop.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be == 0 or >= 10 mins
+	//   - 0 indicates no autostop.
 	//
 	// Defaults to 120 mins
 	AutoStopMins int `json:"auto_stop_mins,omitempty"`
@@ -2666,8 +2750,18 @@ type GetWarehouseResponse struct {
 	// a spark cluster allows you to run larger queries on it. If you want to
 	// increase the number of concurrent queries, please tune max_num_clusters.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - 2X-Small - X-Small - Small - Medium - Large - X-Large
-	// - 2X-Large - 3X-Large - 4X-Large - 5X-Large
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - 2X-Small
+	//   - X-Small
+	//   - Small
+	//   - Medium
+	//   - Large
+	//   - X-Large
+	//   - 2X-Large
+	//   - 3X-Large
+	//   - 4X-Large
+	//   - 5X-Large
 	ClusterSize string `json:"cluster_size,omitempty"`
 	// warehouse creator name
 	CreatorName string `json:"creator_name,omitempty"`
@@ -2689,7 +2783,10 @@ type GetWarehouseResponse struct {
 	// Maximum number of clusters that the autoscaler will create to handle
 	// concurrent queries.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be >= min_num_clusters - Must be <= 40.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be >= min_num_clusters
+	//   - Must be <= 40.
 	//
 	// Defaults to min_clusters if unset.
 	MaxNumClusters int `json:"max_num_clusters,omitempty"`
@@ -2699,14 +2796,19 @@ type GetWarehouseResponse struct {
 	// queries. This is similar to reserved vs. revocable cores in a resource
 	// manager.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be > 0 - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be > 0
+	//   - Must be <= min(max_num_clusters, 30)
 	//
 	// Defaults to 1
 	MinNumClusters int `json:"min_num_clusters,omitempty"`
 	// Logical name for the cluster.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Must be unique within an org. - Must be less than 100
-	// characters.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Must be unique within an org.
+	//   - Must be less than 100 characters.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
 	// Deprecated. current number of active sessions for the warehouse
 	NumActiveSessions int64 `json:"num_active_sessions,omitempty"`
@@ -2721,7 +2823,9 @@ type GetWarehouseResponse struct {
 	// A set of key-value pairs that will be tagged on all resources (e.g., AWS
 	// instances and EBS volumes) associated with this SQL warehouse.
 	//
-	// Supported values: - Number of tags < 45.
+	// Supported values:
+	//
+	//   - Number of tags < 45.
 	Tags *EndpointTags `json:"tags,omitempty"`
 	// Warehouse type: `PRO` or `CLASSIC`. If you want to use serverless
 	// compute, you must set to `PRO` and also set the field
@@ -2989,8 +3093,10 @@ type LegacyQuery struct {
 	Options *QueryOptions `json:"options,omitempty"`
 	// The identifier of the workspace folder containing the object.
 	Parent string `json:"parent,omitempty"`
-	// * `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query * `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query *
-	// `CAN_EDIT`: Can edit the query * `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
+	//   - `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query
+	//   - `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query
+	//   - `CAN_EDIT`: Can edit the query
+	//   - `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
 	PermissionTier PermissionLevel `json:"permission_tier,omitempty"`
 	// The text of the query to be run.
 	Query string `json:"query,omitempty"`
@@ -3023,8 +3129,8 @@ func (s LegacyQuery) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 // The visualization description API changes frequently and is unsupported. You
-// can duplicate a visualization by copying description objects received _from
-// the API_ and then using them to create a new one with a POST request to the
+// can duplicate a visualization by copying description objects received *from
+// the API* and then using them to create a new one with a POST request to the
 // same endpoint. Databricks does not recommend constructing ad-hoc
 // visualizations entirely in JSON.
 type LegacyVisualization struct {
@@ -3319,17 +3425,13 @@ type ListQueriesLegacyRequest struct {
 	// Name of query attribute to order by. Default sort order is ascending.
 	// Append a dash (`-`) to order descending instead.
 	//
-	// - `name`: The name of the query.
-	//
-	// - `created_at`: The timestamp the query was created.
-	//
-	// - `runtime`: The time it took to run this query. This is blank for
-	// parameterized queries. A blank value is treated as the highest value for
-	// sorting.
-	//
-	// - `executed_at`: The timestamp when the query was last run.
-	//
-	// - `created_by`: The user name of the user that created the query.
+	//   - `name`: The name of the query.
+	//   - `created_at`: The timestamp the query was created.
+	//   - `runtime`: The time it took to run this query. This is blank for
+	//     parameterized queries. A blank value is treated as the highest value
+	//     for sorting.
+	//   - `executed_at`: The timestamp when the query was last run.
+	//   - `created_by`: The user name of the user that created the query.
 	Order string `json:"-" url:"order,omitempty"`
 	// Page number to retrieve.
 	Page int `json:"-" url:"page,omitempty"`
@@ -3834,8 +3936,10 @@ func (f *ParameterType) Type() string {
 	return "ParameterType"
 }
 
-// * `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query * `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query * `CAN_EDIT`:
-// Can edit the query * `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
+// - `CAN_VIEW`: Can view the query
+// - `CAN_RUN`: Can run the query
+// - `CAN_EDIT`: Can edit the query
+// - `CAN_MANAGE`: Can manage the query
 type PermissionLevel string
 
 // Can edit the query
@@ -4114,9 +4218,11 @@ type QueryInfo struct {
 	StatementType QueryStatementType `json:"statement_type,omitempty"`
 	// Query status with one the following values:
 	//
-	// - `QUEUED`: Query has been received and queued. - `RUNNING`: Query has
-	// started. - `CANCELED`: Query has been cancelled by the user. - `FAILED`:
-	// Query has failed. - `FINISHED`: Query has completed.
+	//   - `QUEUED`: Query has been received and queued.
+	//   - `RUNNING`: Query has started.
+	//   - `CANCELED`: Query has been cancelled by the user.
+	//   - `FAILED`: Query has failed.
+	//   - `FINISHED`: Query has completed.
 	Status QueryStatus `json:"status,omitempty"`
 	// The ID of the user who ran the query.
 	UserId int64 `json:"user_id,omitempty"`
@@ -4498,9 +4604,9 @@ func (f *QueryStatus) Type() string {
 	return "QueryStatus"
 }
 
-// * A query execution can be annotated with an optional key-value pair to allow
-// users to attribute the executions by key and optional value to filter by.
-// QueryTag is the user-facing representation.
+//   - A query execution can be annotated with an optional key-value pair to
+//     allow users to attribute the executions by key and optional value to
+//     filter by. QueryTag is the user-facing representation.
 type QueryTag struct {
 	Key string `json:"key"`
 
@@ -4550,11 +4656,11 @@ type ResultData struct {
 	DataArray [][]string `json:"data_array,omitempty"`
 
 	ExternalLinks []ExternalLink `json:"external_links,omitempty"`
-	// When fetching, provides the `chunk_index` for the _next_ chunk. If
+	// When fetching, provides the `chunk_index` for the *next* chunk. If
 	// absent, indicates there are no more chunks. The next chunk can be fetched
 	// with a :method:statementexecution/getstatementresultchunkn request.
 	NextChunkIndex int `json:"next_chunk_index,omitempty"`
-	// When fetching, provides a link to fetch the _next_ chunk. If absent,
+	// When fetching, provides a link to fetch the *next* chunk. If absent,
 	// indicates there are no more chunks. This link is an absolute `path` to be
 	// joined with your `$DATABRICKS_HOST`, and should be treated as an opaque
 	// link. This is an alternative to using `next_chunk_index`.
@@ -4994,7 +5100,7 @@ type StartRequest struct {
 	Id string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 }
 
-// * State of a warehouse.
+// State of a warehouse.
 type State string
 
 const StateDeleted State = `DELETED`
@@ -5147,13 +5253,18 @@ type StatementStatus struct {
 	// SQLSTATE error code returned when the statement execution fails. Only
 	// populated when the statement status is `FAILED`.
 	SqlState string `json:"sql_state,omitempty"`
-	// Statement execution state: - `PENDING`: waiting for warehouse -
-	// `RUNNING`: running - `SUCCEEDED`: execution was successful, result data
-	// available for fetch - `FAILED`: execution failed; reason for failure
-	// described in accompanying error message - `CANCELED`: user canceled; can
-	// come from explicit cancel call, or timeout with `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`
-	// - `CLOSED`: execution successful, and statement closed; result no longer
-	// available for fetch
+	// Statement execution state:
+	//
+	//   - `PENDING`: waiting for warehouse
+	//   - `RUNNING`: running
+	//   - `SUCCEEDED`: execution was successful, result data available for
+	//     fetch
+	//   - `FAILED`: execution failed; reason for failure described in
+	//     accompanying error message
+	//   - `CANCELED`: user canceled; can come from explicit cancel call, or
+	//     timeout with `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`
+	//   - `CLOSED`: execution successful, and statement closed; result no
+	//     longer available for fetch
 	State StatementState `json:"state,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -6480,7 +6591,7 @@ type WarehousePermissionsRequest struct {
 	WarehouseId string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 }
 
-// * Configuration values to enable or disable the access to specific warehouse
+// Configuration values to enable or disable the access to specific warehouse
 // types in the workspace.
 type WarehouseTypePair struct {
 	// If set to false the specific warehouse type will not be be allowed as a
@@ -6547,7 +6658,7 @@ type Widget struct {
 	Options *WidgetOptions `json:"options,omitempty"`
 	// The visualization description API changes frequently and is unsupported.
 	// You can duplicate a visualization by copying description objects received
-	// _from the API_ and then using them to create a new one with a POST
+	// *from the API* and then using them to create a new one with a POST
 	// request to the same endpoint. Databricks does not recommend constructing
 	// ad-hoc visualizations entirely in JSON.
 	Visualization *LegacyVisualization `json:"visualization,omitempty"`
diff --git a/service/supervisoragents/model.go b/service/supervisoragents/model.go
index 03ab9edac..beae326d4 100755
--- a/service/supervisoragents/model.go
+++ b/service/supervisoragents/model.go
@@ -483,7 +483,10 @@ type UpdateExampleRequest struct {
 	// supervisor-agents/{supervisor_agent_id}/examples/{example_id}
 	Name string `json:"-" url:"-"`
 	// Comma-delimited list of fields to update on the example. Allowed values:
-	// `question`, `guidelines`. Examples: - `question` - `question,guidelines`
+	// `question`, `guidelines`. Examples:
+	//
+	//   - `question`
+	//   - `question,guidelines`
 	UpdateMask fieldmask.FieldMask `json:"-" url:"update_mask"`
 }
 
diff --git a/service/vectorsearch/api.go b/service/vectorsearch/api.go
index 69f0633dd..2ebb882cf 100755
--- a/service/vectorsearch/api.go
+++ b/service/vectorsearch/api.go
@@ -295,12 +295,14 @@ func NewVectorSearchIndexes(client *client.DatabricksClient) *VectorSearchIndexe
 // supports real-time and efficient approximate nearest neighbor (ANN) search
 // queries.
 //
-// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes: - **Delta Sync Index**: An index that
-// automatically syncs with a source Delta Table, automatically and
-// incrementally updating the index as the underlying data in the Delta Table
-// changes. - **Direct Vector Access Index**: An index that supports direct read
-// and write of vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this
-// model, the user manages index updates.
+// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes:
+//
+//   - **Delta Sync Index**: An index that automatically syncs with a source
+//     Delta Table, automatically and incrementally updating the index as the
+//     underlying data in the Delta Table changes.
+//   - **Direct Vector Access Index**: An index that supports direct read and
+//     write of vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this
+//     model, the user manages index updates.
 type VectorSearchIndexesAPI struct {
 	vectorSearchIndexesImpl
 }
diff --git a/service/vectorsearch/interface.go b/service/vectorsearch/interface.go
index 572a87d03..c4c6eaba2 100755
--- a/service/vectorsearch/interface.go
+++ b/service/vectorsearch/interface.go
@@ -56,12 +56,14 @@ type VectorSearchEndpointsService interface {
 // supports real-time and efficient approximate nearest neighbor (ANN) search
 // queries.
 //
-// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes: - **Delta Sync Index**: An index that
-// automatically syncs with a source Delta Table, automatically and
-// incrementally updating the index as the underlying data in the Delta Table
-// changes. - **Direct Vector Access Index**: An index that supports direct read
-// and write of vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this
-// model, the user manages index updates.
+// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes:
+//
+//   - **Delta Sync Index**: An index that automatically syncs with a source
+//     Delta Table, automatically and incrementally updating the index as the
+//     underlying data in the Delta Table changes.
+//   - **Direct Vector Access Index**: An index that supports direct read and
+//     write of vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this
+//     model, the user manages index updates.
 //
 // Deprecated: Do not use this interface, it will be removed in a future version of the SDK.
 type VectorSearchIndexesService interface {
diff --git a/service/vectorsearch/model.go b/service/vectorsearch/model.go
index e8e89cd50..0c75593a4 100755
--- a/service/vectorsearch/model.go
+++ b/service/vectorsearch/model.go
@@ -189,13 +189,15 @@ type DeltaSyncVectorIndexSpecRequest struct {
 	// [Optional] Name of the Delta table to sync the vector index contents and
 	// computed embeddings to.
 	EmbeddingWritebackTable string `json:"embedding_writeback_table,omitempty"`
-	// Pipeline execution mode. - `TRIGGERED`: If the pipeline uses the
-	// triggered execution mode, the system stops processing after successfully
-	// refreshing the source table in the pipeline once, ensuring the table is
-	// updated based on the data available when the update started. -
-	// `CONTINUOUS`: If the pipeline uses continuous execution, the pipeline
-	// processes new data as it arrives in the source table to keep vector index
-	// fresh.
+	// Pipeline execution mode.
+	//
+	//   - `TRIGGERED`: If the pipeline uses the triggered execution mode, the
+	//     system stops processing after successfully refreshing the source
+	//     table in the pipeline once, ensuring the table is updated based on
+	//     the data available when the update started.
+	//   - `CONTINUOUS`: If the pipeline uses continuous execution, the pipeline
+	//     processes new data as it arrives in the source table to keep vector
+	//     index fresh.
 	PipelineType PipelineType `json:"pipeline_type,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the source table.
 	SourceTable string `json:"source_table,omitempty"`
@@ -232,13 +234,15 @@ type DeltaSyncVectorIndexSpecResponse struct {
 	EmbeddingWritebackTable string `json:"embedding_writeback_table,omitempty"`
 	// The ID of the pipeline that is used to sync the index.
 	PipelineId string `json:"pipeline_id,omitempty"`
-	// Pipeline execution mode. - `TRIGGERED`: If the pipeline uses the
-	// triggered execution mode, the system stops processing after successfully
-	// refreshing the source table in the pipeline once, ensuring the table is
-	// updated based on the data available when the update started. -
-	// `CONTINUOUS`: If the pipeline uses continuous execution, the pipeline
-	// processes new data as it arrives in the source table to keep vector index
-	// fresh.
+	// Pipeline execution mode.
+	//
+	//   - `TRIGGERED`: If the pipeline uses the triggered execution mode, the
+	//     system stops processing after successfully refreshing the source
+	//     table in the pipeline once, ensuring the table is updated based on
+	//     the data available when the update started.
+	//   - `CONTINUOUS`: If the pipeline uses continuous execution, the pipeline
+	//     processes new data as it arrives in the source table to keep vector
+	//     index fresh.
 	PipelineType PipelineType `json:"pipeline_type,omitempty"`
 	// The name of the source table.
 	SourceTable string `json:"source_table,omitempty"`
@@ -538,9 +542,13 @@ type GetVectorSearchEndpointPermissionsRequest struct {
 }
 
 // The subtype of the AI Search index, determining the indexing and retrieval
-// strategy. - `VECTOR`: Not supported. Use `HYBRID` instead. - `FULL_TEXT`: An
-// index that uses full-text search without vector embeddings. - `HYBRID`: An
-// index that uses vector embeddings for similarity search and hybrid search.
+// strategy.
+//
+//   - `VECTOR`: Not supported. Use `HYBRID` instead.
+//   - `FULL_TEXT`: An index that uses full-text search without vector
+//     embeddings.
+//   - `HYBRID`: An index that uses vector embeddings for similarity search and
+//     hybrid search.
 type IndexSubtype string
 
 // An index that uses full-text search without vector embeddings.
@@ -805,12 +813,15 @@ func (s PatchEndpointRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// Pipeline execution mode. - `TRIGGERED`: If the pipeline uses the triggered
-// execution mode, the system stops processing after successfully refreshing the
-// source table in the pipeline once, ensuring the table is updated based on the
-// data available when the update started. - `CONTINUOUS`: If the pipeline uses
-// continuous execution, the pipeline processes new data as it arrives in the
-// source table to keep vector index fresh.
+// Pipeline execution mode.
+//
+//   - `TRIGGERED`: If the pipeline uses the triggered execution mode, the
+//     system stops processing after successfully refreshing the source table in
+//     the pipeline once, ensuring the table is updated based on the data
+//     available when the update started.
+//   - `CONTINUOUS`: If the pipeline uses continuous execution, the pipeline
+//     processes new data as it arrives in the source table to keep vector index
+//     fresh.
 type PipelineType string
 
 // If the pipeline uses continuous execution, the pipeline processes new data as
@@ -890,10 +901,11 @@ type QueryVectorIndexRequest struct {
 	//
 	// Example filters:
 	//
-	// - `{"id <": 5}`: Filter for id less than 5. - `{"id >": 5}`: Filter for
-	// id greater than 5. - `{"id <=": 5}`: Filter for id less than equal to 5.
-	// - `{"id >=": 5}`: Filter for id greater than equal to 5. - `{"id": 5}`:
-	// Filter for id equal to 5.
+	//   - `{"id <": 5}`: Filter for id less than 5.
+	//   - `{"id >": 5}`: Filter for id greater than 5.
+	//   - `{"id <=": 5}`: Filter for id less than equal to 5.
+	//   - `{"id >=": 5}`: Filter for id greater than equal to 5.
+	//   - `{"id": 5}`: Filter for id equal to 5.
 	FiltersJson string `json:"filters_json,omitempty"`
 	// Name of the vector index to query.
 	IndexName string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -961,9 +973,11 @@ func (s QueryVectorIndexResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type RerankerConfig struct {
-	// Reranker identifier: - When model_type=BASE/UNSPECIFIED: must be
-	// "databricks_reranker". - When model_type=FINETUNED: the Model Serving
-	// endpoint name hosting a finetuned reranker.
+	// Reranker identifier:
+	//
+	//   - When model_type=BASE/UNSPECIFIED: must be "databricks_reranker".
+	//   - When model_type=FINETUNED: the Model Serving endpoint name hosting a
+	//     finetuned reranker.
 	Model string `json:"model,omitempty"`
 	// Parameters that control how the reranker processes the query results.
 	Parameters *RerankerConfigRerankerParameters `json:"parameters,omitempty"`
@@ -1325,12 +1339,14 @@ func (s VectorIndexStatus) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 	return marshal.Marshal(s)
 }
 
-// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes: - `DELTA_SYNC`: An index that
-// automatically syncs with a source Delta Table, automatically and
-// incrementally updating the index as the underlying data in the Delta Table
-// changes. - `DIRECT_ACCESS`: An index that supports direct read and write of
-// vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this model, the user
-// manages index updates.
+// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes:
+//
+//   - `DELTA_SYNC`: An index that automatically syncs with a source Delta
+//     Table, automatically and incrementally updating the index as the
+//     underlying data in the Delta Table changes.
+//   - `DIRECT_ACCESS`: An index that supports direct read and write of vectors
+//     and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With this model, the user
+//     manages index updates.
 type VectorIndexType string
 
 // An index that automatically syncs with a source Delta Table, automatically
diff --git a/service/workspace/api.go b/service/workspace/api.go
index ac58635df..adeafbbe9 100755
--- a/service/workspace/api.go
+++ b/service/workspace/api.go
@@ -340,38 +340,41 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// .. code::
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-simple-databricks-scope", "initial_manage_principal": "users"
-	// "scope_backend_type": "databricks|azure_keyvault", # below is only required
-	// if scope type is azure_keyvault "backend_azure_keyvault": { "resource_id":
+	// "scope_backend_type": "databricks|azure_keyvault",
+	//
+	// # below is only required if scope type is azure_keyvault
+	//
+	// "backend_azure_keyvault": { "resource_id":
 	// "/subscriptions/xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx/resourceGroups/xxxx/providers/Microsoft.KeyVault/vaults/xxxx",
 	// "tenant_id": "xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx", "dns_name":
 	// "https://xxxx.vault.azure.net/", } }
 	//
-	// If ``initial_manage_principal`` is specified, the initial ACL applied to the
-	// scope is applied to the supplied principal (user or group) with ``MANAGE``
+	// If `initial_manage_principal` is specified, the initial ACL applied to the
+	// scope is applied to the supplied principal (user or group) with `MANAGE`
 	// permissions. The only supported principal for this option is the group
-	// ``users``, which contains all users in the workspace. If
-	// ``initial_manage_principal`` is not specified, the initial ACL with
-	// ``MANAGE`` permission applied to the scope is assigned to the API request
-	// issuer's user identity.
+	// `users`, which contains all users in the workspace. If
+	// `initial_manage_principal` is not specified, the initial ACL with `MANAGE`
+	// permission applied to the scope is assigned to the API request issuer's user
+	// identity.
 	//
-	// If ``scope_backend_type`` is ``azure_keyvault``, a secret scope is created
-	// with secrets from a given Azure KeyVault. The caller must provide the
+	// If `scope_backend_type` is `azure_keyvault`, a secret scope is created with
+	// secrets from a given Azure KeyVault. The caller must provide the
 	// keyvault_resource_id and the tenant_id for the key vault. If
-	// ``scope_backend_type`` is ``databricks`` or is unspecified, an empty secret
-	// scope is created and stored in Databricks's own storage.
-	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS`` if a scope with the given name already
-	// exists. Throws ``RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`` if maximum number of scopes in the
-	// workspace is exceeded. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the scope name
-	// is invalid. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if request violated constraints. Throws
-	// ``CUSTOMER_UNAUTHORIZED`` if normal user attempts to create a scope with name
-	// reserved for databricks internal usage. Throws ``UNAUTHENTICATED`` if unable
-	// to verify user access permission on Azure KeyVault
+	// `scope_backend_type` is `databricks` or is unspecified, an empty secret scope
+	// is created and stored in Databricks's own storage.
+	//
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS` if a scope with the given name already
+	// exists. Throws `RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED` if maximum number of scopes in the
+	// workspace is exceeded. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the scope name is
+	// invalid. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if request violated constraints. Throws
+	// `CUSTOMER_UNAUTHORIZED` if normal user attempts to create a scope with name
+	// reserved for databricks internal usage. Throws `UNAUTHENTICATED` if unable to
+	// verify user access permission on Azure KeyVault
 	CreateScope(ctx context.Context, request CreateScope) error
 
 	// Deletes the given ACL on the given scope.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example request:
 	//
@@ -379,9 +382,9 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-secret-scope", "principal": "data-scientists" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope, principal, or ACL
-	// exists. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to
-	// make this API call. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the permission or
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope, principal, or ACL
+	// exists. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to
+	// make this API call. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the permission or
 	// principal is invalid.
 	DeleteAcl(ctx context.Context, request DeleteAcl) error
 
@@ -393,10 +396,10 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-secret-scope" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if the scope does not exist. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
-	// call. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if system user attempts to delete internal
-	// secret scope.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if the scope does not exist. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// call. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if system user attempts to delete internal secret
+	// scope.
 	DeleteScope(ctx context.Context, request DeleteScope) error
 
 	// Deletes a secret scope.
@@ -407,14 +410,14 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-secret-scope" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if the scope does not exist. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
-	// call. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if system user attempts to delete internal
-	// secret scope.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if the scope does not exist. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// call. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if system user attempts to delete internal secret
+	// scope.
 	DeleteScopeByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) error
 
-	// Deletes the secret stored in this secret scope. You must have ``WRITE`` or
-	// ``MANAGE`` permission on the Secret Scope.
+	// Deletes the secret stored in this secret scope. You must have `WRITE` or
+	// `MANAGE` permission on the Secret Scope.
 	//
 	// Example request:
 	//
@@ -422,15 +425,15 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-secret-scope", "key": "my-secret-key" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope or secret exists.
-	// Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make
-	// this API call. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if system user attempts to delete an
-	// internal secret, or request is made against Azure KeyVault backed scope.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope or secret exists.
+	// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+	// API call. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if system user attempts to delete an internal
+	// secret, or request is made against Azure KeyVault backed scope.
 	DeleteSecret(ctx context.Context, request DeleteSecret) error
 
 	// Describes the details about the given ACL, such as the group and permission.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example response:
 	//
@@ -438,9 +441,9 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// { "principal": "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
-	// call. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the permission or principal is
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// call. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the permission or principal is
 	// invalid.
 	GetAcl(ctx context.Context, request GetAclRequest) (*AclItem, error)
 
@@ -457,25 +460,25 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// bytes is determined by the caller in DBUtils and the type the data is decoded
 	// into.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret or secret scope exists.
-	// Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make
-	// this API call.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret or secret scope exists.
+	// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+	// API call.
 	//
 	// Note: This is explicitly an undocumented API. It also doesn't need to be
 	// supported for the /preview prefix, because it's not a customer-facing API
 	// (i.e. only used for DBUtils SecretUtils to fetch secrets).
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope or secret exists.
-	// Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if normal user calls get secret outside of a notebook.
-	// AKV specific errors: Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if secret name is not
-	// alphanumeric or too long. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if secret manager
-	// cannot access AKV with 403 error Throws ``MALFORMED_REQUEST`` if secret
-	// manager cannot access AKV with any other 4xx error
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope or secret exists.
+	// Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if normal user calls get secret outside of a notebook.
+	// AKV specific errors: Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if secret name is not
+	// alphanumeric or too long. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if secret manager cannot
+	// access AKV with 403 error Throws `MALFORMED_REQUEST` if secret manager cannot
+	// access AKV with any other 4xx error
 	GetSecret(ctx context.Context, request GetSecretRequest) (*GetSecretResponse, error)
 
 	// Lists the ACLs set on the given scope.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example response:
 	//
@@ -484,8 +487,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// { "acls": [{ "principal": "admins", "permission": "MANAGE" },{ "principal":
 	// "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }] }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 	// call.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
@@ -493,7 +496,7 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 
 	// Lists the ACLs set on the given scope.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example response:
 	//
@@ -502,8 +505,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// { "acls": [{ "principal": "admins", "permission": "MANAGE" },{ "principal":
 	// "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }] }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 	// call.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
@@ -511,7 +514,7 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 
 	// Lists the ACLs set on the given scope.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example response:
 	//
@@ -520,8 +523,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// { "acls": [{ "principal": "admins", "permission": "MANAGE" },{ "principal":
 	// "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }] }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 	// call.
 	ListAclsByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) (*ListAclsResponse, error)
 
@@ -534,8 +537,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// { "scopes": [{ "name": "my-databricks-scope", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS"
 	// },{ "name": "mount-points", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS" }] }
 	//
-	// Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make
-	// this API call.
+	// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+	// API call.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListScopes(ctx context.Context) listing.Iterator[SecretScope]
@@ -549,8 +552,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// { "scopes": [{ "name": "my-databricks-scope", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS"
 	// },{ "name": "mount-points", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS" }] }
 	//
-	// Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make
-	// this API call.
+	// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+	// API call.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
 	ListScopesAll(ctx context.Context) ([]SecretScope, error)
@@ -569,8 +572,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// The lastUpdatedTimestamp returned is in milliseconds since epoch.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 	// call.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
@@ -590,8 +593,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// The lastUpdatedTimestamp returned is in milliseconds since epoch.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 	// call.
 	//
 	// This method is generated by Databricks SDK Code Generator.
@@ -611,8 +614,8 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	//
 	// The lastUpdatedTimestamp returned is in milliseconds since epoch.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 	// call.
 	ListSecretsByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) (*ListSecretsResponse, error)
 
@@ -621,10 +624,11 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// most powerful permission available to them, and permissions are ordered as
 	// follows:
 	//
-	// * ``MANAGE`` - Allowed to change ACLs, and read and write to this secret
-	// scope. * ``WRITE`` - Allowed to read and write to this secret scope. *
-	// ``READ`` - Allowed to read this secret scope and list what secrets are
-	// available.
+	//   - `MANAGE` - Allowed to change ACLs, and read and write to this secret
+	//     scope.
+	//   - `WRITE` - Allowed to read and write to this secret scope.
+	//   - `READ` - Allowed to read this secret scope and list what secrets are
+	//     available.
 	//
 	// Note that in general, secret values can only be read from within a command on
 	// a cluster (for example, through a notebook). There is no API to read the
@@ -632,7 +636,7 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// permission will be applied based on who is executing the command, and they
 	// must have at least READ permission.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example request:
 	//
@@ -644,17 +648,17 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// The principal is a user or group name corresponding to an existing Databricks
 	// principal to be granted or revoked access.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS`` if a permission for the principal already exists.
-	// Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the permission or principal is invalid.
-	// Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make
-	// this API call.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS` if a permission for the principal already exists.
+	// Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the permission or principal is invalid.
+	// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+	// API call.
 	PutAcl(ctx context.Context, request PutAcl) error
 
 	// Inserts a secret under the provided scope with the given name. If a secret
 	// already exists with the same name, this command overwrites the existing
 	// secret's value. The server encrypts the secret using the secret scope's
-	// encryption settings before storing it. You must have ``WRITE`` or ``MANAGE``
+	// encryption settings before storing it. You must have `WRITE` or `MANAGE`
 	// permission on the secret scope.
 	//
 	// The secret key must consist of alphanumeric characters, dashes, underscores,
@@ -672,13 +676,13 @@ type SecretsInterface interface {
 	// secret, which will determine the value returned when the secret value is
 	// requested. Exactly one must be specified.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`` if maximum number of secrets in scope is
-	// exceeded. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the request parameters are
-	// invalid. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to
-	// make this API call. Throws ``MALFORMED_REQUEST`` if request is incorrectly
-	// formatted or conflicting. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if request is made against
-	// Azure KeyVault backed scope.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED` if maximum number of secrets in scope is exceeded.
+	// Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the request parameters are invalid.
+	// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+	// API call. Throws `MALFORMED_REQUEST` if request is incorrectly formatted or
+	// conflicting. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if request is made against Azure KeyVault
+	// backed scope.
 	PutSecret(ctx context.Context, request PutSecret) error
 }
 
@@ -714,10 +718,10 @@ type SecretsAPI struct {
 //
 // { "scope": "my-secret-scope" }
 //
-// Throws “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“ if the scope does not exist. Throws
-// “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make this API
-// call. Throws “BAD_REQUEST“ if system user attempts to delete internal
-// secret scope.
+// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if the scope does not exist. Throws
+// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+// call. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if system user attempts to delete internal secret
+// scope.
 func (a *SecretsAPI) DeleteScopeByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) error {
 	return a.secretsImpl.DeleteScope(ctx, DeleteScope{
 		Scope: scope,
@@ -726,7 +730,7 @@ func (a *SecretsAPI) DeleteScopeByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) error
 
 // Lists the ACLs set on the given scope.
 //
-// Users must have the “MANAGE“ permission to invoke this API.
+// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 //
 // Example response:
 //
@@ -735,8 +739,8 @@ func (a *SecretsAPI) DeleteScopeByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) error
 // { "acls": [{ "principal": "admins", "permission": "MANAGE" },{ "principal":
 // "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }] }
 //
-// Throws “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“ if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-// “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make this API
+// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 // call.
 func (a *SecretsAPI) ListAclsByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) (*ListAclsResponse, error) {
 	return a.secretsImpl.internalListAcls(ctx, ListAclsRequest{
@@ -758,8 +762,8 @@ func (a *SecretsAPI) ListAclsByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) (*ListAc
 //
 // The lastUpdatedTimestamp returned is in milliseconds since epoch.
 //
-// Throws “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“ if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-// “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make this API
+// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 // call.
 func (a *SecretsAPI) ListSecretsByScope(ctx context.Context, scope string) (*ListSecretsResponse, error) {
 	return a.secretsImpl.internalListSecrets(ctx, ListSecretsRequest{
@@ -771,10 +775,12 @@ type WorkspaceInterface interface {
 	workspaceAPIUtilities
 
 	// Deletes an object or a directory (and optionally recursively deletes all
-	// objects in the directory). * If `path` does not exist, this call returns an
-	// error `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`. * If `path` is a non-empty directory and
-	// `recursive` is set to `false`, this call returns an error
-	// `DIRECTORY_NOT_EMPTY`.
+	// objects in the directory).
+	//
+	//   - If `path` does not exist, this call returns an error
+	//     `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
+	//   - If `path` is a non-empty directory and `recursive` is set to `false`,
+	//     this call returns an error `DIRECTORY_NOT_EMPTY`.
 	//
 	// Object deletion cannot be undone and deleting a directory recursively is not
 	// atomic.
diff --git a/service/workspace/impl.go b/service/workspace/impl.go
index e0a584693..a3ee660a9 100755
--- a/service/workspace/impl.go
+++ b/service/workspace/impl.go
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) GetSecret(ctx context.Context, request GetSecretRequest) (
 
 // Lists the ACLs set on the given scope.
 //
-// Users must have the “MANAGE“ permission to invoke this API.
+// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 //
 // Example response:
 //
@@ -375,8 +375,8 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) GetSecret(ctx context.Context, request GetSecretRequest) (
 // { "acls": [{ "principal": "admins", "permission": "MANAGE" },{ "principal":
 // "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }] }
 //
-// Throws “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“ if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-// “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make this API
+// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 // call.
 func (a *secretsImpl) ListAcls(ctx context.Context, request ListAclsRequest) listing.Iterator[AclItem] {
 
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) ListAcls(ctx context.Context, request ListAclsRequest) lis
 
 // Lists the ACLs set on the given scope.
 //
-// Users must have the “MANAGE“ permission to invoke this API.
+// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 //
 // Example response:
 //
@@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) ListAcls(ctx context.Context, request ListAclsRequest) lis
 // { "acls": [{ "principal": "admins", "permission": "MANAGE" },{ "principal":
 // "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }] }
 //
-// Throws “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“ if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-// “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make this API
+// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 // call.
 func (a *secretsImpl) ListAclsAll(ctx context.Context, request ListAclsRequest) ([]AclItem, error) {
 	iterator := a.ListAcls(ctx, request)
@@ -438,8 +438,8 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) internalListAcls(ctx context.Context, request ListAclsRequ
 // { "scopes": [{ "name": "my-databricks-scope", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS"
 // },{ "name": "mount-points", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS" }] }
 //
-// Throws “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make
-// this API call.
+// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+// API call.
 func (a *secretsImpl) ListScopes(ctx context.Context) listing.Iterator[SecretScope] {
 	request := struct{}{}
 
@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) ListScopes(ctx context.Context) listing.Iterator[SecretSco
 // { "scopes": [{ "name": "my-databricks-scope", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS"
 // },{ "name": "mount-points", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS" }] }
 //
-// Throws “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make
-// this API call.
+// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this
+// API call.
 func (a *secretsImpl) ListScopesAll(ctx context.Context) ([]SecretScope, error) {
 	iterator := a.ListScopes(ctx)
 	return listing.ToSlice[SecretScope](ctx, iterator)
@@ -503,8 +503,8 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) internalListScopes(ctx context.Context) (*ListScopesRespon
 //
 // The lastUpdatedTimestamp returned is in milliseconds since epoch.
 //
-// Throws “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“ if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-// “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make this API
+// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 // call.
 func (a *secretsImpl) ListSecrets(ctx context.Context, request ListSecretsRequest) listing.Iterator[SecretMetadata] {
 
@@ -538,8 +538,8 @@ func (a *secretsImpl) ListSecrets(ctx context.Context, request ListSecretsReques
 //
 // The lastUpdatedTimestamp returned is in milliseconds since epoch.
 //
-// Throws “RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST“ if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-// “PERMISSION_DENIED“ if the user does not have permission to make this API
+// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
 // call.
 func (a *secretsImpl) ListSecretsAll(ctx context.Context, request ListSecretsRequest) ([]SecretMetadata, error) {
 	iterator := a.ListSecrets(ctx, request)
diff --git a/service/workspace/interface.go b/service/workspace/interface.go
index 47312f19c..04c6eb4dc 100755
--- a/service/workspace/interface.go
+++ b/service/workspace/interface.go
@@ -110,40 +110,42 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// .. code::
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-simple-databricks-scope", "initial_manage_principal":
-	// "users" "scope_backend_type": "databricks|azure_keyvault", # below is
-	// only required if scope type is azure_keyvault "backend_azure_keyvault": {
-	// "resource_id":
+	// "users" "scope_backend_type": "databricks|azure_keyvault",
+	//
+	// # below is only required if scope type is azure_keyvault
+	//
+	// "backend_azure_keyvault": { "resource_id":
 	// "/subscriptions/xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx/resourceGroups/xxxx/providers/Microsoft.KeyVault/vaults/xxxx",
 	// "tenant_id": "xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx", "dns_name":
 	// "https://xxxx.vault.azure.net/", } }
 	//
-	// If ``initial_manage_principal`` is specified, the initial ACL applied to
+	// If `initial_manage_principal` is specified, the initial ACL applied to
 	// the scope is applied to the supplied principal (user or group) with
-	// ``MANAGE`` permissions. The only supported principal for this option is
-	// the group ``users``, which contains all users in the workspace. If
-	// ``initial_manage_principal`` is not specified, the initial ACL with
-	// ``MANAGE`` permission applied to the scope is assigned to the API request
+	// `MANAGE` permissions. The only supported principal for this option is the
+	// group `users`, which contains all users in the workspace. If
+	// `initial_manage_principal` is not specified, the initial ACL with
+	// `MANAGE` permission applied to the scope is assigned to the API request
 	// issuer's user identity.
 	//
-	// If ``scope_backend_type`` is ``azure_keyvault``, a secret scope is
-	// created with secrets from a given Azure KeyVault. The caller must provide
-	// the keyvault_resource_id and the tenant_id for the key vault. If
-	// ``scope_backend_type`` is ``databricks`` or is unspecified, an empty
-	// secret scope is created and stored in Databricks's own storage.
-	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS`` if a scope with the given name already
-	// exists. Throws ``RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`` if maximum number of scopes in
-	// the workspace is exceeded. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the
-	// scope name is invalid. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if request violated
-	// constraints. Throws ``CUSTOMER_UNAUTHORIZED`` if normal user attempts to
-	// create a scope with name reserved for databricks internal usage. Throws
-	// ``UNAUTHENTICATED`` if unable to verify user access permission on Azure
+	// If `scope_backend_type` is `azure_keyvault`, a secret scope is created
+	// with secrets from a given Azure KeyVault. The caller must provide the
+	// keyvault_resource_id and the tenant_id for the key vault. If
+	// `scope_backend_type` is `databricks` or is unspecified, an empty secret
+	// scope is created and stored in Databricks's own storage.
+	//
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS` if a scope with the given name already
+	// exists. Throws `RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED` if maximum number of scopes in
+	// the workspace is exceeded. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the scope
+	// name is invalid. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if request violated constraints.
+	// Throws `CUSTOMER_UNAUTHORIZED` if normal user attempts to create a scope
+	// with name reserved for databricks internal usage. Throws
+	// `UNAUTHENTICATED` if unable to verify user access permission on Azure
 	// KeyVault
 	CreateScope(ctx context.Context, request CreateScope) error
 
 	// Deletes the given ACL on the given scope.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example request:
 	//
@@ -151,10 +153,10 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-secret-scope", "principal": "data-scientists" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope, principal, or
-	// ACL exists. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have
-	// permission to make this API call. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if
-	// the permission or principal is invalid.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope, principal, or
+	// ACL exists. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have
+	// permission to make this API call. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the
+	// permission or principal is invalid.
 	DeleteAcl(ctx context.Context, request DeleteAcl) error
 
 	// Deletes a secret scope.
@@ -165,14 +167,14 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-secret-scope" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if the scope does not exist. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this
-	// API call. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if system user attempts to delete
-	// internal secret scope.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if the scope does not exist. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// call. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if system user attempts to delete internal
+	// secret scope.
 	DeleteScope(ctx context.Context, request DeleteScope) error
 
-	// Deletes the secret stored in this secret scope. You must have ``WRITE``
-	// or ``MANAGE`` permission on the Secret Scope.
+	// Deletes the secret stored in this secret scope. You must have `WRITE` or
+	// `MANAGE` permission on the Secret Scope.
 	//
 	// Example request:
 	//
@@ -180,9 +182,9 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	//
 	// { "scope": "my-secret-scope", "key": "my-secret-key" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope or secret
-	// exists. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission
-	// to make this API call. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if system user attempts to
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope or secret
+	// exists. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission
+	// to make this API call. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if system user attempts to
 	// delete an internal secret, or request is made against Azure KeyVault
 	// backed scope.
 	DeleteSecret(ctx context.Context, request DeleteSecret) error
@@ -190,7 +192,7 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// Describes the details about the given ACL, such as the group and
 	// permission.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example response:
 	//
@@ -198,10 +200,10 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	//
 	// { "principal": "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this
-	// API call. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the permission or
-	// principal is invalid.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// call. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the permission or principal is
+	// invalid.
 	GetAcl(ctx context.Context, request GetAclRequest) (*AclItem, error)
 
 	// Gets a secret for a given key and scope. This API can only be called from
@@ -217,26 +219,26 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// the bytes is determined by the caller in DBUtils and the type the data is
 	// decoded into.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret or secret scope
-	// exists. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret or secret scope
+	// exists. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission
 	// to make this API call.
 	//
 	// Note: This is explicitly an undocumented API. It also doesn't need to be
 	// supported for the /preview prefix, because it's not a customer-facing API
 	// (i.e. only used for DBUtils SecretUtils to fetch secrets).
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope or secret
-	// exists. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if normal user calls get secret outside of
-	// a notebook. AKV specific errors: Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if
-	// secret name is not alphanumeric or too long. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED``
-	// if secret manager cannot access AKV with 403 error Throws
-	// ``MALFORMED_REQUEST`` if secret manager cannot access AKV with any other
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope or secret
+	// exists. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if normal user calls get secret outside of a
+	// notebook. AKV specific errors: Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if secret
+	// name is not alphanumeric or too long. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if
+	// secret manager cannot access AKV with 403 error Throws
+	// `MALFORMED_REQUEST` if secret manager cannot access AKV with any other
 	// 4xx error
 	GetSecret(ctx context.Context, request GetSecretRequest) (*GetSecretResponse, error)
 
 	// Lists the ACLs set on the given scope.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example response:
 	//
@@ -245,9 +247,9 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// { "acls": [{ "principal": "admins", "permission": "MANAGE" },{
 	// "principal": "data-scientists", "permission": "READ" }] }
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this
-	// API call.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// call.
 	ListAcls(ctx context.Context, request ListAclsRequest) (*ListAclsResponse, error)
 
 	// Lists all secret scopes available in the workspace.
@@ -260,7 +262,7 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// "DATABRICKS" },{ "name": "mount-points", "backend_type": "DATABRICKS" }]
 	// }
 	//
-	// Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make
+	// Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make
 	// this API call.
 	ListScopes(ctx context.Context) (*ListScopesResponse, error)
 
@@ -278,9 +280,9 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	//
 	// The lastUpdatedTimestamp returned is in milliseconds since epoch.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have permission to make this
-	// API call.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission to make this API
+	// call.
 	ListSecrets(ctx context.Context, request ListSecretsRequest) (*ListSecretsResponse, error)
 
 	// Creates or overwrites the ACL associated with the given principal (user
@@ -288,10 +290,11 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// use the most powerful permission available to them, and permissions are
 	// ordered as follows:
 	//
-	// * ``MANAGE`` - Allowed to change ACLs, and read and write to this secret
-	// scope. * ``WRITE`` - Allowed to read and write to this secret scope. *
-	// ``READ`` - Allowed to read this secret scope and list what secrets are
-	// available.
+	//   - `MANAGE` - Allowed to change ACLs, and read and write to this secret
+	//     scope.
+	//   - `WRITE` - Allowed to read and write to this secret scope.
+	//   - `READ` - Allowed to read this secret scope and list what secrets are
+	//     available.
 	//
 	// Note that in general, secret values can only be read from within a
 	// command on a cluster (for example, through a notebook). There is no API
@@ -299,7 +302,7 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// the user's permission will be applied based on who is executing the
 	// command, and they must have at least READ permission.
 	//
-	// Users must have the ``MANAGE`` permission to invoke this API.
+	// Users must have the `MANAGE` permission to invoke this API.
 	//
 	// Example request:
 	//
@@ -311,18 +314,18 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// The principal is a user or group name corresponding to an existing
 	// Databricks principal to be granted or revoked access.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS`` if a permission for the principal already
-	// exists. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the permission or principal
-	// is invalid. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS` if a permission for the principal already
+	// exists. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the permission or principal
+	// is invalid. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have
 	// permission to make this API call.
 	PutAcl(ctx context.Context, request PutAcl) error
 
 	// Inserts a secret under the provided scope with the given name. If a
 	// secret already exists with the same name, this command overwrites the
 	// existing secret's value. The server encrypts the secret using the secret
-	// scope's encryption settings before storing it. You must have ``WRITE`` or
-	// ``MANAGE`` permission on the secret scope.
+	// scope's encryption settings before storing it. You must have `WRITE` or
+	// `MANAGE` permission on the secret scope.
 	//
 	// The secret key must consist of alphanumeric characters, dashes,
 	// underscores, and periods, and cannot exceed 128 characters. The maximum
@@ -340,13 +343,13 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 	// secret, which will determine the value returned when the secret value is
 	// requested. Exactly one must be specified.
 	//
-	// Throws ``RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
-	// ``RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED`` if maximum number of secrets in scope is
-	// exceeded. Throws ``INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE`` if the request parameters
-	// are invalid. Throws ``PERMISSION_DENIED`` if the user does not have
-	// permission to make this API call. Throws ``MALFORMED_REQUEST`` if request
-	// is incorrectly formatted or conflicting. Throws ``BAD_REQUEST`` if
-	// request is made against Azure KeyVault backed scope.
+	// Throws `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST` if no such secret scope exists. Throws
+	// `RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED` if maximum number of secrets in scope is
+	// exceeded. Throws `INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE` if the request parameters are
+	// invalid. Throws `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the user does not have permission
+	// to make this API call. Throws `MALFORMED_REQUEST` if request is
+	// incorrectly formatted or conflicting. Throws `BAD_REQUEST` if request is
+	// made against Azure KeyVault backed scope.
 	PutSecret(ctx context.Context, request PutSecret) error
 }
 
@@ -361,10 +364,12 @@ type SecretsService interface {
 type WorkspaceService interface {
 
 	// Deletes an object or a directory (and optionally recursively deletes all
-	// objects in the directory). * If `path` does not exist, this call returns
-	// an error `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`. * If `path` is a non-empty directory
-	// and `recursive` is set to `false`, this call returns an error
-	// `DIRECTORY_NOT_EMPTY`.
+	// objects in the directory).
+	//
+	//   - If `path` does not exist, this call returns an error
+	//     `RESOURCE_DOES_NOT_EXIST`.
+	//   - If `path` is a non-empty directory and `recursive` is set to `false`,
+	//     this call returns an error `DIRECTORY_NOT_EMPTY`.
 	//
 	// Object deletion cannot be undone and deleting a directory recursively is
 	// not atomic.
diff --git a/service/workspace/model.go b/service/workspace/model.go
index b16d5015f..ed91ff3cd 100755
--- a/service/workspace/model.go
+++ b/service/workspace/model.go
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ func (s CreateRepoResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 }
 
 type CreateScope struct {
-	// The metadata for the secret scope if the type is ``AZURE_KEYVAULT``
+	// The metadata for the secret scope if the type is `AZURE_KEYVAULT`
 	BackendAzureKeyvault *AzureKeyVaultSecretScopeMetadata `json:"backend_azure_keyvault,omitempty"`
-	// The principal that is initially granted ``MANAGE`` permission to the
+	// The principal that is initially granted `MANAGE` permission to the
 	// created scope.
 	InitialManagePrincipal string `json:"initial_manage_principal,omitempty"`
 	// Scope name requested by the user. Scope names are unique.
 	Scope string `json:"scope"`
 	// The backend type the scope will be created with. If not specified, will
-	// default to ``DATABRICKS``
+	// default to `DATABRICKS`
 	ScopeBackendType ScopeBackendType `json:"scope_backend_type,omitempty"`
 
 	ForceSendFields []string `json:"-" url:"-"`
@@ -390,15 +390,16 @@ type ExportRequest struct {
 	//
 	// The value is case sensitive.
 	//
-	// - `SOURCE`: The notebook is exported as source code. Directory exports
-	// will not include non-notebook entries. - `HTML`: The notebook is exported
-	// as an HTML file. - `JUPYTER`: The notebook is exported as a
-	// Jupyter/IPython Notebook file. - `DBC`: The notebook is exported in
-	// Databricks archive format. Directory exports will not include
-	// non-notebook entries. - `R_MARKDOWN`: The notebook is exported to R
-	// Markdown format. - `AUTO`: The object or directory is exported depending
-	// on the objects type. Directory exports will include notebooks and
-	// workspace files.
+	//   - `SOURCE`: The notebook is exported as source code. Directory exports
+	//     will not include non-notebook entries.
+	//   - `HTML`: The notebook is exported as an HTML file.
+	//   - `JUPYTER`: The notebook is exported as a Jupyter/IPython Notebook
+	//     file.
+	//   - `DBC`: The notebook is exported in Databricks archive format.
+	//     Directory exports will not include non-notebook entries.
+	//   - `R_MARKDOWN`: The notebook is exported to R Markdown format.
+	//   - `AUTO`: The object or directory is exported depending on the objects
+	//     type. Directory exports will include notebooks and workspace files.
 	Format ExportFormat `json:"-" url:"format,omitempty"`
 	// The absolute path of the object or directory. Exporting a directory is
 	// only supported for the `DBC`, `SOURCE`, and `AUTO` format.
@@ -597,15 +598,17 @@ type Import struct {
 	//
 	// The value is case sensitive.
 	//
-	// - `AUTO`: The item is imported depending on an analysis of the item's
-	// extension and the header content provided in the request. If the item is
-	// imported as a notebook, then the item's extension is automatically
-	// removed. - `SOURCE`: The notebook or directory is imported as source
-	// code. - `HTML`: The notebook is imported as an HTML file. - `JUPYTER`:
-	// The notebook is imported as a Jupyter/IPython Notebook file. - `DBC`: The
-	// notebook is imported in Databricks archive format. Required for
-	// directories. - `R_MARKDOWN`: The notebook is imported from R Markdown
-	// format.
+	//   - `AUTO`: The item is imported depending on an analysis of the item's
+	//     extension and the header content provided in the request. If the item
+	//     is imported as a notebook, then the item's extension is automatically
+	//     removed.
+	//   - `SOURCE`: The notebook or directory is imported as source code.
+	//   - `HTML`: The notebook is imported as an HTML file.
+	//   - `JUPYTER`: The notebook is imported as a Jupyter/IPython Notebook
+	//     file.
+	//   - `DBC`: The notebook is imported in Databricks archive format.
+	//     Required for directories.
+	//   - `R_MARKDOWN`: The notebook is imported from R Markdown format.
 	Format ImportFormat `json:"format,omitempty"`
 	// The language of the object. This value is set only if the object type is
 	// `NOTEBOOK`.
@@ -840,13 +843,13 @@ type Mkdirs struct {
 	Path string `json:"path"`
 }
 
-// The information of the object in workspace. It will be returned by “list“
-// and “get-status“.
+// The information of the object in workspace. It will be returned by `list` and
+// `get-status`.
 type ObjectInfo struct {
 	// Only applicable to files. The creation UTC timestamp.
 	CreatedAt int64 `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
 	// The language of the object. This value is set only if the object type is
-	// ``NOTEBOOK``. For Jupyter (.ipynb) notebooks, this is always ``PYTHON``.
+	// `NOTEBOOK`. For Jupyter (.ipynb) notebooks, this is always `PYTHON`.
 	Language Language `json:"language,omitempty"`
 	// Only applicable to files, the last modified UTC timestamp.
 	ModifiedAt int64 `json:"modified_at,omitempty"`
@@ -854,9 +857,13 @@ type ObjectInfo struct {
 	ObjectId int64 `json:"object_id,omitempty"`
 	// The type of the object in workspace.
 	//
-	// - `NOTEBOOK`: document that contains runnable code, visualizations, and
-	// explanatory text. - `DIRECTORY`: directory - `LIBRARY`: library - `FILE`:
-	// file - `REPO`: repository - `DASHBOARD`: Lakeview dashboard
+	//   - `NOTEBOOK`: document that contains runnable code, visualizations, and
+	//     explanatory text.
+	//   - `DIRECTORY`: directory
+	//   - `LIBRARY`: library
+	//   - `FILE`: file
+	//   - `REPO`: repository
+	//   - `DASHBOARD`: Lakeview dashboard
 	ObjectType ObjectType `json:"object_type,omitempty"`
 	// The absolute path of the object.
 	Path string `json:"path,omitempty"`
@@ -1198,7 +1205,7 @@ func (s SecretMetadata) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
 type SecretScope struct {
 	// The type of secret scope backend.
 	BackendType ScopeBackendType `json:"backend_type,omitempty"`
-	// The metadata for the secret scope if the type is ``AZURE_KEYVAULT``
+	// The metadata for the secret scope if the type is `AZURE_KEYVAULT`
 	KeyvaultMetadata *AzureKeyVaultSecretScopeMetadata `json:"keyvault_metadata,omitempty"`
 	// A unique name to identify the secret scope.
 	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
diff --git a/workspace_client.go b/workspace_client.go
index 26e1c72cc..1ee96d6d4 100755
--- a/workspace_client.go
+++ b/workspace_client.go
@@ -141,21 +141,26 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// attribute values can be used during cluster creation. Cluster policies
 	// have ACLs that limit their use to specific users and groups.
 	//
-	// With cluster policies, you can: - Auto-install cluster libraries on the
-	// next restart by listing them in the policy's "libraries" field (Public
-	// Preview). - Limit users to creating clusters with the prescribed
-	// settings. - Simplify the user interface, enabling more users to create
-	// clusters, by fixing and hiding some fields. - Manage costs by setting
-	// limits on attributes that impact the hourly rate.
+	// With cluster policies, you can:
+	//
+	//   - Auto-install cluster libraries on the next restart by listing them in
+	//     the policy's "libraries" field (Public Preview).
+	//   - Limit users to creating clusters with the prescribed settings.
+	//   - Simplify the user interface, enabling more users to create clusters,
+	//     by fixing and hiding some fields.
+	//   - Manage costs by setting limits on attributes that impact the hourly
+	//     rate.
 	//
 	// Cluster policy permissions limit which policies a user can select in the
-	// Policy drop-down when the user creates a cluster: - A user who has
-	// unrestricted cluster create permission can select the Unrestricted policy
-	// and create fully-configurable clusters. - A user who has both
-	// unrestricted cluster create permission and access to cluster policies can
-	// select the Unrestricted policy and policies they have access to. - A user
-	// that has access to only cluster policies, can select the policies they
-	// have access to.
+	// Policy drop-down when the user creates a cluster:
+	//
+	//   - A user who has unrestricted cluster create permission can select the
+	//     Unrestricted policy and create fully-configurable clusters.
+	//   - A user who has both unrestricted cluster create permission and access
+	//     to cluster policies can select the Unrestricted policy and policies
+	//     they have access to.
+	//   - A user that has access to only cluster policies, can select the
+	//     policies they have access to.
 	//
 	// If no policies exist in the workspace, the Policy drop-down doesn't
 	// appear. Only admin users can create, edit, and delete policies. Admin
@@ -306,12 +311,10 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	//
 	// There are three levels of permission:
 	//
-	// - `CAN_VIEW`: Allows read-only access
-	//
-	// - `CAN_RUN`: Allows read access and run access (superset of `CAN_VIEW`)
-	//
-	// - `CAN_MANAGE`: Allows all actions: read, run, edit, delete, modify
-	// permissions (superset of `CAN_RUN`)
+	//   - `CAN_VIEW`: Allows read-only access
+	//   - `CAN_RUN`: Allows read access and run access (superset of `CAN_VIEW`)
+	//   - `CAN_MANAGE`: Allows all actions: read, run, edit, delete, modify
+	//     permissions (superset of `CAN_RUN`)
 	//
 	// **Warning**: This API is deprecated. Please see the latest version of the
 	// Databricks SQL API. [Learn more]
@@ -421,7 +424,7 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// can be invoked wherever a table reference is allowed in a query. In Unity
 	// Catalog, a function resides at the same level as a table, so it can be
 	// referenced with the form
-	// __catalog_name__.__schema_name__.__function_name__.
+	// **catalog_name**.**schema_name**.**function_name**.
 	Functions catalog.FunctionsInterface
 
 	// Genie provides a no-code experience for business users, powered by AI/BI.
@@ -508,10 +511,12 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// allowed for this workspace. There is support for allow lists (inclusion)
 	// and block lists (exclusion).
 	//
-	// When a connection is attempted: 1. **First, all block lists are
-	// checked.** If the connection IP address matches any block list, the
-	// connection is rejected. 2. **If the connection was not rejected by block
-	// lists**, the IP address is compared with the allow lists.
+	// When a connection is attempted:
+	//
+	//  1. **First, all block lists are checked.** If the connection IP address
+	//     matches any block list, the connection is rejected.
+	//  2. **If the connection was not rejected by block lists**, the IP address
+	//     is compared with the allow lists.
 	//
 	// If there is at least one allow list for the workspace, the connection is
 	// allowed only if the IP address matches an allow list. If there are no
@@ -598,11 +603,10 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	Metastores catalog.MetastoresInterface
 
 	// Note: This API reference documents APIs for the Workspace Model Registry.
-	// Databricks recommends using [Models in Unity
-	// Catalog](/api/workspace/registeredmodels) instead. Models in Unity
-	// Catalog provides centralized model governance, cross-workspace access,
-	// lineage, and deployment. Workspace Model Registry will be deprecated in
-	// the future.
+	// Databricks recommends using Models in Unity Catalog instead. Models in
+	// Unity Catalog provides centralized model governance, cross-workspace
+	// access, lineage, and deployment. Workspace Model Registry will be
+	// deprecated in the future.
 	//
 	// The Workspace Model Registry is a centralized model repository and a UI
 	// and set of APIs that enable you to manage the full lifecycle of MLflow
@@ -615,8 +619,8 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// workspaces.
 	//
 	// This API reference documents the REST endpoints for managing model
-	// versions in Unity Catalog. For more details, see the [registered models
-	// API docs](/api/workspace/registeredmodels).
+	// versions in Unity Catalog. For more details, see the registered models
+	// API docs.
 	ModelVersions catalog.ModelVersionsInterface
 
 	// The notification destinations API lets you programmatically manage a
@@ -635,35 +639,37 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	PermissionMigration iam.PermissionMigrationInterface
 
 	// Permissions API are used to create read, write, edit, update and manage
-	// access for various users on different objects and endpoints. * **[Apps
-	// permissions](:service:apps)** — Manage which users can manage or use
-	// apps. * **[Cluster permissions](:service:clusters)** — Manage which
-	// users can manage, restart, or attach to clusters. * **[Cluster policy
-	// permissions](:service:clusterpolicies)** — Manage which users can use
-	// cluster policies. * **[Spark Declarative Pipelines
-	// permissions](:service:pipelines)** — Manage which users can view,
-	// manage, run, cancel, or own a Spark Declarative Pipeline. * **[Job
-	// permissions](:service:jobs)** — Manage which users can view, manage,
-	// trigger, cancel, or own a job. * **[MLflow experiment
-	// permissions](:service:experiments)** — Manage which users can read,
-	// edit, or manage MLflow experiments. * **[MLflow registered model
-	// permissions](:service:modelregistry)** — Manage which users can read,
-	// edit, or manage MLflow registered models. * **[Instance Pool
-	// permissions](:service:instancepools)** — Manage which users can manage
-	// or attach to pools. * **[Repo permissions](repos)** — Manage which
-	// users can read, run, edit, or manage a repo. * **[Serving endpoint
-	// permissions](:service:servingendpoints)** — Manage which users can
-	// view, query, or manage a serving endpoint. * **[SQL warehouse
-	// permissions](:service:warehouses)** — Manage which users can use or
-	// manage SQL warehouses. * **[Token
-	// permissions](:service:tokenmanagement)** — Manage which users can
-	// create or use tokens. * **[Workspace object
-	// permissions](:service:workspace)** — Manage which users can read, run,
-	// edit, or manage alerts, dbsql-dashboards, directories, files, notebooks
-	// and queries. For the mapping of the required permissions for specific
-	// actions or abilities and other important information, see [Access
-	// Control]. Note that to manage access control on service principals, use
-	// **[Account Access Control Proxy](:service:accountaccesscontrolproxy)**.
+	// access for various users on different objects and endpoints.
+	//
+	//   - **Apps permissions** — Manage which users can manage or use apps.
+	//   - **Cluster permissions** — Manage which users can manage, restart,
+	//     or attach to clusters.
+	//   - **Cluster policy permissions** — Manage which users can use cluster
+	//     policies.
+	//   - **Spark Declarative Pipelines permissions** — Manage which users
+	//     can view, manage, run, cancel, or own a Spark Declarative Pipeline.
+	//   - **Job permissions** — Manage which users can view, manage, trigger,
+	//     cancel, or own a job.
+	//   - **MLflow experiment permissions** — Manage which users can read,
+	//     edit, or manage MLflow experiments.
+	//   - **MLflow registered model permissions** — Manage which users can
+	//     read, edit, or manage MLflow registered models.
+	//   - **Instance Pool permissions** — Manage which users can manage or
+	//     attach to pools.
+	//   - **Repo permissions** — Manage which users can read, run, edit, or
+	//     manage a repo.
+	//   - **Serving endpoint permissions** — Manage which users can view,
+	//     query, or manage a serving endpoint.
+	//   - **SQL warehouse permissions** — Manage which users can use or
+	//     manage SQL warehouses.
+	//   - **Token permissions** — Manage which users can create or use
+	//     tokens.
+	//   - **Workspace object permissions** — Manage which users can read,
+	//     run, edit, or manage alerts, dbsql-dashboards, directories, files,
+	//     notebooks and queries. For the mapping of the required permissions
+	//     for specific actions or abilities and other important information,
+	//     see [Access Control]. Note that to manage access control on service
+	//     principals, use **Account Access Control Proxy**.
 	//
 	// [Access Control]: https://docs.databricks.com/security/auth-authz/access-control/index.html
 	Permissions iam.PermissionsInterface
@@ -860,16 +866,20 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// tokens. It validates the OIDC claims in federated tokens and is set at
 	// the recipient level. The caller must be the owner of the recipient to
 	// create or manage a federation policy. Federation policies support the
-	// following scenarios: - User-to-Machine (U2M) flow: A user accesses Delta
-	// Shares using their own identity, such as connecting through PowerBI Delta
-	// Sharing Client. - Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow: An application accesses
-	// Delta Shares using its own identity, typically for automation tasks like
-	// nightly jobs through Python Delta Sharing Client. OIDC Token Federation
-	// enables fine-grained access control, supports Multi-Factor Authentication
-	// (MFA), and enhances security by minimizing the risk of credential leakage
-	// through the use of short-lived, expiring tokens. It is designed for
-	// strong identity governance, secure cross-platform data sharing, and
-	// reduced operational overhead for credential management.
+	// following scenarios:
+	//
+	//   - User-to-Machine (U2M) flow: A user accesses Delta Shares using their
+	//     own identity, such as connecting through PowerBI Delta Sharing
+	//     Client.
+	//   - Machine-to-Machine (M2M) flow: An application accesses Delta Shares
+	//     using its own identity, typically for automation tasks like nightly
+	//     jobs through Python Delta Sharing Client. OIDC Token Federation
+	//     enables fine-grained access control, supports Multi-Factor
+	//     Authentication (MFA), and enhances security by minimizing the risk of
+	//     credential leakage through the use of short-lived, expiring tokens.
+	//     It is designed for strong identity governance, secure cross-platform
+	//     data sharing, and reduced operational overhead for credential
+	//     management.
 	//
 	// For more information, see
 	// https://www.databricks.com/blog/announcing-oidc-token-federation-enhanced-delta-sharing-security
@@ -882,18 +892,18 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// how sharing works differs depending on whether or not your recipient has
 	// access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled for Unity Catalog:
 	//
-	// - For recipients with access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled
-	// for Unity Catalog, you can create a recipient object along with a unique
-	// sharing identifier you get from the recipient. The sharing identifier is
-	// the key identifier that enables the secure connection. This sharing mode
-	// is called **Databricks-to-Databricks sharing**.
-	//
-	// - For recipients without access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled
-	// for Unity Catalog, when you create a recipient object, Databricks
-	// generates an activation link you can send to the recipient. The recipient
-	// follows the activation link to download the credential file, and then
-	// uses the credential file to establish a secure connection to receive the
-	// shared data. This sharing mode is called **open sharing**.
+	//   - For recipients with access to a Databricks workspace that is enabled
+	//     for Unity Catalog, you can create a recipient object along with a
+	//     unique sharing identifier you get from the recipient. The sharing
+	//     identifier is the key identifier that enables the secure connection.
+	//     This sharing mode is called **Databricks-to-Databricks sharing**.
+	//   - For recipients without access to a Databricks workspace that is
+	//     enabled for Unity Catalog, when you create a recipient object,
+	//     Databricks generates an activation link you can send to the
+	//     recipient. The recipient follows the activation link to download the
+	//     credential file, and then uses the credential file to establish a
+	//     secure connection to receive the shared data. This sharing mode is
+	//     called **open sharing**.
 	Recipients sharing.RecipientsInterface
 
 	// Redash V2 service for workspace configurations (internal)
@@ -917,15 +927,16 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// permissions on the enclosing schema. In addition, the following
 	// additional privileges are required for various operations:
 	//
-	// * To create a registered model, users must additionally have the
-	// CREATE_MODEL permission on the target schema. * To view registered model
-	// or model version metadata, model version data files, or invoke a model
-	// version, users must additionally have the EXECUTE permission on the
-	// registered model * To update registered model or model version tags,
-	// users must additionally have APPLY TAG permissions on the registered
-	// model * To update other registered model or model version metadata
-	// (comments, aliases) create a new model version, or update permissions on
-	// the registered model, users must be owners of the registered model.
+	//   - To create a registered model, users must additionally have the
+	//     CREATE_MODEL permission on the target schema.
+	//   - To view registered model or model version metadata, model version
+	//     data files, or invoke a model version, users must additionally have
+	//     the EXECUTE permission on the registered model
+	//   - To update registered model or model version tags, users must
+	//     additionally have APPLY TAG permissions on the registered model
+	//   - To update other registered model or model version metadata (comments,
+	//     aliases) create a new model version, or update permissions on the
+	//     registered model, users must be owners of the registered model.
 	//
 	// Note: The securable type for models is FUNCTION. When using REST APIs
 	// (e.g. tagging, grants) that specify a securable type, use FUNCTION as the
@@ -1081,23 +1092,28 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// asynchronous mode, or it can be set to `CANCEL`, which cancels the
 	// statement.
 	//
-	// In summary: - **Synchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=30s` and
-	// `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`): The call waits up to 30 seconds; if the
-	// statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is
-	// returned directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than 30
-	// seconds, the execution is canceled and the call returns with a `CANCELED`
-	// state. - **Asynchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=0s` and `on_wait_timeout`
-	// is ignored): The call doesn't wait for the statement to finish but
-	// returns directly with a statement ID. The status of the statement
-	// execution can be polled by issuing
-	// :method:statementexecution/getStatement with the statement ID. Once the
-	// execution has succeeded, this call also returns the result and metadata
-	// in the response. - **[Default] Hybrid mode** (`wait_timeout=10s` and
-	// `on_wait_timeout=CONTINUE`): The call waits for up to 10 seconds; if the
-	// statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is
-	// returned directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than 10
-	// seconds, a statement ID is returned. The statement ID can be used to
-	// fetch status and results in the same way as in the asynchronous mode.
+	// In summary:
+	//
+	//   - **Synchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=30s` and
+	//     `on_wait_timeout=CANCEL`): The call waits up to 30 seconds; if the
+	//     statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is
+	//     returned directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than
+	//     30 seconds, the execution is canceled and the call returns with a
+	//     `CANCELED` state.
+	//   - **Asynchronous mode** (`wait_timeout=0s` and `on_wait_timeout` is
+	//     ignored): The call doesn't wait for the statement to finish but
+	//     returns directly with a statement ID. The status of the statement
+	//     execution can be polled by issuing
+	//     :method:statementexecution/getStatement with the statement ID. Once
+	//     the execution has succeeded, this call also returns the result and
+	//     metadata in the response.
+	//   - **[Default] Hybrid mode** (`wait_timeout=10s` and
+	//     `on_wait_timeout=CONTINUE`): The call waits for up to 10 seconds; if
+	//     the statement execution finishes within this time, the result data is
+	//     returned directly in the response. If the execution takes longer than
+	//     10 seconds, a statement ID is returned. The statement ID can be used
+	//     to fetch status and results in the same way as in the asynchronous
+	//     mode.
 	//
 	// Depending on the size, the result can be split into multiple chunks. If
 	// the statement execution is successful, the statement response contains a
@@ -1121,14 +1137,14 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// There are two ways to receive statement results, controlled by the
 	// `disposition` setting, which can be either `INLINE` or `EXTERNAL_LINKS`:
 	//
-	// - `INLINE`: In this mode, the result data is directly included in the
-	// response. It's best suited for smaller results. This mode can only be
-	// used with the `JSON_ARRAY` format.
-	//
-	// - `EXTERNAL_LINKS`: In this mode, the response provides links that can be
-	// used to download the result data in chunks separately. This approach is
-	// ideal for larger results and offers higher throughput. This mode can be
-	// used with all the formats: `JSON_ARRAY`, `ARROW_STREAM`, and `CSV`.
+	//   - `INLINE`: In this mode, the result data is directly included in the
+	//     response. It's best suited for smaller results. This mode can only be
+	//     used with the `JSON_ARRAY` format.
+	//   - `EXTERNAL_LINKS`: In this mode, the response provides links that can
+	//     be used to download the result data in chunks separately. This
+	//     approach is ideal for larger results and offers higher throughput.
+	//     This mode can be used with all the formats: `JSON_ARRAY`,
+	//     `ARROW_STREAM`, and `CSV`.
 	//
 	// By default, the API uses `format=JSON_ARRAY` and `disposition=INLINE`.
 	//
@@ -1137,25 +1153,28 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// Note: The byte limit for INLINE disposition is based on internal storage
 	// metrics and will not exactly match the byte count of the actual payload.
 	//
-	// - Statements with `disposition=INLINE` are limited to 25 MiB and will
-	// fail when this limit is exceeded. - Statements with
-	// `disposition=EXTERNAL_LINKS` are limited to 100 GiB. Result sets larger
-	// than this limit will be truncated. Truncation is indicated by the
-	// `truncated` field in the result manifest. - The maximum query text size
-	// is 16 MiB. - Cancelation might silently fail. A successful response from
-	// a cancel request indicates that the cancel request was successfully
-	// received and sent to the processing engine. However, an outstanding
-	// statement might have already completed execution when the cancel request
-	// arrives. Polling for status until a terminal state is reached is a
-	// reliable way to determine the final state. - Wait timeouts are
-	// approximate, occur server-side, and cannot account for things such as
-	// caller delays and network latency from caller to service. - To guarantee
-	// that the statement is kept alive, you must poll at least once every 15
-	// minutes. - The results are only available for one hour after success;
-	// polling does not extend this. - The SQL Execution API must be used for
-	// the entire lifecycle of the statement. For example, you cannot use the
-	// Jobs API to execute the command, and then the SQL Execution API to cancel
-	// it.
+	//   - Statements with `disposition=INLINE` are limited to 25 MiB and will
+	//     fail when this limit is exceeded.
+	//   - Statements with `disposition=EXTERNAL_LINKS` are limited to 100 GiB.
+	//     Result sets larger than this limit will be truncated. Truncation is
+	//     indicated by the `truncated` field in the result manifest.
+	//   - The maximum query text size is 16 MiB.
+	//   - Cancelation might silently fail. A successful response from a cancel
+	//     request indicates that the cancel request was successfully received
+	//     and sent to the processing engine. However, an outstanding statement
+	//     might have already completed execution when the cancel request
+	//     arrives. Polling for status until a terminal state is reached is a
+	//     reliable way to determine the final state.
+	//   - Wait timeouts are approximate, occur server-side, and cannot account
+	//     for things such as caller delays and network latency from caller to
+	//     service.
+	//   - To guarantee that the statement is kept alive, you must poll at least
+	//     once every 15 minutes.
+	//   - The results are only available for one hour after success; polling
+	//     does not extend this.
+	//   - The SQL Execution API must be used for the entire lifecycle of the
+	//     statement. For example, you cannot use the Jobs API to execute the
+	//     command, and then the SQL Execution API to cancel it.
 	//
 	// [Apache Arrow Columnar]: https://arrow.apache.org/overview/
 	// [Databricks SQL Statement Execution API tutorial]: https://docs.databricks.com/sql/api/sql-execution-tutorial.html
@@ -1208,7 +1227,7 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// USE_CATALOG permission on its parent catalog and the USE_SCHEMA
 	// permission on its parent schema.
 	//
-	// A table can be managed or external. From an API perspective, a __VIEW__
+	// A table can be managed or external. From an API perspective, a **VIEW**
 	// is a particular kind of table (rather than a managed or external table).
 	Tables catalog.TablesInterface
 
@@ -1318,12 +1337,14 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// supports real-time and efficient approximate nearest neighbor (ANN)
 	// search queries.
 	//
-	// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes: - **Delta Sync Index**: An index
-	// that automatically syncs with a source Delta Table, automatically and
-	// incrementally updating the index as the underlying data in the Delta
-	// Table changes. - **Direct Vector Access Index**: An index that supports
-	// direct read and write of vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK
-	// APIs. With this model, the user manages index updates.
+	// There are 2 types of AI Search indexes:
+	//
+	//   - **Delta Sync Index**: An index that automatically syncs with a source
+	//     Delta Table, automatically and incrementally updating the index as
+	//     the underlying data in the Delta Table changes.
+	//   - **Direct Vector Access Index**: An index that supports direct read
+	//     and write of vectors and metadata through our REST and SDK APIs. With
+	//     this model, the user manages index updates.
 	VectorSearchIndexes vectorsearch.VectorSearchIndexesInterface
 
 	// Volumes are a Unity Catalog (UC) capability for accessing, storing,
@@ -1351,15 +1372,15 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// code, visualizations, and explanatory text.
 	Workspace workspace.WorkspaceInterface
 
-	// A securable in Databricks can be configured as __OPEN__ or __ISOLATED__.
-	// An __OPEN__ securable can be accessed from any workspace, while an
-	// __ISOLATED__ securable can only be accessed from a configured list of
+	// A securable in Databricks can be configured as **OPEN** or **ISOLATED**.
+	// An **OPEN** securable can be accessed from any workspace, while an
+	// **ISOLATED** securable can only be accessed from a configured list of
 	// workspaces. This API allows you to configure (bind) securables to
 	// workspaces.
 	//
-	// NOTE: The __isolation_mode__ is configured for the securable itself
+	// NOTE: The **isolation_mode** is configured for the securable itself
 	// (using its Update method) and the workspace bindings are only consulted
-	// when the securable's __isolation_mode__ is set to __ISOLATED__.
+	// when the securable's **isolation_mode** is set to **ISOLATED**.
 	//
 	// A securable's workspace bindings can be configured by a metastore admin
 	// or the owner of the securable.
@@ -1371,8 +1392,12 @@ type WorkspaceClient struct {
 	// introduces the ability to bind a securable in READ_ONLY mode (catalogs
 	// only).
 	//
-	// Securable types that support binding: - catalog - storage_credential -
-	// credential - external_location
+	// Securable types that support binding:
+	//
+	//   - catalog
+	//   - storage_credential
+	//   - credential
+	//   - external_location
 	WorkspaceBindings catalog.WorkspaceBindingsInterface
 
 	// This API allows updating known workspace settings for advanced users.